Xenon™/Granit™
Xenon 1900, 1900h, 1902, 1902h, 1902g-BF
Granit 1910i, 1911i, 1980i, 1981i, 1920i
Area-Imaging Scanners

User Guide

Disclaimer
Honeywell International Inc. (“HII”) reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained inthis document without prior notice, and the reader should in all cases consult HII to determine whether any such changes
have been made. The information in this publication does not represent a commitment on the part of HII.
HII shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein; nor for incidental or consequential
damages resulting from the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. HII disclaims all responsibility for the selection and use of software and/or hardware to achieve intended results.
This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated into another language without the prior written consent of HII.
 2010-2017 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Web Address: www.honeywellaidc.com
Microsoft® Windows®, Windows NT®, Windows 2000, Windows ME, Windows XP, and the Windows logo are trademarks orregistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Apple is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Other product names or marks mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies and are the property of their respective owners.
For patent information, refer to www.hsmpats.com.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Customer Support ..................................................................................................................... xvii
Technical Assistance .......................................................................................................... xvii
Product Service and Repair ............................................................................................. xvii
Limited Warranty ................................................................................................................. xvii
Send Feedback ..................................................................................................................... xvii

Chapter 1 - Get Started .................................................................................... 1
About This Manual......................................................................................................................... 1
Unpack Your Device....................................................................................................................... 1
Connect the Device........................................................................................................................ 1
Connect with USB.................................................................................................................... 1
Connect with Keyboard Wedge .......................................................................................... 4
Connect with RS232 Serial Port ........................................................................................ 6
Connect with RS485............................................................................................................... 8
Mount a CCB01-010BT Charge Base .................................................................................... 9
Mount a CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base .................................................................... 9
Reading Techniques................................................................................................................... 11
Xenon 1900/1902 and Granit 1910i/1911i ............................................................. 11
Granit 1980i/1981i.............................................................................................................. 11
Granit 1920i DPM Scanner .............................................................................................. 12
Menu Bar Code Security Settings......................................................................................... 12
Set Custom Defaults .................................................................................................................. 13
Reset the Custom Defaults...................................................................................................... 14

Xenon/Granit User GuideiChapter 2 - Program the Interface.............................................................. 15
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................15
Program the Interface - Plug and Play ...............................................................................15
Keyboard Wedge ..........................................................................................................................15
Laptop Direct Connect ..............................................................................................................16
RS232 Serial Port.........................................................................................................................16
RS485 ...............................................................................................................................................16
RS485 Packet Mode.............................................................................................................17
USB IBM SurePos ........................................................................................................................18
USB PC or Macintosh Keyboard ............................................................................................18
USB HID...........................................................................................................................................19
USB Serial .......................................................................................................................................19
CTS/RTS Emulation .............................................................................................................19
ACK/NAK Mode......................................................................................................................20
Remote MasterMind™ for USB ...............................................................................................20
Verifone® Ruby Terminal............................................................................................................20
Gilbarco® Terminal .......................................................................................................................21
Honeywell Bioptic Aux Port .....................................................................................................21
Datalogic™ Magellan® Aux Port ..............................................................................................21
NCR Bioptic Aux Port..................................................................................................................22
Wincor Nixdorf Terminal ...........................................................................................................22
Wincor Nixdorf Beetle™ Terminal ..........................................................................................22
Wincor Nixdorf RS232 Mode A...............................................................................................23
Keyboard Country Layout.........................................................................................................23
Keyboard Style ..............................................................................................................................30
Keyboard Conversion .................................................................................................................32
Control Character Output.........................................................................................................32
Keyboard Modifiers.....................................................................................................................33
RS232 Modifiers ..........................................................................................................................34
RS232 Baud Rate ..................................................................................................................34
RS232 Word Length: Data Bits, Stop Bits, and Parity ............................................35

ii

Xenon/Granit User Guide

RS232 Receiver Time-Out..................................................................................................36
RS232 Handshake ................................................................................................................37
RS232 Timeout.......................................................................................................................37
XON/XOFF ...............................................................................................................................38
ACK/NAK...................................................................................................................................38
Scanner to Bioptic Communication .....................................................................................38
Scanner-Bioptic Packet Mode..........................................................................................39
Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK Mode....................................................................................39
Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK Timeout ..............................................................................39

Chapter 3 - Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g/1912 andGranit 1911i/1981i........................................................................................41
How the Cordless Charge Base/Access Point Works.....................................................41
Link the Scanner to a Charge Base.......................................................................................41
Link the Scanner to an Access Point ....................................................................................42
Replace a Linked Scanner ........................................................................................................43
Communication Between the Cordless Systemand the Host...................................................................................................................................43
Program the Scanner and Base or Access Point .............................................................44
RF (Radio Frequency) Module Operation...........................................................................44
System Conditions.......................................................................................................................44
Page Button....................................................................................................................................45
Page Button and Presentation Modes ................................................................................46
Temporary Streaming Presentation Timeout.............................................................47
About the Battery .........................................................................................................................47
Charge Information ..............................................................................................................47
Battery Recommendations................................................................................................48
Safety Precautions for Lithium Batteries.....................................................................48
Proper Disposal of the Battery .........................................................................................48
Beeper and LED Sequences and Meaning ........................................................................49
Scanner LED Sequences and Meaning........................................................................49
Base/Access Point LED Sequences and Meaning ...................................................49
Base Power Communication Indicator .........................................................................50

Xenon/Granit User Guideiii

Reset Scanner ...............................................................................................................................50
Scan While in Base Cradle........................................................................................................50
Base Charge Modes....................................................................................................................51
Page ..................................................................................................................................................52
Page Mode ...............................................................................................................................52
Page Pitch ................................................................................................................................52
Error Indicators.............................................................................................................................53
Beeper Pitch - Base Error...................................................................................................53
Number of Beeps - Base Error .........................................................................................53
Scanner Report.............................................................................................................................54
Scanner Address ..........................................................................................................................54
Base or Access Point Address .................................................................................................54
Scanner Modes.............................................................................................................................54
Charge Only Mode ................................................................................................................54
Charge and Link Mode........................................................................................................55
Linked Modes .........................................................................................................................55
Unlink the Scanner......................................................................................................................56
Override Locked Scanner...................................................................................................56
Out-of-Range Alarm...................................................................................................................56
Alarm Sound Type .................................................................................................................57
Scanner Power Time-Out Timer.............................................................................................58
Flexible Power Management...................................................................................................59
Batch Mode ....................................................................................................................................60
Batch Mode Beep ..................................................................................................................61
Batch Mode Storage ............................................................................................................61
Batch Mode Quantity...........................................................................................................62
Enter Quantities.....................................................................................................................62
Batch Mode Output Order .................................................................................................64
Total Records...........................................................................................................................64
Delete Last Code ...................................................................................................................64
Clear All Codes .......................................................................................................................64
Transmit Records to Host ..................................................................................................65
Batch Mode Transmit Delay..............................................................................................65

iv

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Multiple Scanner Operation ....................................................................................................65
Scanner Name...............................................................................................................................66
Application Work Groups ..........................................................................................................67
Application Work Group Selection..................................................................................68
Reset the Factory Defaults: All Application Work Groups ............................................68
Reset the Custom Defaults: All Application Work Groups ...........................................69
Use the Scanner with Bluetooth Devices............................................................................69
Bluetooth Secure Simple Pairing (SSP)........................................................................69
Apple™ Serial Port Protocol (SPP) Pairing ...................................................................70
Bluetooth HID Keyboard Connect...................................................................................71
Virtual Keyboard.....................................................................................................................72
Bluetooth HID Keyboard Disconnect.............................................................................72
Bluetooth Serial Port - PCs/Laptops.............................................................................73
PDAs/Mobility Systems Devices .....................................................................................73
Change the Scanner’s Bluetooth PIN Code ................................................................73
Minimize Bluetooth/ISM Band Network Activity ............................................................73
Auto Reconnect Mode .........................................................................................................74
Maximum Link Attempts ....................................................................................................74
Relink Time-Out .....................................................................................................................75
Bluetooth/ISM Network Activity Examples.................................................................76
Host Acknowledgment ...............................................................................................................76
Host ACK On/Off ...................................................................................................................78
Host ACK Timeout .................................................................................................................78
Host ACK Responses ............................................................................................................78

Chapter 4 - Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g-BF...................81
How the CCB01-010BT-BF Cordless Charge Base Works ..........................................81
Link the Scanner to a Charge Base.......................................................................................82
Replace a Linked Scanner ........................................................................................................82
Communication Between the Cordless Systemand the Host...................................................................................................................................83
Program the Scanner and Base..............................................................................................83
RF (Radio Frequency) Module Operation...........................................................................83

Xenon/Granit User Guidev

System Conditions ......................................................................................................................84
About the Instant Charge Pack ..............................................................................................85
Charge Information..............................................................................................................85
Beeper and LED Sequences and Meaning........................................................................85
Scanner .....................................................................................................................................86
Low Power Alerts..........................................................................................................................86
Low Power Alert Range .......................................................................................................87
Low Power Alert Flash Number .......................................................................................87
Low Power Alert Repeat ......................................................................................................87
Low Power Alert Beep ..........................................................................................................88
Base...................................................................................................................................................88
Base Communication and Scanning ............................................................................88
Base Charge Status ..............................................................................................................89
Base Power Communication Indicator.........................................................................89
Reset Scanner ...............................................................................................................................89
Base Charge Modes....................................................................................................................90
Page Button with Scanner Out of the Base .......................................................................90
Page Button with Scanner in the Base................................................................................91
Temporary Streaming Presentation Timeout.............................................................91
Scan While in Base Cradle........................................................................................................92
Paging ..............................................................................................................................................92
Page Mode ...............................................................................................................................92
Page Pitch ................................................................................................................................93
Linking Sound...............................................................................................................................93
Error Indicators.............................................................................................................................93
Beeper Pitch - Base Error...................................................................................................93
Number of Beeps - Base Error .........................................................................................94
Scanner Report.............................................................................................................................94
Scanner Address ..........................................................................................................................94
Base Address .................................................................................................................................95
Scanner Modes.............................................................................................................................95
Charge Only Mode ................................................................................................................95
Charge and Link Mode........................................................................................................95

vi

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Linked Modes..........................................................................................................................95
Unlink the Scanner ......................................................................................................................96
Override Locked Scanner ...................................................................................................97
Out-of-Range Alarm ...................................................................................................................97
Alarm Sound Type .................................................................................................................97
Scanner Power Time-Out Timer .............................................................................................98
Flexible Power Management ...................................................................................................99
Batch Mode .................................................................................................................................100
Batch Mode Beep ...............................................................................................................101
Batch Mode Storage..........................................................................................................101
Batch Mode Quantity ........................................................................................................102
Enter Quantities ..................................................................................................................102
Batch Mode Output Order ..............................................................................................104
Total Records........................................................................................................................104
Delete Last Code.................................................................................................................105
Clear All Codes.....................................................................................................................105
Transmit Records to Host................................................................................................105
Batch Mode Transmit Delay ...........................................................................................105
Scanner Name............................................................................................................................106
Change the Scanner’s Bluetooth PIN Code .............................................................107
Minimize Bluetooth/ISM Band Network Activity .........................................................107
Auto Reconnect Mode ......................................................................................................108
Maximum Link Attempts .................................................................................................108
Relink Time-Out ..................................................................................................................109
Bluetooth/ISM Network Activity Examples..............................................................109
Host Acknowledgment ............................................................................................................110
Host ACK On/Off ................................................................................................................111
Host ACK Timeout ..............................................................................................................112
Host ACK Responses .........................................................................................................112

Chapter 5 - Input/Output Settings ..........................................................113
Power Up Beeper .......................................................................................................................113
Beep on BEL Character ..........................................................................................................114

Xenon/Granit User Guidevii

Trigger Click ................................................................................................................................ 114
Good Read and Error Indicators ......................................................................................... 114
Beeper – Good Read.......................................................................................................... 114
Beeper Volume – Good Read ......................................................................................... 115
Beeper Pitch – Good Read .............................................................................................. 115
Vibrate – Good Read.......................................................................................................... 115
Beeper Pitch – Error .......................................................................................................... 116
Beeper Duration – Good Read....................................................................................... 117
LED – Good Read ............................................................................................................... 117
Number of Beeps – Good Read..................................................................................... 117
Number of Beeps – Error................................................................................................. 117
Beeper Volume Max .......................................................................................................... 118
Good Read Delay ................................................................................................................ 118
User-Specified Good Read Delay................................................................................. 119
Trigger Modes ............................................................................................................................ 119
Manual Trigger .................................................................................................................... 119
Trigger Toggle ...................................................................................................................... 119
Serial Trigger ........................................................................................................................ 121
Read Time-Out .................................................................................................................... 121
Motion Activation...................................................................................................................... 121
Presentation Mode................................................................................................................... 122
Presentation Motion Activation.................................................................................... 122
Presentation LED Behavior after Decode................................................................. 123
Presentation Sensitivity................................................................................................... 123
Presentation Centering.................................................................................................... 123
In-Stand Sensor Mode............................................................................................................ 125
Poor Quality Codes................................................................................................................... 126
Poor Quality 1D Codes ..................................................................................................... 126
Poor Quality PDF Codes .................................................................................................. 126
Low Resolution PDF Codes ............................................................................................ 127
CodeGate® .................................................................................................................................... 127
Streaming Presentation™ Mode.......................................................................................... 127
Streaming Presentation In-Stand ............................................................................... 128

viii

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Mobile Phone Read Mode .....................................................................................................128
Hands Free Time-Out ..............................................................................................................129
Reread Delay ...............................................................................................................................129
User-Specified Reread Delay .........................................................................................130
2D Reread Delay .................................................................................................................130
Character Activation ................................................................................................................130
Activation Character..........................................................................................................131
End Character Activation After Good Read ..............................................................131
Character Activation Timeout........................................................................................132
Character Deactivation...........................................................................................................132
Deactivation Character ....................................................................................................132
Illumination Lights ...................................................................................................................133
Aimer Delay..................................................................................................................................133
User-Specified Aimer Delay............................................................................................134
Active Aimer.................................................................................................................................134
Aimer Mode .................................................................................................................................134
Centering......................................................................................................................................134
Single Code Centering......................................................................................................135
Custom Centering ..............................................................................................................135
Preferred Symbology ...............................................................................................................137
High Priority Symbology..................................................................................................138
Low Priority Symbology ...................................................................................................138
Preferred Symbology Time-out.....................................................................................138
Preferred Symbology Default ........................................................................................139
Output Sequence Overview...................................................................................................139
Output Sequence Editor ..................................................................................................139
To Add an Output Sequence...........................................................................................139
Other Programming Selections ....................................................................................140
Output Sequence Example.............................................................................................140
Output Sequence Editor ..................................................................................................141
Partial Sequence.................................................................................................................142
Require Output Sequence...............................................................................................142
Multiple Symbols ......................................................................................................................143

Xenon/Granit User Guideix

No Read ........................................................................................................................................ 143
Video Reverse ............................................................................................................................. 144
Working Orientation ................................................................................................................ 145

Chapter 6 - Healthcare Settings................................................................147
Quiet Operations - Combination Codes .......................................................................... 147
Silent Mode with Flashing LED .................................................................................... 147
Silent Mode with Long LED ........................................................................................... 148
Very Low Beeper (Nighttime Mode)............................................................................ 148
Low Beeper (Daytime Mode) ......................................................................................... 149
Quiet Operations - LED and Volume Settings .............................................................. 149
Linking LED Colors and Sound .................................................................................... 149
Number of LED Flashes .................................................................................................. 150
LED Flash Rate.................................................................................................................... 150
LED Solid (No Flash)......................................................................................................... 151
Page Volume Control ........................................................................................................ 151
Out-of-Range Alarm Volume......................................................................................... 152
Out-of-Range Delay.......................................................................................................... 153

Chapter 7 - Direct Part Mark (DPM) Settings.........................................155
DPM Illumination Settings ................................................................................................... 155
Cycle Illumination .............................................................................................................. 155
Low Contrast Codes .......................................................................................................... 155
Direct Illumination - Top and Bottom ........................................................................ 156
Direct Illumination - Bottom.......................................................................................... 156
Indirect Illumination ......................................................................................................... 156
Low Contrast Data Matrix Enhancements ..................................................................... 156

Chapter 8 - Data Edit ...................................................................................159
Prefix/Suffix Overview ............................................................................................................ 159
Points to Keep In Mind ..................................................................................................... 159
Add a Prefix or Suffix:........................................................................................................ 160
Example: Add a Tab Suffix to All Symbologies........................................................ 160
Clear One or All Prefixes or Suffixes ........................................................................... 160

xXenon/Granit User Guide

Add a Carriage Return Suffix to All Symbologies...................................................161
Prefix Selections ........................................................................................................................161
Suffix Selections........................................................................................................................161
Function Code Transmit .........................................................................................................162
Intercharacter, Interfunction, and Intermessage Delays ..........................................162
Intercharacter Delay..........................................................................................................162
User Specified Intercharacter Delay ...........................................................................163
Interfunction Delay............................................................................................................163
Intermessage Delay ...........................................................................................................164

Chapter 9 - Data Format .............................................................................165
Data Format Editor Introduction ........................................................................................165
Add a Data Format....................................................................................................................166
Other Programming Selections ....................................................................................167
Terminal ID Table ................................................................................................................168
Data Format Editor Commands ..........................................................................................168
Send Commands ................................................................................................................168
Move Commands................................................................................................................173
Search Commands.............................................................................................................175
Miscellaneous Commands .............................................................................................177
Data Formatter...........................................................................................................................181
Data Format Non-Match Error Tone...........................................................................182
Primary/Alternate Data Formats ........................................................................................183
Single Scan Data Format Change................................................................................183

Chapter 10 - Symbologies..........................................................................185
All Symbologies..........................................................................................................................186
Message Length Description ...............................................................................................186
Codabar.........................................................................................................................................187
Code 39 .........................................................................................................................................189
Interleaved 2 of 5.......................................................................................................................193
NEC 2 of 5 ....................................................................................................................................194
NEC 2 of 5 Message Length ..........................................................................................195

Xenon/Granit User Guidexi

Code 93......................................................................................................................................... 195
Straight 2 of 5 Industrial (three-bar start/stop)........................................................... 197
Straight 2 of 5 IATA (two-bar start/stop)......................................................................... 198
Straight 2 of 5 IATA Redundancy ................................................................................. 198
Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................................ 199
Code 11......................................................................................................................................... 200
Code 128 ...................................................................................................................................... 201
ISBT 128 Concatenation ................................................................................................. 201
Code 128 Redundancy..................................................................................................... 201
GS1-128 ....................................................................................................................................... 203
Telepen.......................................................................................................................................... 204
UPC-A ............................................................................................................................................ 205
UPC-A/EAN-13 with Extended Coupon Code .............................................................. 207
Coupon GS1 DataBar Output .............................................................................................. 208
UPC-E0 ......................................................................................................................................... 209
UPC-E0 Addenda Required............................................................................................ 209
UPC-E1 ......................................................................................................................................... 211
EAN/JAN-13 ............................................................................................................................... 212
EAN/JAN-13 Addenda Separator ................................................................................ 214
ISBN Translate..................................................................................................................... 214
EAN/JAN-8 .................................................................................................................................. 215
MSI.................................................................................................................................................. 217
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional............................................................................................. 219
GS1 DataBar Limited .............................................................................................................. 219
GS1 DataBar Expanded ......................................................................................................... 220
Trioptic Code............................................................................................................................... 220
Codablock A ................................................................................................................................ 221
Codablock F ................................................................................................................................ 222
Label Code................................................................................................................................... 222
PDF417......................................................................................................................................... 223
MacroPDF417............................................................................................................................ 224
MicroPDF417 ............................................................................................................................. 224

xii

Xenon/Granit User Guide

GS1 Composite Codes ............................................................................................................225
GS1 Emulation ...........................................................................................................................226
TCIF Linked Code 39 (TLC39)..............................................................................................227
QR Code ........................................................................................................................................227
Data Matrix ..................................................................................................................................229
MaxiCode......................................................................................................................................230
Aztec Code ...................................................................................................................................231
Chinese Sensible (Han Xin) Code.......................................................................................232
Postal Codes - 2D......................................................................................................................233
Planet Code Check Digit..................................................................................................236
Postnet Check Digit ...........................................................................................................237
Australian Post Interpretation .......................................................................................237
Postal Codes - Linear ..............................................................................................................238
China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5)......................................................................................238
Korea Post..............................................................................................................................239

Chapter 11 - Imaging Commands.............................................................241
Single-Use Basis .......................................................................................................................241
Command Syntax......................................................................................................................241
Image Snap - IMGSNP............................................................................................................242
IMGSNP Modifiers .............................................................................................................242
Image Ship - IMGSHP .............................................................................................................245
IMGSHP Modifiers .............................................................................................................246
Image Size Compatibility.................................................................................................254
Intelligent Signature Capture - IMGBOX.........................................................................255
Signature Capture Optimize ..........................................................................................255
IMGBOX Modifiers .............................................................................................................256
RF Default Imaging Device ...................................................................................................260

Chapter 12 - Utilities ...................................................................................261
To Add a Test Code I.D. Prefix to All Symbologies.........................................................261
Show Decoder Revision ..........................................................................................................261
Show Scan Driver Revision....................................................................................................261

Xenon/Granit User Guidexiii

Show Software Revision ......................................................................................................... 262
Show Data Format.................................................................................................................... 262
Test Menu .................................................................................................................................... 262
TotalFreedom.............................................................................................................................. 262
Application Plug-Ins (Apps) ................................................................................................. 263
EZConfig Cloud for Scanning Introduction ................................................................... 263
EZConfig Cloud for Scanning Operations................................................................ 264
Install EZConfig Cloud for Scanning.......................................................................... 264
Reset the Factory Defaults.................................................................................................... 265

Chapter 13 - Serial Programming Commands .......................................267
Conventions................................................................................................................................ 267
Menu Command Syntax ........................................................................................................ 267
Query Commands..................................................................................................................... 268
Trigger Commands................................................................................................................... 270
Reset the Custom Defaults ................................................................................................... 271
Menu Commands ..................................................................................................................... 272

Chapter 14 - Product Specifications........................................................305
Xenon 1900/1900h Corded Scanner Product Specifications ............................... 305
Xenon 1902/1902h/1912 Cordless Scanner Product Specifications ............... 306
Xenon 1902g-BF Scanner Product Specifications ..................................................... 308
Granit 1910i Industrial Corded Scanner Product Specifications.......................... 309
Granit 1911i Industrial Cordless Scanner Product Specifications....................... 310
Granit 1980i Industrial Full Range Corded Scanner Product Specifications... 311
Granit 1981i Industrial Full Range Cordless Scanner Product Specifications 312
Granit 1920i Industrial DPM Scanner Product Specifications .............................. 314
CCB01-010BT Charge Base Product Specifications ................................................. 315
CCB01-010BT-BF Charge Base Product Specifications.......................................... 316
CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Industrial Charge Base Product Specifications317
Depth of Field Charts .............................................................................................................. 318
Xenon B&W Scanner Typical Performance.............................................................. 318

xiv

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Xenon B&W Scanner Guaranteed Performance ....................................................319
Xenon Color Scanner (Model COL) Typical Performance ..................................319
Xenon Color Scanner (Model COL) Guaranteed Performance ........................320
Granit 1910i/1911i Scanner Typical Performance ..............................................320
Granit 1910i/1911i Scanner Guaranteed Performance ....................................321
Granit 1980i/1981i Scanner Typical Performance (200 lux)...........................321
Granit 1980i/1981i Scanner Guaranteed Performance (200 lux).................322
Granit 1920i Typical Performance...............................................................................323
Granit 1920i Guaranteed Performance.....................................................................323
Standard Connector Pinouts................................................................................................324
Keyboard Wedge .................................................................................................................324
Serial Output ........................................................................................................................324
RS485 Output ......................................................................................................................325
USB...........................................................................................................................................325
Required Safety Labels...........................................................................................................326
Xenon 1900/1902 Scanner ...........................................................................................326
CCB01-010BT/CCB01-010BT-BF Base ...................................................................327
Granit 1910i/1911i/1920i/1980i/1981i Scanner...............................................328
CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base...........................................................................329

Chapter 15 - Maintenance and Troubleshooting ..................................331
Repairs...........................................................................................................................................331
Maintenance ...............................................................................................................................331
Cleaning the Scanner .......................................................................................................331
Cleaning the Window ........................................................................................................331
Health Care Housing.........................................................................................................332
Inspecting Cords and Connectors ...............................................................................332
Replacing Cables in Corded Scanners .............................................................................332
Replacing a Xenon Interface Cable.............................................................................333
Replacing a Granit Interface Cable .............................................................................333
Replacing Cables and Batteries in Cordless Systems................................................333
Replacing an Interface Cable in a Base.....................................................................333
Changing a Xenon Scanner Battery............................................................................334
Changing a Granit Scanner Battery ............................................................................335

Xenon/Granit User Guidexv

Troubleshooting a Corded Scanner................................................................................... 335
Troubleshooting a Cordless System.................................................................................. 336
Troubleshooting a Base ................................................................................................... 336
Troubleshooting a Cordless Scanner ......................................................................... 337

Chapter A - Reference Charts ....................................................................339
Symbology Charts .................................................................................................................... 339
Linear Symbologies........................................................................................................... 339
2D Symbologies.................................................................................................................. 340
Postal Symbologies ........................................................................................................... 341
ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252).................................................................... 342
Lower ASCII Reference Table ............................................................................................... 343
ISO 2022/ISO 646 Character Replacements................................................................ 346
Keyboard Key References ...................................................................................................... 349
Sample Symbols........................................................................................................................ 351
Programming Chart................................................................................................................. 353

xvi

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Customer Support
Technical AssistanceTo search our knowledge base for a solution or to log in to the Technical Support
portal and report a problem, go to www.hsmcontactsupport.com.

Product Service and Repair
Honeywell International Inc. provides service for all of its products through service
centers throughout the world. To obtain warranty or non-warranty service, youmust first obtain a Return Material Authorization number (RMA #) and then return
your product to Honeywell (postage paid) with a copy of the dated purchase record.
To learn more, go to www.honeywellaidc.com and select Service & Repair at thebottom of the page.

Limited Warranty
For warranty information, go to www.honeywellaidc.com and click Get Resources >Product Warranty.

Send Feedback
Your feedback is crucial to the continual improvement of our documentation. To
provide feedback about this manual, contact the Honeywell Technical Communications department at ACSHSMTechnicalCommunications@honeywell.com.

Xenon/Granit User Guidexvii

xviiiXenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTERGET STARTED

1

About This ManualThis User’s Guide provides installation and programming instructions for the
Xenon™ 1900 corded area-imaging scanners, the Xenon 1902 cordless area-imaging scanners, the Granit 1910i and 1980i corded industrial scanners, and theGranit 1911i and 1981i cordless industrial scanners. Product specifications,dimensions, warranty, and customer support information are also included.
Honeywell bar code scanners are factory programmed for the most common terminal and communications settings. If you need to change these settings, programming is accomplished by scanning the bar codes in this guide.
An asterisk (*) next to an option indicates the default setting.

Unpack Your Device
After you open the shipping carton containing the product, take the following
steps:•

Check for damage during shipment. Report damage immediately to the carrier
who delivered the carton.

•

Make sure the items in the carton match your order.

•

Save the shipping container for later storage or shipping.

Connect the Device
Connect with USB
A scanner or a cordless base can be connected to the USB port of a computer.

Xenon/Granit User Guide11. Connect the appropriate interface cable to the device first, then to the computer.
Corded Xenon Scanner
USB Connection:

Corded Granit Scanner
USB Connection:

2

Xenon/Granit User Guide

2. If you are connecting a Granit scanner, make sure the cable is pushed tightly
into the scanner. Loosen the locking plate and slide it over the base of the cableconnector to lock the cable in place. Tighten the screw.
CCB01-010BT/
CCB01-010BT-BF Base
USB Connection:

CCB02-100BT/
CCB05-100BT Base
USB Connection:

Note: The power supply must be ordered separately, if needed.
3. If you are connecting a CCB01-010BT or CCB01-010BT-BF Base, make surethe cables are secured in the wireways in the bottom of the cordless base andthe base sits flat on a horizontal surface. If you are connecting a CCB02-100BT
or CCB05-100BT Base, see Mount a CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base on
page 9.
4. The scanner beeps.
5. Verify the scanner or cordless base operation by scanning a bar code from the
Sample Symbols, beginning on page 351.
The unit defaults to a USB PC Keyboard. Refer to page 18 for other USB terminal
settings.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

3

For additional USB programming and technical information, refer to “USB Application Note,” available at www.honeywellaidc.com.

Connect with Keyboard Wedge
A scanner or cordless base can be connected between the keyboard and PC as a
“keyboard wedge,” where the scanner provides data output that is similar to keyboard entries.
Note: The Granit 1980i does not support the keyboard wedge interface.
The following is an example of a keyboard wedge connection:
1. Turn off power and disconnect the keyboard cable from the back of the terminal/computer.
2. Connect the appropriate interface cable to the device and to the terminal/
computer.
Corded Xenon Scanner
Keyboard Wedge
Connection:

Corded Granit Scanner
Keyboard Wedge
Connection:

4

Xenon/Granit User Guide

3. If you are connecting a Granit scanner, make sure the cable is pushed tightly
into the scanner. Loosen the locking plate and slide it over the base of the cableconnector to lock the cable in place. Tighten the screw.
CCB01-010BT/CCB01-010BT-BF Base
Keyboard Wedge Connection:

CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base
Keyboard Wedge Connection:

Note: The power supply must be ordered separately, if needed.
4. If you are connecting a CCB01-010BT or CCB01-010BT-BF Base, make surethe cables are secured in the wireways in the bottom of the cordless base andthe base sits flat on a horizontal surface. If you are connecting a CCB02-100BT
or CCB05-100BT Base, see Mount a CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base on
page 9.
5. Turn the terminal/computer power back on. The scanner beeps.
6. Verify the scanner or cordless base operation by scanning a bar code from the
Sample Symbols, beginning on page 351. The scanner beeps once. If using a
Granit scanner, it also vibrates.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

5

The unit defaults to an IBM PC AT and compatibles keyboard wedge interface witha USA keyboard. A carriage return (CR) suffix is added to bar code data.

Connect with RS232 Serial Port
1. Turn off power to the terminal/computer.
2. Connect the appropriate interface cable to the scanner.
Note: For the scanner or cordless base to work properly, you must have the correct cable foryour type of terminal/computer.
Corded Xenon Scanner
RS232 Serial Port
Connection:

Corded Granit Scanner RS232 SerialPort Connection:

6

Xenon/Granit User Guide

3. If you are connecting a Granit scanner, make sure the cable is pushed tightly
into the scanner. Loosen the locking plate and slide it over the base of the cableconnector to lock the cable in place. Tighten the screw.
CCB01-010BT/CCB01-010BT-BF Base
RS232 Serial Port Connection:

CCB02-100BT/CCB05/100BT Base
RS232 Serial Port Connection:

Note: The power supply must be ordered separately, if needed.
4. If you are connecting a CCB01-010BTor CCB01-010BT-BF Base, make sure thecables are secured in the wireways in the bottom of the cordless base and thebase sits flat on a horizontal surface. If you are connecting a CCB02-100BT or
CCB05-100BT Base, see Mount a CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base on page9.
5. Plug the serial connector into the serial port on your computer. Tighten the twoscrews to secure the connector to the port.
6. Once the scanner or cordless base has been fully connected, power up thecomputer.
This interface programs 115,200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, and 1 stop bit.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

7

Connect with RS485
A Xenon scanner or cordless base can be connected for an IBM POS terminal interface. (This interface is not available in the Granit devices.)
1. Connect the appropriate interface cable to the device, then to the computer.
Corded Xenon Scanner
RS485 Connection:

CCB01-010BT/CCB01-010BT-BF Base
RS485 Connection:

Note: The power supply must be ordered separately, if needed.
2. Make sure the cables are secured in the wireways in the bottom of the cordlessbase and the base sits flat on a horizontal surface.
3. Turn the terminal/computer power back on. The scanner beeps.
4. Verify the scanner or cordless base operation by scanning a bar code from the
Sample Symbols, beginning on page 351. The scanner beeps once. If using a
Granit scanner, it also vibrates.
For further RS485 settings, refer to RS485, page 16.

8

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Mount a CCB01-010BT Charge Base
2.8 in.
72.1mm3.35 in.
85.09mm2.36 in.
59.84mm8x32 threadx .39 in. (10mm) deep

Mount a CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base
The CCB02-100BT or CCB05-100BT Base can be mounted on either a horizontal
or vertical surface. The cables can be routed through either the top or the bottomof the base.
The cables can be routed down through the bottom of the base, securing thecables in the wireways.

The cables can also be routed up through the top of the base, crossing them overand securing the cables in the wireways.

When routing the cables up through the top of the base, be sure to cross the cables
over before placing in the wireways. If not, too much strain is placed on the cableconnectors.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

9

When mounted on a vertical surface, a locking system is used to secure the scanner when it is in the stand. When mounted on a horizontal surface, the locking
mechanism should be set to unlocked (pushed up). When mounted on a verticalsurface, the locking mechanism should be set to locked (pushed down).

Locked position
for vertical mount

Unlocked position
for horizontal mountUse 30mm screws, appropriate for the mounting surface material, to mount thebase securely.
2.51 in.
63.7mm5.31 in.
134.92mm

2 in.
51.17mm2.36 in.
60mm.84 in.
21.42mm10

Xenon/Granit User GuideReading Techniques
Xenon 1900/1902 and Granit 1910i/1911i
The Xenon 1900/1902 scanners have a view finder that projects a bright red aiming beam that corresponds to the scanner’s horizontal field of view. The Granit
1910i/1911i scanners have an aiming pattern. The aiming beam or pattern shouldbe centered over the bar code, but it can be positioned in any direction for a goodread.
Linear bar codes withaiming beamLinear bar codes withaiming pattern

2D Matrix symbolwith aiming beam

2D Matrix symbolwith aiming pattern

Granit 1980i/1981i
The Granit 1980i/1981i scanners use a laser aimer (red dot) and a red LED (redbox) to locate bar codes. Use the red LED when scanning at a near distance (lessthan 11.8 inches / 30 cm) and center the box over the bar code. The laser aimer(red dot) appears to the right of the center of the bar code. Use the laser aimer (reddot) when scanning at a far distance (up to 50 feet / 15.2 meters) and aim at the

Xenon/Granit User Guide

11

center of the bar code. At far distances the red box may not be apparent. For bothnear distance and far distance, the aimers can be positioned in any direction for agood read.
Near distance scanningless than 11.8 in/30 cm

Far distance scanning
up to 50 ft/15.2 m

Granit 1920i DPM Scanner
The Granit 1920i scanner uses a red aiming dot to locate bar codes. Center theaimer on the bar code.

The aiming beam or pattern is smaller when the scanner is closer to the code andlarger when it is farther from the code. Symbologies with smaller bars or elements(mil size) should be read closer to the unit. Symbologies with larger bars or elements (mil size) should be read farther from the unit. To read single or multiple
symbols (on a page or on an object), hold the scanner at an appropriate distancefrom the target, pull the trigger, and center the aiming beam or pattern on the symbol. If the code being scanned is highly reflective (e.g., laminated), it may be necessary to tilt the code up 15° to 18° to prevent unwanted reflection.

Menu Bar Code Security Settings
Honeywell scanners are programmed by scanning menu bar codes or by sending
serial commands to the scanner. If you want to restrict the ability to scan menu
codes, you can use the Menu Bar Code Security settings. Contact the nearest technical support office (see Technical Assistance on page xvii) for further information.

12

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Set Custom Defaults
You have the ability to create a set of menu commands as your own, custom
defaults. To do so, scan the Set Custom Defaults bar code below before scanningthe menu commands for your custom defaults. If a menu command requires scanning numeric codes from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then a
Save code, that entire sequence will be saved to your custom defaults. When you
have entered all the commands you want to save for your custom defaults, scan the
Save Custom Defaults bar code.

Set Custom Defaults

Save Custom Defaults

Note: When using a cordless system, the Custom Defaults settings apply to all workgroups.
Scanning the Save Defaults bar code also causes both the scanner and the base or
Access Point to perform a reset and become unlinked. The scanner must be placed inits base to re-establish the link before any setup codes are entered. If using an Access
Point, the linking bar code must be scanned. See Cordless System Operation: Xenon
1902g/1912 and Granit 1911i/1981i beginning on page 41,or Cordless System
Operation: Xenon 1902g-BF beginning on page 81 for additional information.
You may have a series of custom settings and want to correct a single setting. To doso, just scan the new setting to overwrite the old one. For example, if you had previously saved the setting for Beeper Volume at Low to your custom defaults, anddecide you want the beeper volume set to High, just scan the Set Custom Defaults
bar code, then scan the Beeper Volume High menu code, and then Save Custom
Defaults. The rest of the custom defaults will remain, but the beeper volume setting will be updated.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

13

Reset the Custom Defaults
If you want the custom default settings restored to your scanner, scan the Activate
Custom Defaults bar code below. This is the recommended default bar code formost users. It resets the scanner to the custom default settings. If there are no custom defaults, it will reset the scanner to the factory default settings. Any settings
that have not been specified through the custom defaults will be defaulted to thefactory default settings.

Activate Custom Defaults

Note: If using a cordless system, scanning this bar code also causes both the scanner andthe base or Access Point to perform a reset and become unlinked. The scanner must
be placed in its base to re-establish the link. If using an Access Point, the linking bar
code must be scanned. See Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g/1912 andGranit 1911i/1981i beginning on page 41,or Cordless System Operation: Xenon
1902g-BF beginning on page 81 for additional information.

14

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

2PROGRAM THE INTERFACE

Introduction
This chapter describes how to program your system for the desired interface.

Program the Interface - Plug and Play
Plug and Play bar codes provide instant scanner set up for commonly used interfaces.
Note: After you scan one of the codes, power cycle the host terminal to have the interface in
effect.

Keyboard Wedge
If you want your system programmed for an IBM PC AT and compatibles keyboard
wedge interface with a USA keyboard, scan the bar code below. Keyboard wedge isthe default interface.
Note: The Granit 1980i does not support the keyboard wedge interface.
Note: The following bar code also programs a carriage return (CR) suffix.

IBM PC AT and Compatibles with
CR suffix

Xenon/Granit User Guide

15

Laptop Direct Connect
For most laptops, scanning the Laptop Direct Connect bar code allows operationof the scanner in parallel with the integral keyboard. The following Laptop Direct
Connect bar code also programs a carriage return (CR) suffix and turns on Emulate External Keyboard (page 31).
Note: The Granit 1980i does not support Laptop Direct Connect.

Laptop Direct Connect
with CR suffix

RS232 Serial Port
The RS232 Interface bar code is used when connecting to the serial port of a PC or
terminal. The following RS232 Interface bar code also programs a carriage return(CR) and a line feed (LF) suffix, baud rate, and data format as indicated below. It
also changes the trigger mode to manual.
OptionSetting

Baud Rate

115,200 bps

Data Format

8 data bits, no parity bit, 1 stop bit

RS232 Interface

RS485
Scan one of the following “Plug and Play” codes to program the scanner for an IBM
POS terminal interface.
Note: This interface is not supported in Granit devices.
After scanning one of these codes, you must power cycle the cash register.

IBM Port 5B Interface

IBM Port 9B
HHBCR-1 Interface

16

Xenon/Granit User Guide

IBM Port 17 Interface

IBM Port 9B
HHBCR-2 Interface

Each bar code above also programs the following suffixes for each symbology:
SymbologySuffixSymbology

SuffixEAN 80C

Code 3900 0A 0B

EAN 13

16

Interleaved 2 of 5

00 0D 0B

UPC A

0D

Code 128 *00 0A 0B

UPC E

0A

Code 128 **00 18 0B

MaxiCode

00 2F 0B

* Suffixes programmed for Code 128 with IBM 4683 Port 5B, IBM 4683 Port 9B HHBCR-1, and IBM 4683
Port 17 Interfaces**Suffixes programmed for Code 128 with IBM 4683 Port 9 HHBCR-2 Interface

RS485 Packet Mode
The following selection allows you to break up large bar code data into smaller
packets on an IBM POS terminal. To break up large bar codes into small packets,
scan the Packet Mode On bar code below. Scan the Packet Mode Off bar code if
you want large bar code data to be sent to the host in a single chunk. Default =Packet Mode Off.

* Packet Mode Off

Packet Mode On

Xenon/Granit User Guide

17

RS485 Packet Length
If you are using Packet mode, you can specify the size of the data “packet” that issent to the host. Scan the Packet Length bar code, then the packet size (from 20 256) from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default =40.

Packet Length

USB IBM SurePos
Scan one of the following “Plug and Play” codes to program the scanner for an IBM
SurePos (USB handheld scanner) or IBM SurePos (USB tabletop scanner) interface.
Note: After scanning one of these codes, you must power cycle the cash register.

USB IBM SurePos(USB Handheld Scanner)
Interface

USB IBM SurePos(USB Tabletop Scanner)
Interface

Each bar code above also programs the following suffixes for each symbology:
Symbology

SuffixSymbology

SuffixEAN 80C

Code 3900 0A 0B

EAN 13

16

Interleaved 2 of 5

00 0D 0B

UPC A

0D

Code 12800 18 0B

UPC E

0A

Code 3900 0A 0B

USB PC or Macintosh Keyboard
Scan one of the following codes to program the scanner for USB PC Keyboard or
USB Macintosh Keyboard. Scanning these codes also adds a CR suffix.

USB Keyboard (PC)18

Xenon/Granit User Guide

USB Keyboard (Mac)USB Japanese Keyboard (PC)USB HID
Scan the following code to program the scanner for USB HID bar code scanners.

USB HID Bar Code Scanner

USB Serial
If you are using a Microsoft® Windows® PC, you will need to download the latest
driver from the Honeywell website (www.honeywellaidc.com) and go to Get
Resources - Downloads - Software. The driver will use the next available COM Port
number. Apple® Macintosh computers recognize the scanner as a USB CDC classdevice and automatically use a class driver.
After the driver is downloaded, scan the following code to program the scanner toemulate a regular RS232-based COM Port.

USB Serial

No extra configuration (e.g., baud rate) is necessary.
Note: If you scan the USB Serial bar code either with an older Honeywell serial driver, or no
driver installed, you may no longer be able to scan bar codes. If this happens, either
uninstall the older driver versions and install the latest driver, or delete the specificdevice entry in Device Manager.

CTS/RTS Emulation
CTS/RTS Emulation On

Xenon/Granit User Guide

19

* CTS/RTS Emulation Off

ACK/NAK Mode

ACK/NAK Mode On* ACK/NAK Mode Off

Remote MasterMind™ for USB
When using a USB interface, you may wish to configure your scanner to communicate with Remote MasterMind Scanner Management Software (ReM). Scan the
ReM On bar code to communicate with ReM. To disable this capability, scan ReM
Off.

ReM Off

ReM OnVerifone® Ruby Terminal
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Verifone Ruby
terminal. This bar code sets the baud rate to 1200 bps and the data format to 8
data bits, mark parity bit, 1 stop bit. It also adds a line feed (LF) suffix and programs the following prefixes for each symbology:
Symbology

20

Prefix

UPC-A

A

UPC-E

A

EAN-8

FF

EAN-13F

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Verifone Ruby Settings

Gilbarco® Terminal
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Gilbarco terminal. This bar code sets the baud rate to 2400 bps and the data format to 7 data bits,
even parity, 2 stop bits. It also adds a carriage return (CR) suffix and programs thefollowing prefixes for each symbology:
Symbology

Prefix

UPC-A

A

UPC-E

E0

EAN-8

FF

EAN-13F

Gilbarco Settings

Honeywell Bioptic Aux Port
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Honeywellbioptic scanner auxiliary port configuration. This bar code sets the baud rate to
38400 bps and the data format to 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit.

Honeywell Bioptic Settings

Datalogic™ Magellan® Aux Port
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Datalogic
Magellan auxiliary port configuration. This bar code sets the baud rate to 9600 bps
and the data format to 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit.

Datalogic Magellan Settings

Xenon/Granit User Guide

21

NCR Bioptic Aux Port
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for an NCR bioptic
scanner auxiliary port configuration. The following prefixes are programmed foreach symbology:
Symbology

PrefixSymbology

Prefix

UPC-A

AInterleaved 2 of 5

b

UPC-E

E0

Code 128f

Code 32
Pharmaceutical(PARAF)a

Code 39

a

EAN-8

FF

EAN-13F

NCR Bioptic Settings

Wincor Nixdorf Terminal
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Wincor Nixdorf
terminal. This bar code sets the baud rate to 9600 bps and the data format to 8
data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit.

Wincor Nixdorf Terminal Settings

Wincor Nixdorf Beetle™ Terminal
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Wincor Nixdorf
Beetle terminal. The following prefixes are programmed for each symbology:

22

Symbology

PrefixSymbology

Prefix

Aztec Code

VInterleaved 2 of 5

I

CodabarN

MaxiCode

T

Code 93

L

MicroPDF417

S

Code 128K

PDF417

Q

Data MatrixR

QR Code

U

EAN-8

B

Straight 2 of 5 IATA H

EAN-13

A

UPC-A

A0

GS1 DataBar

E

UPC-E

C

GS1-128P

All other bar codes

M

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Wincor Nixdorf Beetle Settings

Wincor Nixdorf RS232 Mode A
Scan the following Plug and Play code to program the scanner for a Wincor Nixdorf
RS232 Mode A terminal. This bar code sets the baud rate to 9600 bps and the data
format to 8 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit. The following prefixes are programmed
for each symbology:
Note: This setting is not supported in Granit devices.
Symbology

PrefixSymbology

Prefix

Code 128

K

EAN-13A

Code 93

L

GS1-128

K

Codabar

N

Interleaved 2 of 5

I

UPC-A

A0

Plessey

O

UPC-E

C

Straight 2 of 5 IATA

H

EAN-8

B

GS1 DataBar

E

All other bar codes

M

Wincor Nixdorf RS232 Mode A
Settings

Keyboard Country Layout
If your interface is USB Keyboard or Keyboard Wedge, your keyboard layout default
is a US keyboard. To change this layout, scan the appropriate Keyboard Country
bar code below. By default, national character replacements are used for the following characters: # $ @ [ \ ] ^ ‘ { | } ~. Refer to the "ISO 2022/ISO 646
Character Replacements" on page A-346 to view the character replacements foreach country.

Keyboard Countries* United States

Albania

Xenon/Granit User Guide

23

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
Azeri (Cyrillic)

Azeri (Latin)

BelarusBelgium

BosniaBrazilBrazil (MS)

Bulgaria (Cyrillic)

Bulgaria (Latin)

Canada (French legacy)

Canada (French)

Canada (Multilingual)24

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
Croatia

Czech

Czech (Programmers)

Czech (QWERTY)

Czech (QWERTZ)

Denmark

Dutch (Netherlands)

Estonia

FaroeseFinlandFranceGaelicXenon/Granit User Guide

25

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
Germany

Greek

Greek (220 Latin)

Greek (220)Greek (319 Latin)

Greek (319)

Greek (Latin)

Greek (MS)Greek (Polytonic)

Hebrew

Hungarian (101 key)

Hungary

26

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
Iceland

Irish

Italian (142)

ItalyJapan ASCII

KazakhKyrgyz (Cyrillic)

Latin America

LatviaLatvia (QWERTY)

Lithuania

Lithuania (IBM)Xenon/Granit User Guide

27

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
Macedonia

Malta

Mongolian (Cyrillic)

NorwayPolandPolish (214)Polish (Programmers)

Portugal

Romania

RussiaRussian (MS)Russian (Typewriter)

28

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
SCS

Serbia (Cyrillic)

Serbia (Latin)

Slovakia

Slovakia (QWERTY)

Slovakia (QWERTZ)

Slovenia

Spain

Spanish variation

SwedenSwitzerland (French)

Switzerland (German)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

29

Keyboard Countries (Continued)
Tatar

Turkey F

Turkey Q

Ukrainian

United Kingdom

United States (Dvorak)United States (Dvorak left)

United Stated (Dvorak

United States (International)

Uzbek (Cyrillic)

Keyboard Style
This programs keyboard styles, such as Caps Lock and Shift Lock. If you have used
Keyboard Conversion settings, they will override any of the following Keyboard
Style settings. Default = Regular.

30

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Regular is used when you normally have the Caps Lock key off.

* Regular

Caps Lock is used when you normally have the Caps Lock key on.

Caps Lock

Shift Lock is used when you normally have the Shift Lock key on (not common to
U.S. keyboards).

Shift Lock

Automatic Caps Lock is used if you change the Caps Lock key on and off. The software tracks and reflects if you have Caps Lock on or off . This selection can only be
used with systems that have an LED that notes the Caps Lock status (AT keyboards).

Automatic Caps Lock

Autocaps via NumLock bar code should be scanned in countries (e.g., Germany,
France) where the Caps Lock key cannot be used to toggle Caps Lock. The NumLock option works similarly to the regular Autocaps, but uses the NumLock key toretrieve the current state of the Caps Lock.

Autocaps via NumLock

Emulate External Keyboard should be scanned if you do not have an external keyboard (IBM AT or equivalent).

Emulate External Keyboard

Note: After scanning the Emulate External Keyboard bar code, you must power cycle yourcomputer.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

31

Keyboard Conversion
Alphabetic keyboard characters can be forced to be all upper case or all lowercase.
So if you have the following bar code: “abc569GK,” you can make the output“ABC569GK” by scanning Convert All Characters to Upper Case, or to “abc569gk”
by scanning Convert All Characters to Lower Case.
These settings override Keyboard Style selections.
Note: If your interface is a keyboard wedge, first scan the menu code for Automatic Caps
Lock (page 31). Otherwise, your output may not be as expected.
Default = Keyboard Conversion Off.

* Keyboard Conversion Off

Convert All Characters
to Upper Case

Convert All Charactersto Lower Case

Control Character Output
This selection sends a text string instead of a control character. For example, when
the control character for a carriage return is expected, the output would display[CR] instead of the ASCII code of 0D. Refer to ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page
1252) on page 342. Only codes 00 through 1F are converted (the first column ofthe chart). Default = Off.
Note: Control + X (Control + ASCII) Mode overrides this mode.

Control Character Output On* Control Character Output Off

32

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Keyboard ModifiersThis modifies special keyboard features, such as CTRL+ ASCII codes and Turbo
Mode.
Control + X (Control + ASCII) Mode On: The scanner sends key combinations for
ASCII control characters for values 00-1F. Windows is the preferred mode. All keyboard country codes are supported. DOS mode is a legacy mode, and it does notsupport all keyboard country codes. New users should use the Windows mode.
Refer to ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), page 342 for CTRL+ X Values.
Windows Mode Prefix/Suffix Off: The scanner sends key combinations for ASCII
control characters for values 00-1F, but it does not translate prefix or suffix information.
Default = Control + X Mode Off.

Windows Mode Control + X
Mode On* Control + X Mode Off

DOS Mode Control + X Mode On

Windows Mode Prefix/Suffix

Turbo Mode: The scanner sends characters to a terminal faster. If the terminal
drops characters, do not use Turbo Mode. Default = Off.

Turbo Mode On* Turbo Mode Off

Numeric Keypad Mode: Sends numeric characters as if entered from a numeric
keypad. Default = Off.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

33

Numeric Keypad Mode On* Numeric Keypad Mode Off

Automatic Direct Connect Mode: This selection can be used if you have an IBM AT
style terminal and the system is dropping characters. Default = Off.

Automatic Direct Connect
Mode On* Automatic Direct Connect
Mode OffRS232 Modifiers
RS232 Baud Rate
Baud Rate sends the data from the scanner to the terminal at the specified rate.
The host terminal must be set for the same baud rate as the scanner. Default =
115,200.

300

600

1200

2400

34

Xenon/Granit User Guide

4800

9600

19200

38400

57,600* 115,200

RS232 Word Length: Data Bits, Stop Bits, and Parity
Data Bits sets the word length at 7 or 8 bits of data per character. If an application
requires only ASCII Hex characters 0 through 7F decimal (text, digits, and punctuation), select 7 data bits. For applications that require use of the full ASCII set, select8 data bits per character. Default = 8.
Stop Bits sets the stop bits at 1 or 2. Default = 1.
Parity provides a means of checking character bit patterns for validity.
Default = None.

7 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Even

7 Data, 1 Stop, Parity None

7 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Odd

Xenon/Granit User Guide35

7 Data, 2 Stop, Parity Even

7 Data, 2 Stop Parity None

7 Data, 2 Stop, Parity Odd

8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Even

* 8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity None

8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Odd

8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity MarkRS232 Receiver Time-Out
The unit stays awake to receive data until the RS232 Receiver Time-Out expires. A
manual or serial trigger resets the time-out. When an RS232 receiver is sleeping, acharacter may be sent to wake up the receiver and reset the time-out. A transaction
on the CTS line will also wake up the receiver. The receiver takes 300 milliseconds
to completely come up. Change the RS232 receiver time-out by scanning the bar
code below, then scanning digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on page353, then scanning Save. The range is 0 to 300 seconds. Default = 0 seconds (notime-out - always on).

RS232 Receiver Time-Out

36

Xenon/Granit User Guide

RS232 Handshake
RS232 Handshaking allows control of data transmission from the scanner using
software commands from the host device. When RTS/CTS is turned Off, no data
flow control is used.
Flow Control, No Timeout: The scanner asserts RTS when it has data to send, andwill wait indefinitely for CTS to be asserted by the host.
Two-Direction Flow Control: The scanner asserts RTS when it is OK for the host totransmit. The host asserts CTS when it is OK for the device to transmit.
Flow Control with Timeout: The scanner asserts RTS when it has data to send andwaits for a delay (see RS232 Timeout on page 37) for CTS to be asserted by thehost. If the delay time expires and CTS is not asserted, the device transmit buffer iscleared and scanning may resume. Default = RTS/CTS Off.

Flow Control, No Timeout

Two-Direction Flow Control

Flow Control with Timeout* RTS/CTS Off

RS232 Timeout
When using Flow Control with Timeout, you must program the length of the delay
you want to wait for CTS from the host. Set the length (in milliseconds) for a timeout by scanning the bar code below, then setting the timeout (from 1-5100 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then scanning Save.

RS232 Timeout

Xenon/Granit User Guide

37

XON/XOFFStandard ASCII control characters can be used to tell the scanner to start sending
data (XON/XOFF On) or to stop sending data (XON/XOFF Off). When the hostsends the XOFF character (DC3, hex 13) to the scanner, data transmission stops.
To resume transmission, the host sends the XON character (DC1, hex 11). Datatransmission continues where it left off when XOFF was sent. Default = XON/XOFF
Off.

XON/XOFF On* XON/XOFF Off

ACK/NAK
After transmitting data, the scanner waits for an ACK character (hex 06) or a NAK
character (hex 15) response from the host. If ACK is received, the communications
cycle is completed and the scanner looks for more bar codes. If NAK is received, thelast set of bar code data is retransmitted and the scanner waits for ACK/NAK again.
Turn on the ACK/NAK protocol by scanning the ACK/NAK On bar code below. To
turn off the protocol, scan ACK/NAK Off. Default = ACK/NAK Off.

ACK/NAK On* ACK/NAK Off

Scanner to Bioptic Communication
The following settings are used to set up communication between Honeywell scanners and bioptic scanners.
Note: The scanner’s baud rate must be set to 38400 and the RS232 timeout must be set to3000 in order to communicate with a bioptic scanner. See "RS232 Modifiers" on page34, and RS232 Timeout on page 37 for further information.

38

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Scanner-Bioptic Packet Mode
Packet Mode On must be scanned to set the scanner’s format so it is compatible
with a bioptic scanner. Default = Packet Mode Off.

* Packet Mode Off

Packet Mode On

Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK Mode
Bioptic ACK/NAK On must be scanned so the scanner will wait for an ACK or NAK
from a bioptic scanner after each packet is sent. The Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK
Timeout (below) controls how long the scanner will wait for a response. Default =Bioptic ACK/NAK Off.

* Bioptic ACK/NAK Off

Bioptic ACK/NAK On

Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK Timeout
This allows you to set the length (in milliseconds) for a timeout for a bioptic scanner’s ACK/NAK response. Scan the bar code below, then set the timeout (from 130,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart, beginningon page 353, then scanning Save. Default = 5100.

ACK/NAK Timeout

Xenon/Granit User Guide

39

40

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

3CORDLESS SYSTEM OPERATION:XENON 1902G/1912 AND
GRANIT 1911I/1981I

Note: This chapter does not apply to corded or Xenon 1902g-BF scanners. See Cordless
System Operation: Xenon 1902g-BF beginning on page 81 for Xenon 1902g-BF
scanning systems.

How the Cordless Charge Base/Access Point Works
A cordless charge base or an Access Point provide the link between the cordlessscanner and the host system. The base/Access Point contains an interface assembly and an RF communication module. The RF communication module performs
the data exchange between the cordless scanner and the interface assembly. The
control assembly coordinates the central interface activities including: transmitting/receiving commands and data to/from the host system, performing software
activities (parameter menuing, visual indicator support, power-on diagnostics),
and data translation required for the host system.
The cordless charge base is also a scanner’s battery charger. Refer to Charge
Information, page 47, for additional information.

Link the Scanner to a Charge Base
Turn off power before connecting a base, then power up the computer once thebase is fully connected. When the base is connected and powered up, put the scanner in the base to establish a link. The green LED on the base flashes to indicate
the scanner’s battery is charging.

Xenon/Granit User Guide41

If the scanner and base have previously been linked, you do not receive any feedback. If this is the first time that the scanner and base are linked, both devices emita short chirp when their radios link. At this point, that one scanner is linked to one
base.
Xenon Scanner

CCB01-010BT Charge Base
Page Button and Base LEDs

Granit Scanner

CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT
Charge Base Page Button and BaseLEDs

To determine if your cordless system is set up correctly, scan one of the sample bar
codes in the back of this manual. If the scanner provides a single good read beep
and the green LED lights, the scanner has successfully linked to the base. If using
a Granit scanner, the scanner also vibrates. If you receive an error tone and the red
LED lights, the scanner has not linked to the base. Refer to page 337 for troubleshooting information.

Link the Scanner to an Access Point
Turn on the computer (laptop/desktop). Plug the interface
cable into the Access Point first and then into the appropriate port on the computer. The Page button lights up when
the connection to the host is made.

Page
ButtonScan the linking bar code on the top of the Access Point toestablish a connection between the Access Point and thescanner. The scanner emits a short beep and flashes thegreen LED to confirm a connection with the Access Point.
The Access Point’s Page button remains blue.

42

Xenon/Granit User GuideReplace a Linked Scanner
If you need to replace a broken or lost scanner that is linked to a base or an Access
Point, scan the Override Locked Scanner bar code below with a new scanner andplace that scanner in the base, or scan the Access Point linking bar code. The
locked link will be overridden; the broken or lost scanner’s link with the base or
Access Point will be removed, and the new scanner will be linked.

Override Locked Scanner(Single Scanner)

Communication Between the Cordless Systemand the Host
The cordless scanner provides immediate feedback in the form of a “good read”
indication with a green LED on the scanner and an audible beep. If using a Granit
scanner, the scanner also vibrates. This indicates that the bar code has beenscanned correctly and the base or Access Point has acknowledged receiving thedata. This is possible since the cordless system provides two-way communication
between the scanner and the base or Access Point.
When data is scanned, the data is sent to the host system via the base or Access
Point. The cordless scanner recognizes data acknowledgment (ACK) from the baseor Access Point. If it cannot be determined that the data has been properly sent tothe base or Access Point, the scanner issues an error indication. You must thencheck to see if the scanned data was received by the host system.

2

1
2

1
2

1. Scanner reads code and gets ACK from base or Access Point
2. Base or Access Point sends data to host

Xenon/Granit User Guide

43

Program the Scanner and Base or Access Point
When using the scanner and charge base or Access Point together as a system,menu parameters and configuration settings are stored in the charge base or
Access Point. Therefore, when programming any menu configuration settings, thescanner must be linked to the intended charge base or Access Point.
Note: This only applies when the scanner is linked to a charge base or Access Point. If thescanner is in a non-base mode, configuration settings are stored in the scanner.

RF (Radio Frequency) Module Operation
The cordless system uses a two-way Bluetooth® radio to transmit and receive data
between the scanner and the base or Access Point. Designed for point-to-point
and multi-point-to-single point applications, the radio operates using a license
free ISM band, which sends relatively small data packets at a fast data rate over aradio signal with randomly changing frequencies, makes the cordless system
highly responsive to a wide variety of data collection applications and resistant tonoisy RF environments. The CCB01-010BT (Bluetooth Class 2) provides a communication range of 33 feet (10m) between the scanner and base or Access Point,depending on the environment. The CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT (BluetoothClass 1) provides a communication range of 330 feet (100m) between the scannerand base or Access Point, depending on the environment. See Flexible PowerManagement, page 59, for information about controlling this range.

System Conditions
The components of the cordless system interact in specific ways as you associate ascanner to a base or Access Point, as you move a scanner out of range, bring ascanner back in range, or swap scanners between two cordless systems. The following information explains the cordless system operating conditions.

Link Process
Once a scanner is placed into a cordless charge base, the scanner’s battery charge
status is checked, and software automatically detects the scanner and links it tothe base depending on the selected link mode.
Refer to Link the Scanner to an Access Point, page 42, for information about linking to an Access Point.

Scanner Is Out of Range
The cordless scanner is in communication with its base or Access Point, even when
it is not transmitting bar code data. Whenever the scanner can’t communicate withthe base or Access Point for a few seconds, it is out of range. If the scanner is out of

44

Xenon/Granit User Guiderange and you scan a bar code, the scanner issues an error tone indicating no communication with the base or Access Point. A cordless charge base can also soundan alarm. Refer to Out-of-Range Alarm, page 56.

Scanner Is Moved Back Into Range
The scanner relinks if the scanner or the base or Access Point have been reset, orthe scanner comes back into range. If the scanner relinks, you will hear a single
chirp when the relinking process (uploading of the parameter table) is complete.
Refer to Out-of-Range Alarm on page 56 for further information.

Out of Range and Back into Range with Batch Mode On
The scanner may store a number of symbols (approximately 500 U.P.C. symbols;
others may vary) when it is out of range and then send them to the base or Access
Point when back in range (see Batch Mode on page 60).
You will not hear a communication error tone in this mode, but you will hear a shortbuzz when you pull the trigger if the radio communication is not working. Once theradio connection is made, the scanner produces a series of beeps while the data is
being transferred to the base or Access Point.

Page Button
When you press the Page button on the base or Access Point, the scanners associated with that base or Access Point will begin beeping (3 short and 1 long beep). If
you pull the trigger on a scanner that is beeping in response, or press the Page button on the base or Access Point a second time, all associated scanners will stop
beeping. See Page on page 52 for further information about Page Button settings.
Note: If you are using a Xenon 1902h model, refer to Quiet Operations - LED and Volume
Settings on page 149 for additional Page Button settings.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

45

Page Button and Presentation Modes

When in Streaming Presentation Mode, the scanner’s aimer goes out after a shorttime, but the scan illumination remains on all the time to continuously search forbar codes (see Streaming Presentation™ Mode on page 127). When in Temporary
Streaming Presentation Mode, pressing the page button on the base puts thescanner into Streaming Presentation Mode until the timeout occurs. If a bar code isscanned before the timeout is reached, the timer starts over.
When the scanner is in the base, press the page button once to put the scanner
into Temporary Streaming Presentation Mode. When the scanner is in the base andthe base has external power (plugged into an outlet), press the page button twice
to put the scanner into Streaming Presentation Mode. Press it twice again to end
Streaming Presentation Mode. When the base does not have external power, pressing the page button twice does not trigger Streaming Presentation Mode.
When the scanner is out of the base, the page button works normally. Default =Temporary Streaming Presentation Mode On.

* Temporary Streaming Presentation ModeOn

To remove Temporary Streaming Presentation Mode, scan the bar code for * Page
Mode On on page 52.

46

Xenon/Granit User GuideTemporary Streaming Presentation Timeout
Set a timeout for the length of time the illumination remains on and searching forbar codes when using Temporary Streaming Presentation Mode. Set the length forthe timeout by scanning one of the bar codes below. Default = 10,000 ms (10 seconds).

*10 Second Timeout

60 Second Timeout

About the Battery!

Warning: There is a danger of explosion if the batteries are incorrectly
replaced. Replace the batteries with only the same or equivalenttype recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of usedbatteries according to the recycle program for batteries as
directed by the governing agency for the country where thebatteries are to be discarded.
Power is supplied to the cordless scanner by a rechargeable battery that is integrated in the scanner handle. Batteries are shipped only partially charged. The battery should be charged for a minimum of 4 hours before initial use to ensure
optimal performance.

Charge Information
The battery is designed to charge while the scanner is positioned in the cordlessbase unit. Refer to Base/Access Point LED Sequences and Meaning, page 49, for
an interpretation of the Charge Status indicators. Refer to Charge Only Mode (page54) if you need to charge a scanner without linking it to the base.
Place the scanner in the base that is connected to an appropriate power supply.
Use only a Listed Limited Power Source (LPS) or Class 2 type power supply with
output rated 5 to 5.2Vdc, 1A.
Note: If you are powering the base through the interface cable (for example, a USB cable)
and not using an external power supply plugged into the aux port, the current
available for charging is reduced and charge times are increased.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

47

Battery Recommendations•

The battery is a lithium ion cell and can be used without a full charge, and canalso be charged without fully discharging, without impacting the battery life.
There is no need to perform any charge/discharge conditioning on this type ofbattery.

•

Keep the base connected to power when the host is not in use.

•

Replace a defective battery immediately since it could damage the scanner.

•

Although your battery can be recharged many times, it will eventually be
depleted. Replace it after the battery is unable to hold an adequate charge.

•

If you are not sure if the battery or charger is working properly, send it to
Honeywell International Inc. or an authorized service center for inspection.
Refer to Customer Support on page xvii for additional information.

Caution: Use only Honeywell Li-ion battery packs, model number BATSCN01, rated 3.7 Vdc, 7.4Whr in this device. Use of any nonHoneywell battery may result in damage not covered by thewarranty.

Safety Precautions for Lithium Batteries•

Do not place batteries in fire or heat the batteries.

•

Do not store batteries near fire or other high temperature locations.

•

Do not store or carry batteries together with metal objects.

•

Do not expose batteries to water or allow the batteries to get wet.

•

Do not connect (short) the positive and negative terminals, of the batteries, toeach other with any metal object.

•

Do not pierce, strike or step on batteries or subject batteries to strong impacts orshocks.

•Do not disassemble or modify batteries.

Caution: Danger of explosion if batteries are incorrectly replaced.
Dispose of used batteries according to the recycle program forbatteries as directed by the governing agency for the country
where the batteries are to be discarded.

Proper Disposal of the Battery
When the battery has reached the end of its useful life, the battery
should be disposed of by a qualified recycler or hazardous materials
handler. Do not incinerate the battery or dispose of the battery withgeneral waste materials. You may send the scanner’s battery to us.
(postage paid). The shipper is responsible for complying with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to the packing,48

Xenon/Granit User Guidelabeling, manifesting, and shipping of spent batteries. Contact the Product Service
Department (page xvii) for recycling or disposal information. Since you may findthat your cost of returning the batteries significant, it may be more cost effective tolocate a local recycle/disposal company.

Beeper and LED Sequences and Meaning
The scanner contains LEDs on the rear of the unit that indicate linking status,
decoding state, and battery condition. The base has LEDs on the top of the unitthat indicate its power up, communication, and battery charge condition. The red
LED = error; green LED = success of any type. Scanners and the CCB01-010BT
base have audible indicators as well: 1 razz or error tone = error; 2 beeps = menuchange; 1 beep = all other successes.
The table below lists the indication and cause of the LED indication, beeps, andvibrations for the scanner.

Scanner LED Sequences and Meaning
BeeperIndication

VibrateIndication

Cause

Red Flash

None

None

Battery low

Green Flash

1 beepNone

Successful communication or
linking

Red, blinking

Razz or error tone

None

Failed communication

Green Flash

2 beeps

2 vibrations

Successful menu change

Red, blinking

Razz or error tone

1 long vibration

Unsuccessful menu change

LED Indication
NormalOperation

Menu Operation

Base/Access Point LED Sequences and Meaning
The base contains a red LED and the Access Point has a blue LED that indicate thestatus of the unit and verifies its communication with the host system. The basealso has a green LED that indicates scanner battery charge condition.
Red or Blue LED - Host Communication
Red or Blue LED

Communication ConditionOff

USB suspend

On continuously

Power on, system idle

Short blinks in multiple pulses. Occurs while transferring data to/from the RF module or the Host port.

Receiving data

Xenon/Granit User Guide

49

Green LED - Scanner Battery(base only, does not apply to Access Point)

Green LED

Charge Condition

Off

Battery not detected or chargesuspended

Slow flash, 1 second on, 1 second off

Pre-charge and charging

On continuously

Charge complete

Fast flash, 300 mSec on, 300 mSec off

Charge Error

Base Power Communication Indicator
To display the power indicator on a base or an Access Point, scan the Base Power
Communication Indicator On bar code. To turn off the power indicator, scan the
Off bar code. Default = On.

* Base Power Communication
Indicator On

Base Power Communication
Indicator Off

Reset Scanner
Scanning this bar code reboots the scanner and causes it to relink with the base or
Access Point.

Reset Scanner

Scan While in Base Cradle
Note: This feature only applies to the CCB01-010BT base.
If you want to be able to scan bar codes while the scanner is in the base cradle,scan the Scan in Cradle On bar code below. If you want to only allow scanningwhen the scanner is out of the base cradle, scan Scan in Cradle Off. If you want thescanner to shut down when in the base cradle, scan Shut Down Scanner in Cradle.
Default = Scan in Cradle On (for CCB01-010BT).

50

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Scan in Cradle Off* Scan in Cradle On

Shut Down Scanner in Cradle

Base Charge Modes
When the base has both an external power supply (plugged into the auxiliary powerport) and a host interface cable, it will draw its power from the external power supply. When the base does not have an external power supply, it draws its power fromthe interface cable. However, the scanner battery charges more slowly from a hostinterface cable than if auxiliary power were available. Using the following selections, you can specify whether the scanner battery is charged from power supplied
via the host interface cable.
When Base Charge Off is selected, the scanner battery does not charge when thescanner is in the base cradle.
When External or Interface Cable Power is selected, the scanner battery charges
from the base’s external power supply, if there is one. If there is no external power
supply to the base, the scanner battery charges from the interface cable.
When External Power Only is selected, the scanner battery only charges from thebase’s external power supply. If there is no external power supply, the scanner battery does not charge.
Note: If you are using a cordless charge base in Presentation Mode, External Power Onlyis the only setting available.
Default = External or Interface Cable Power.

Base Charge Off

External or Interface Cable
Power

Xenon/Granit User Guide

51

External Power Only

Page
Page Mode
By default, the paging button on the base or Access Point pages the scanners
associated with that base or Access Point. If you want the paging button on yourbase or Access Point to be disabled, scan the Page Mode Off bar code, below.
When Page Mode is off, the base or Access Point will no longer page scanners when
the button is pressed. The red LED on the base or blue LED on the Access Point willremain lit to indicate that Page Mode is off. (This light will go out when the button
is pressed, then back on when it’s released.) Default = Page Mode On.
Note: If you are using a Xenon 1902h model, refer to Quiet Operations - LED and Volume
Settings on page 149 for additional Page Button settings.

* Page Mode On

Page Mode Off

Page Pitch
When you press the Page button on the base or Access Point, the scanners associated with that base or Access Point will begin beeping (see Page Button on page45). You can set the pitch of the paging beep for each scanner by scanning one of
the following bar codes. Default = Low.

* Low (1000 Hz)

Medium (3250 Hz)

52

Xenon/Granit User Guide

High (4200 Hz)

Error Indicators
Beeper Pitch - Base Error
Note: This feature only applies to the CCB01-010BT base.
The CCB01-010BT base can be configured to beep at a particular pitch when anerror occurs, such as transmission problems to a host system. The beeper pitch
codes modify the pitch (frequency) of the error tone the base emits when there isan error. Default = Low.

* Razz (250 Hz)

Medium (3250 Hz)

High (4200 Hz)

Number of Beeps - Base Error
Note: This feature only applies to the CCB01-010BT base.
The number of beeps and LED flashes emitted by the CCB01-010BT base for anerror condition can be programmed from 1 - 9. For example, if you program thisoption to have five error beeps, there will be five error beeps and five LED flashes in
response to an error. To change the number of error beeps, scan the bar code below
and then scan a digit (1-9) from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 1.

Number of Base Error Beeps/LED Flashes

Xenon/Granit User Guide

53

Scanner Report
Scan the bar code below to generate a report for the connected scanners. The
report indicates the port, work group, scanner name, and address. To assign aname to your scanner, refer to Menu Command Syntax, page 267.

Scanner Report

Scanner Address
Scan the bar code below to determine the address of the scanner you are using.

Scanner Address

Base or Access Point Address
Scan the bar code below to determine the address of the base or Access Point you
are using.

Base Address

Scanner ModesYour scanner is capable of working in single scanner mode, multiple scannermode, or with Bluetooth devices other than the charge base or Access Point.

Charge Only Mode
There may be times when you want to charge your scanner, but not link to the base.
For example, if a scanner is linked to an Access Point or other Bluetooth device andyou need to charge the scanner, but want to retain your existing link.

54

Xenon/Granit User GuideIn order to program the base for Charge Only Mode, you must link a scanner to it.
Once the scanner is linked to the base, scan the Charge Only Mode bar code. Any
subsequent scanners placed in that base will charge without linking to it. The
scanner used to program the base remains linked to the base. To unlink this scanner, scan Unlink Scanner on page 56.

Charge Only Mode

Note: When in Charge Only Mode, the scanner periodically wakes up and beeps. See "PowerUp Beeper" on page 5-113 to change this setting.

Charge and Link ModeIf you want to charge a scanner and link to the base, use Charge and Link Mode. If
the base is programmed for Charge Only Mode, you must link a scanner to it first inorder to program it for Charge and Link Mode. Scan the linking bar code on thebase to link the scanner, then scan Charge and Link Mode. Default = Charge and
Link Mode.

* Charge and Link Mode

Linked Modes
Locked Link Mode and Open Link Mode are the link modes that accommodate different applications. Scan the appropriate bar codes included in the Open Link andLocked Link Mode explanations that follow to switch from one mode to another.
Default = Open Link Mode.

Locked Link Mode - Single Scanner
If you link a scanner to a base or an Access Point using the Locked Link Mode,other scanners are blocked from being linked if they are inadvertently placed into
the base, or if the Access Point linking bar code is scanned. If you do place a different scanner into a base, it will charge the scanner, but the scanner will not belinked.

Locked Link Mode
(Single Scanner)

To use a different scanner, you need to unlink the original scanner by scanning theUnlink Scanner bar code. (See Scanner Modes, page 54.)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

55

Open Link Mode - Single Scanner
When newly shipped or defaulted to factory settings, a scanner is not linked to abase or an Access Point. A link is established when the scanner is placed into abase, or an Access Point linking bar code is scanned. When in Open Link Mode, a
new link is established when a new scanner is placed in the base, or you scan an
Access Point linking bar code. Each time a scanner is placed into a base or scansan Access Point linking bar code, the scanner becomes linked to the base or Accesspoint and the old scanner is unlinked.

* Open Link Mode
(Single Scanner)

Unlink the Scanner
If a base or an Access Point has a scanner linked to it, that scanner must be
unlinked before a new scanner can be linked. Once the previous scanner isunlinked, it will no longer communicate with the base or Access Point. To unlink thescanner from a base or an Access Point, scan the Unlink Scanner bar code below.

Unlink Scanner

Override Locked Scanner
If you need to replace a broken or lost scanner that is linked to a base or an Access
Point, scan the Override Locked Scanner bar code below with a new scanner andplace that scanner in the base, or scan the Access Point linking bar code. The
locked link will be overridden; the broken or lost scanner’s link with the base or
Access Point will be removed, and the new scanner will be linked.

Override Locked Scanner(Single Scanner)

Out-of-Range Alarm
If your scanner is out range of the base, an alarm sounds from both your base andscanner. If your scanner is out range of an Access Point, an alarm sounds from justthe scanner. The alarm stops when the scanner is moved closer to the base or
Access Point, when the base or Access Point connects to another scanner, or when
the alarm duration expires. To activate the alarm options for the scanner or the56

Xenon/Granit User Guidebase and to set the alarm duration, scan the appropriate bar code below and then
set the time-out duration (from 0-3000 seconds) by scanning digits on the
Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 0 sec (no alarm).

Base Alarm Duration

Note: The Access Point does not have a base alarm.

Scanner Alarm Duration

Note: If you are out of range when you scan a bar code, you will receive an error tone even if
you do not have the alarm set. You receive the error tone since the data could not be
communicated to the base or Access Point or the host.

Alarm Sound TypeYou may change the alarm type for the scanner or a CCB01-010BT base by scanning the appropriate bar code below and then scanning a digit (0-7) bar code fromthe Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 0.
The sounds are as follows:
SettingSound

0

3 long beeps, medium pitch

1

3 long beeps, high pitch2

4 short beeps, medium pitch3

4 short beeps, high pitch4

single chirps, medium pitch5

2 chirps, then 1 chirp, medium pitch6

single chirps, high pitch

7

2 chirps, then 1 chirp, high pitch

Base Alarm Type

Note: Only the CCB01-010BT base has an alarm.

Scanner Alarm Type

Xenon/Granit User Guide

57

Scanner Power Time-Out Timer
When there is no activity within a specified time period, the scanner enters low
power mode. Scan the appropriate scanner power time-out bar code to change thetime-out duration (in seconds).
Note: Scanning zero (0) is the equivalent of setting no time-out.
If there are no trigger pulls during the timer interval, the scanner goes into power
down mode. Whenever the trigger is enabled, the timer is reset. If the scanner isplaced in the charge base cradle and the battery is in the process of being charged,
the scanner will not go into power down mode. Default = 3600 seconds.

0 seconds

200 seconds

400 seconds

900 seconds* 3600 seconds

7200 seconds

Note: When the scanner is in power down mode, pull the trigger to power the unit back up.
There will be a set of power up beeps and a delay of up to a few seconds for the radio
to join. The scanner will then be ready to use.

58

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Flexible Power Management
If you are experiencing network performance issues, and suspect the scanner isinterfering with other devices, you can turn down the power output of the scanner.
This reduces the range between the scanner and a base or an Access Point asshown in the following illustration:

802.11LAN

ScannerRedr
uced Powe

Full Power

Scan one of the bar codes below to set the scanner’s power output to Full Power(100%), Medium Power (35%), Medium Low Power (5%), or Low Power (1%).
Default = Full Power.
Note: Setting a Granit scanner to anything lower than Full Power changes it to Class II
Bluetooth.

* Full Power

Medium Power

Medium Low Power

Low Power

Xenon/Granit User Guide

59

Batch Mode
Batch mode is used to store bar code data when a scanner is out of range of its
base or Access Point, or when performing inventory. The data is transmitted to thebase or Access Point once the scanner is back in range or when the records aremanually transmitted.
Note: Batch Mode is only supported by the Honeywell Charge and Communication Base
(CCB) and Honeywell Access Point (AP). Batch mode has limitations when using
multiple scanners to one base or Access Point. If a cordless system is being used in“multiple link mode,” where up to 7 scanners are to be connected to one base or
Access Point, some accumulated or batched scans could be lost if scanners areconstantly being moved in and out of range.
Automatic Batch Mode stores bar code data when the scanner is out of range ofthe base or Access Point. The data is automatically transmitted to the base or
Access Point once the scanner is back in range. When the scanner’s buffer space isfull, any bar codes scanned generate an error tone. In order to scan bar codes
again, the scanner must be moved back into range of the base or Access Point sodata can be transmitted.
Inventory Batch Mode stores bar code data, whether or not you are in range of thebase or Access Point. To transmit the stored data to the base or Access Point, either
place the scanner in the base, or scan Transmit Inventory Records (page 65). Whenthe scanner’s buffer space is full, any bar codes scanned generate an error tone. In
order to scan bar codes again, the data must be transmitted to the base or Access
Point. Once the data is transmitted, it is cleared in the scanner.
Persistent Batch Mode is the same as Inventory Batch Mode, except that once thedata is transmitted to the base or Access Point, it is retained in the scanner. If you
want to transmit more than once, you can do so using this mode. In order to clear
the scanner’s buffer, you must scan Clear All Codes (see page 64).
Default = Batch Mode Off.

* Batch Mode Off

Automatic Batch Mode

Inventory Batch Mode

Persistent Batch Mode60

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Batch Mode Beep
When scanning in Inventory Batch Mode (page 60), the scanner beeps every time abar code is scanned. If using a Granit scanner, it also vibrates. When Batch Mode
Beep is On, you will also hear a click when each bar code is sent to the host. If you
do not want to hear these clicks, scan Batch Mode Beep Off. Default = Batch Mode
Beep On.

Batch Mode Beep Off* Batch Mode Beep On

Batch Mode Storage
When a scanner is storing data during a Batch Mode process, you can selectwhether the data is stored in Flash memory or in RAM.
Flash Storage: The scanner writes any untransmitted data to flash memory prior to
powering down. The data will still be there when the scanner powers back up. However, the scanner will power down, even with untransmitted data, if it reaches a
power down timeout or if the battery power is very low.
RAM Storage: The scanner will not power down while it contains data that has notbeen transmitted to the base or Access Point, even if it reaches a power down timeout. However, if the scanner runs out of battery power, it will power down and thedata will be lost.
Default = Flash Storage.

* Flash Storage

RAM Storage

Xenon/Granit User Guide

61

Batch Mode Quantity
When in Batch Mode, you may wish to transmit the number of multiple bar codes
scanned, rather than a single bar code multiple times. For example, if you scan
three bar codes called XYZ with Batch Mode Quantity Off, when you transmit yourdata it will appear as XYZ three times. Using Batch Mode Quantity On and the
Quantity Codes (page 63), you could output your data as “XYZ, 00003” instead.
Note: If you wish to format your output, for example, place a CR or tab between the bar code
data and the quantity, refer to Data Format beginning on page 165.
Default = Batch Mode Quantity Off.

* Batch Mode Quantity Off

Batch Mode Quantity On

Enter Quantities
Quantity Codes (page 63) allow you to enter a quantity for the last item scanned,
up to 9999 (default = 1). Quantity digits are shifted from right to left, so if a 5th digit
is scanned, the 1st digit scanned is discarded and the 2nd, 3rd and 4th digits are
moved to the left to accommodate the new digit.
For example, if the Quantity 5 bar code is scanned after the quantity has been set
to 1234, then the 1 is dropped, the quantity will be 2345.
Example: Add a quantity of 5 for the last item scanned.
1. Scan the item's bar code.
2. Scan the quantity 5 bar code.
Example: Add a quantity of 1,500 for the last item scanned.
1. Scan the item's bar code.
2. Scan the quantity 1 bar code.
3. Scan the quantity 5 bar code.
4. Scan the quantity 0 bar code.
5. Scan the quantity 0 bar code.
Example: Change a quantity of 103 to 10.
To correct an incorrect quantity, scan the quantity 0 bar code to replace the incorrect digits, then scan the correct quantity bar codes.

62

Xenon/Granit User Guide

1. Scan the quantity 0 bar code to change the quantity to 1030.
2. Scan the quantity 0 bar code to change the quantity to 0300.
3. Scan the quantity 1 bar code to change the quantity to 3001.
4. Scan the quantity 0 bar code to change the quantity to 0010.
Default = 1.

Quantity Codes
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Xenon/Granit User Guide

63

Batch Mode Output Order
When batch data is transmitted, select whether you want that data sent as FIFO
(first-in first-out), or LIFO (last-in first-out). Default = Batch Mode FIFO.

* Batch Mode FIFO

Batch Mode LIFO

Total Records
If you wish to output the total number of bar codes scanned when in Batch Mode,scan Total Records.

Total Records

Delete Last CodeIf you want to delete the last bar code scanned when in Batch Mode, scan Delete
Last Code.

Delete Last Code

Clear All Codes
If you want to clear the scanner’s buffer of all data accumulated in Batch Mode,scan Clear All Codes.

Clear All Codes

64

Xenon/Granit User GuideTransmit Records to Host
If you are operating in Inventory Batch Mode (see Inventory Batch Mode on page60), you must scan the following bar code to transmit all the stored data to the hostsystem.

Transmit Inventory Records

Batch Mode Transmit Delay
Sometimes when accumulated scans are sent to the host system, the transmissionof those scans is too fast for the application to process. To program a transmit
delay between accumulated scans, scan one of the following delays. Default = Off.
Note: In most cases, a short (250 ms (milliseconds)) delay is ideal, however, longer delays
may be programmed. Contact Technical Support (page xvii) for additional
information.

* Batch Mode Transmit Delay Off(No Delay)

Batch Mode Transmit Delay Short(250 ms)

Batch Mode Transmit Delay Medium(500 ms)

Batch Mode Transmit Delay Long
(1000 ms)

Multiple Scanner Operation
Note: Multiple Scanner Operation Mode allows you to link up to 7 scanners to one base or
Access Point. You cannot join an 8th scanner until you unlink one of the 7 scanners
or take a scanner out of range.

Xenon/Granit User Guide65

To put the scanner in multiple scanner mode, scan the bar code below. Once you
scan this bar code, the scanner is unlinked from the base or Access Point and must
either be placed into the base, or you must scan the Access Point linking bar codein order to relink.

Multiple Scanner Operation

Scanner Name
You may assign a name to each scanner you are using for identification purposes.
For example, you may want to have a unique identifier for a scanner that is receiving imaging commands sent from the base or Access Point.
The default name is in the format “ScannerName_Model_SN_XXXXXXXXXX” If you
have more than one scanner linked to a base, and they all have the same name, thefirst scanner linked to the base receives commands. When renaming a series ofscanners with identical names, unlink all except one of the scanners from the base.
Perform the rename operation using either the bar codes on page 67, or by sending the serial command :ScannerName:BT_NAMNewName. where ScannerNameis the current name of the scanner, and NewName is the new name for the scanner.
If you wish to change the names of additional scanners, link them one at a time andrepeat the :ScannerName:BT_NAMNewName. command for each scanner.

To rename scanners with sequential, numeric names, scan the bar codes below.
Scan the Reset code after each name change and wait for the scanner to relink tothe base or Access Point before scanning a bar code to rename the next scanner.

0001

0002

0003

0004

66

Xenon/Granit User Guide

0005

0006

0007

Reset

You may also scan the Scanner Name bar code below and scan a number for thescanner name. For example, if you wanted to name the linked scanner “312,” youwould scan the bar code below, scan the 3, 1, and 2 bar codes on the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Scan the Reset bar code and wait for thescanner to relink to the base.

Scanner Name

Application Work GroupsYour cordless system can have up to 7 scanners linked to one base or Access Point.
You can also have up to 7 work groups. If you want to have all of the scanners’ settings programmed alike, you don’t need to use more than 1 work group. If you wanteach scanner to have unique settings (e.g., beeper volume, prefix/suffix, data formatter), then you may program each scanner to its own unique work group andmay program each scanner independently. For example, you might want to havemultiple work groups in a retail/warehouse application where you need to have different data appended to bar codes used in the warehouse area versus the retailarea. You could assign all the scanners in the retail area to one work group andthose in the warehouse to another. Consequently, any desired changes to either theretail or warehouse area would apply to all scanners in that particular work group.
Honeywell’s online configuration tool, EZConfig-Scanning (page 262), makes it
easy for you to program your system for use with multiple scanners and multiple
work groups.
The scanner keeps a copy of the menu settings it is using. Whenever the scanner isconnected or reconnected to a base or an Access Point, the scanner is updatedwith the latest settings from the base or Access Point for its work group. The scanner also receives menu setting changes processed by the base or Access Point. If ascanner is removed from a base or an Access Point and placed into another base or

Xenon/Granit User Guide67

linked to another Access Point, it will be updated with the new base/Access Point
settings for whatever work group to which that the scanner was previously
assigned. For example, if the scanner was in work group 1 linked to the first base, itwill be placed in work group 1 in the second base with the associated settings.

Application Work Group Selection
This programming selection allows you to assign a scanner to a work group by
scanning the bar code below. You may then program the settings (e.g., beeper volume, prefix/suffix, data formatter) that your application requires. Default = Group 0.

* Group 0

Group 1

Group 2

Group 3

Group 4

Group 5

Group 6

Reset the Factory Defaults: All Application Work Groups
The following bar code defaults all of the work groups to the factory default settings.

PAPDFT&
Factory Default Settings:
All Work Groups

68

Xenon/Granit User GuideTo see what the factory default settings are, refer to the table of Menu Commands,
beginning on page 272. The standard product default settings for each of the commands are indicated by an asterisk (*).
Note: Scanning this bar code also causes both the scanner and the base or Access Point toperform a reset and become unlinked. The scanner must be placed in the base, or theAccess Point linking bar code must be scanned to re-establish the link. Refer to
Scanner Modes, page 54 for additional information.
If your scanner is in multiple scanner mode, you will hear up to 30 seconds of beeping
while all scanners are relinked to the base or Access Point and the settings arechanged.

Reset the Custom Defaults: All Application Work Groups
If you want the custom default settings restored to all of the work groups, scan the
Custom Product Default Settings bar code below. (If there are no custom defaults,
it will reset the work groups to the factory defaults.) See Set Custom Defaults on
page 13 for further information about custom defaults.

Custom Default Settings:
All Work Groups

Note: Scanning this bar code also causes both the scanner and the base or Access Point toperform a reset and become unlinked. The scanner must be placed in its base, or theAccess Point linking bar code must be scanned to re-establish the link. Refer to
Scanner Modes, page 54 for additional information.
If your scanner is in multiple scanner mode, you will hear up to 30 seconds of beeping
while all scanners are relinked to the base or Access Point and the settings arechanged.

Use the Scanner with Bluetooth Devices
The scanner can be used either with the charge base, an Access Point, or with otherBluetooth devices. Those devices include personal computers, laptops, PDAs, andHoneywell mobility systems devices.

Bluetooth Secure Simple Pairing (SSP)
Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) allows you to connect simply and securely to otherBluetooth devices without having to enter a PIN code (as described in Bluetooth
HID Keyboard Connect procedure). SSP is only available when using Bluetooth ver-Xenon/Granit User Guide69

sion 2.1 or higher. When SSP is on, no PIN is required for pairing. Turn SSP off if
you are connecting to a Bluetooth device that is not using a compatible Bluetoothversion. Default = Bluetooth SSP On.
Note: SSP is only supported by the Granit 1981i scanner.

* Bluetooth SSP On

Bluetooth SSP OffApple™ Serial Port Protocol (SPP) Pairing
Note: Apple SPP Pairing is only supported by the Xenon 1902-MM scanner.
If you want to use an Apple app or you are a developer creating an Apple app tocommunicate with the scanner, use SPP to control the scanner through that application. This feature is only available with Apple's MFI-certified devices. Consult
Apple to determine if your device is MFI-certified. Scan the bar code below to pair
the scanner with an Apple device using SPP.

Pair with Apple Device
Using SPP

Once the Apple device is connected to the scanner using SPP, you must select theapp that will be used to send commands to and receive responses from the scanner. To disconnect the association between the scanner and the app, use Bluetooth
HID Keyboard Disconnect on page 72.

Apple SPP Auto-Connect
If you want the scanner to automatically connect to an Apple device, scan the bar
code below. The scanner emits a single beep when it auto-connects to the Appledevice.

Apple SPP Auto-Connect

70

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Bluetooth HID Keyboard Connect
Your scanner can be paired with Bluetooth-capable devices, such as personal computers, laptops, and tablets, so that scanned data appears on your device screen as
though it was entered on the keyboard. In order to pair with the Bluetooth device:
1. Scan the appropriate Bluetooth HID Keyboard Connect bar code below.

Bluetooth HID Keyboard
Connect

Bluetooth HID Japanese
Keyboard Connect

2. Set your personal computer, laptop or tablet so it searches for other Bluetooth
devices. (Refer to your device’s User’s Guide for pairing instructions.)
3. Select the scanner name on your device. Some devices will automatically pairwith the scanner. If your device pairs automatically with the scanner, it displays
a successful pairing message and you do not need to continue to the next step.
4. If your device does not automatically pair with the scanner, a PIN is displayed.
This PIN must be scanned within 60 seconds. Quickly scan Bluetooth PIN
Code below, then scan the numeric bar code(s) for the PIN code from the chart
below, then scan Save.

Bluetooth PIN Code

0

1

2

3

Xenon/Granit User Guide

71

4

5

6

7

8

9

Save

Virtual Keyboard
Once your scanner has been connected directly to an iPad, smart phone, or laptop,
you can toggle the virtual keyboard on your device with a quick double pull of thescanner trigger.

Bluetooth HID Keyboard Disconnect
If your scanner has been connected directly to an iPad, smart phone, or laptop
using Bluetooth HID Keyboard Connect (page 71), you must disconnect it in order
to once again communicate with the base or Access Point. Scan the Bluetooth HID
Keyboard Disconnect bar code to unlink the scanner from the currently linked
host. Scan the linking bar code on the base or Access Point to relink the scanner.

Bluetooth HID Keyboard Disconnect

72

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Bluetooth Serial Port - PCs/Laptops
Scanning the Non-Base BT Connection bar code below unlinks your scanner andputs it into a discoverable state. Once the scanner searches for and connects witha Bluetooth host, the scanner stores the connection to the host device address andswitches virtual COM ports. This allows the scanner to automatically relink to thehost if the connection is lost.

Non-Base BT Connection

PDAs/Mobility Systems Devices
You may also use the scanner with a PDA or a Honeywell Mobility Systems device.
Scan the bar code below and follow the instructions supplied with your Bluetooth
device to locate the scanner, and connect with it.

BT Connection - PDA/Mobility Systems Device

Change the Scanner’s Bluetooth PIN CodeSome devices require a PIN code as part of the Bluetooth security features. Your
scanner’s default PIN is 1234, which you may need to enter the first time you connect to your PDA or PC. The PIN code must be between 1 and 16 characters. Tochange the PIN, scan the bar code below and then scan the appropriate numericbar codes from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.

Bluetooth PIN

Minimize Bluetooth/ISM Band Network Activity
The settings described below can help you customize the relinking behavior of thecordless area-imaging system to obtain the best compromise between convenience and low interference.
Note: ISM band refers to the 2.4 to 2.48 GHz frequency band used by wireless networks,
cordless phones, and Bluetooth.

Xenon/Granit User Guide73

Auto Reconnect Mode
Auto Reconnect controls whether or not the scanner automatically begins therelink process when a loss of connection is detected. When the Auto Reconnect On
bar code is scanned, the scanner begins the relink process immediately, without
user intervention. Default = Auto Reconnect On.

* Auto Reconnect On

Auto Reconnect Off

Note: If you are connecting to a Bluetooth Interface Module, set Auto Reconnect to Off.
The table below shows the results of the Auto Reconnect On and Off settings:
Event

Auto Reconnect On

Auto Reconnect Off

Scanner out of range

Relink occurs automatically. If
maximum number of link attempts
is unsuccessful, then the scannermust be relinked by either pulling
the trigger, placing the scanner inthe base, or scanning the Access
Point linking bar code. (SeeMaximum Link Attempts on page74.)

The scanner is relinked bypulling the trigger, or scanning
the Access Point linking bar
code.

Base or Access point reset(firmware upgrade or power
cycle)

Scanner behaves as if out of range.

No attempt to relink madewhile base or Access Point is
powered off. Trigger must be
pulled to initiate relinking.

Scanner power down due toPower Time-Out Timersetting

Trigger must be pulled, Access Point linking bar code must be
scanned, or the scanner must be placed in the base unit to relink.
(Note: scanner relinks on power up, but powers on due to one of theabove actions.)

Scanner reset due tofirmware upgrade

Relink occurs automatically.

Scanner reset due to batterychangeRelink occurs automatically.

Scanner placed in different
base unit

Relink to new base occurs automatically.

Maximum Link Attempts
The Maximum Link Attempts setting controls the number of times the scannertries to form a connection with a base or an Access Point. During the connection
setup process, the scanner transmits in order to search for and connect to a baseor an Access Point. In order to prevent continuous transmissions that could inter-

74

Xenon/Granit User Guidefere with other users of the ISM band, the number of attempts to connect is limitedby this setting. After the maximum number of attempts is reached, the scanner will
not attempt to reconnect to a base or an Access Point. Pressing the trigger, scanning an Access Point linking bar code, or placing the scanner in the cradle resets
the attempt count and the scanner will again try to link.
Scan the Maximum Link Attempts bar code, then scan the number of attempts forthe setting (from 0-100) from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 0.

Maximum Link Attempts

Note: When Auto Reconnect Mode is On, setting Maximum Link Attempts to zero will cause
the scanner to try to link until the Power Time-Out Timer setting expires. When Auto
Reconnect Mode is Off, setting Maximum Link Attempts to zero will cause thescanner to only attempt linking one time after a trigger pull.

Relink Time-Out
Relink Time-Out controls the idle time between relink attempts. An attempt to linka scanner to a base or an Access Point typically lasts up to 5 seconds. This is thetime when the scanner is actually attempting a contact . Relink Time-Out controls
the amount of time, in seconds, that elapses between the end of one connection
attempt and the start of the next.
Note: The length of time for an attempt depends on the number of scanners connected toa base unit or Access Point. An extra 7 seconds may be required when a connection is
successful.
Scan the Relink Time-Out bar code, then scan the number of seconds for the setting (from 1-100) from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, thenSave. Default = 3 seconds.

Relink Time-Out

Xenon/Granit User Guide

75

Bluetooth/ISM Network Activity Examples
Default values
When the scanner goes out of range, the scanner repeatedly attempts to connect
to the base unit or Access Point. Each attempt consists of approximately 5 secondsof active time followed by 3 seconds of idle time. After one hour, the scanner powers off and batch mode data is lost.
Example: Maximum Link Attempts set to 15
Other values at default setting
When the scanner goes out of range, 15 attempts are made to link to the base unitor Access Point. Each attempt consists of approximately 5 seconds of active time
followed by 3 seconds of idle time. After 15 cycles (8*15 =120), or about 2 minutes,
the scanner stops trying to connect to the base or Access Point, but retains any bar
codes that may have been saved in batch mode. After one hour, the scanner powers
off and batch mode data is lost.
Example: Auto Reconnect Mode set to 0
Maximum Link Attempts set to 15
Other values at default setting
When the scanner goes out of range, no action is taken to relink. When the trigger
is pulled, 15 attempts are made to link to the base or Access Point. Each attempt
consists of approximately 5 seconds of active time followed by 3 seconds of idle
time. After 15 cycles (8*15 =120), or about 2 minutes, the scanner stops trying toconnect to the base or Access Point, but retains any bar codes that may have beensaved in batch mode. After one hour, the scanner powers off and batch mode data
is lost. Refer to Auto Reconnect Mode, page 74, to review other events that canstart the relink process.
Example: Auto Reconnect Mode set to 1
Maximum Link Attempts set to 0
Relink Time-Out set to 10
Scanner Power Time-Out Timer set to 1800
Note: See Scanner Power Time-Out Timer on page 58.
The scanner attempts to connect to the base or Access Point every 15 seconds,
measured from one attempt start to the next attempt start. After one half hour, thescanner powers off.

Host Acknowledgment
Some applications require that the host terminal (or server) validate incoming bar
code data (database look-up) and provide acknowledgment to the scanner
whether or not to proceed. In Host ACK Mode, the scanner waits for this acknowledgment after each scan. Visual and audible acknowledgments provide valuable

76

Xenon/Granit User Guidefeedback to the scan operator. The Host ACK functionality is controlled via a number of pre-defined escape commands that are sent to the scanner to make it
behave in different ways.
Note: System performance degrades when using Host ACK at rates lower than 9600 baud.
The following criteria must be met for the Host ACK to work correctly:•

The cordless system must be configured for Host Port RS232 (terminal ID = 000)or USB COM Emulation (terminal ID = 130).

•

RTS/CTS is defaulted off. You must enable it if the host system requires it.

•

Host ACK must be set to On (page 78).

•

A comma must be used as a terminator.

•

The host terminal software must be capable of interpreting the bar code data,
make decisions based on the data content, and send out appropriate escapecommands to the scanner.

Escape commands are addressed to the scanner via “Application Work Groups.”
Once a command is sent, all scanners in a group respond to that command.
Because of this, it is recommended that each scanner is assigned to its owngroup in Host ACK mode.
The commands to which the scanner responds are listed on page 78. The [ESC] is a
1B in hex. A typical command string is y [ESC] x, where “y” is the application workgroup number, “[ESC] x” is the escape command, and the comma is the terminator,
which is required. (When “y” is not specified, the command is sent to the default
Application Work Group 0.)
Example: Commands may be strung together to create custom response sequences. An
example of a command string is listed below.
[ESC]4,[ESC]5,[ESC]6,
The above example will make a scanner that is in application work group zero beep
low, then medium, then high.
Example: A good read beep is required for any item on file, but a razz or error tone is required
if the item is not on file. In this case,[ESC]7, is sent from the host to the scanner for an on-file product[ESC]8,[ESC]8, is sent from the host to the scanner for a not-on-file product
When a bar code is scanned, the scanner enters a timeout period until either thehost ACK sequence is received, or the timeout expires (in 10 seconds, by default).
Once Host ACK is enabled, the system works as follows when a bar code isscanned:•The scanner reads the code and sends data to the base or Access Point totransmit to the host system. No audible or visual indication is emitted until thescanner receives an escape command. The scanner read illumination goes out
when there’s a successful read.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

77

•

Scanner operation is suspended until 1) a valid escape string is received fromthe host system or 2) the scanner times out.

•

Once condition 1 or 2 above has been met, the scanner is ready to scan again,
and the process repeats.

A time-out occurs if the scanner does not receive a valid escape command within
10 seconds. A time-out is indicated by an error tone. If a time-out occurs, the operator should check the host system to understand why a response to the scanner
was not received.

Host ACK On/Off

Host ACK On* Host ACK Off

Host ACK Timeout
You can set a timeout for the length of time the scanner waits for a valid escapecommand when using Host Acknowledgment Mode. Set the length (in seconds) fora timeout by scanning the following bar code, then setting the timeout (from 1-90
seconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 10.

Host ACK Timeout

Host ACK Responses

78

Command

Action[ESC] a,Double beeps to indicate a successful menu change was made.

[ESC] b,Razz or error tone to indicate a menu change was unsuccessful.

[ESC] 1,

The green LED illuminates for 135 milliseconds followed by a pause.

[ESC] 2,

The green LED illuminates for 2 seconds followed by a pause.

[ESC] 3,

The green LED illuminates for 5 seconds followed by a pause.

[ESC] 4,

Emits a beep at a low pitch.

[ESC] 5,

Emits a beep at a medium pitch.

[ESC] 6,

Emits a beep at a high pitch.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CommandAction[ESC] 7,

Beeps to indicate a successful decode and communication to host.

[ESC] 8,[ESC] 8,

Razz or error tone to indicate a decode/communication to host was
unsuccessful.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

79

80

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

4CORDLESS SYSTEM OPERATION:XENON 1902G-BF

Note: This chapter applies only to Xenon 1902g-BF cordless scanning systems. It does not
apply to corded scanners, Xenon 1902g/1912, or Granit 1911i/1981i scanners. See
Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g/1912 and Granit 1911i/1981i beginningon page 41 for other Xenon and Granit cordless scanning systems.

How the CCB01-010BT-BF Cordless Charge Base Works
A cordless charge base provides the link between the cordless scanner and thehost system. The base contains an interface assembly and an RF communication
module. The RF communication module performs the data exchange between thecordless scanner and the interface assembly. The control assembly coordinates
the central interface activities including: transmitting/receiving commands anddata to/from the host system, performing software activities (parameter menuing,visual indicator support, power-on diagnostics), and data translation required forthe host system.
The cordless charge base is also a scanner’s instant charge pack charger. Refer toCharge Information, page 85, for additional information.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

81

Link the Scanner to a Charge Base
Xenon Scanner

CCB01-010BT-BF Charge Base
Page Button and Base LEDs

When the base is connected and powered up, put the scanner in the base to establish a link. The green LED on the base flashes to indicate the scanner’s instantcharge pack is charging.
Note: The scanner’s instant charge pack must be charged to establish a link with the base.
If the scanner and base have previously been linked, you do not receive any feedback. If this is the first time that the scanner and base are linked, both devices emita short chirp when their radios link. At this point, that one scanner is linked to one
base.
The linking sound can be turned on or off. See Linking Sound on page 93.
To determine if your scanner has linked to the base correctly, scan one of the sample bar codes beginning on page 351. If the scanner provides a single good read
beep and the green LED lights, the scanner has successfully linked to the base. If
you receive an error tone and the red LED lights, the scanner has not linked to thebase. Refer to page 337 for troubleshooting information.

Replace a Linked Scanner
If you need to replace a broken or lost scanner that is linked to a base, scan theOverride Locked Scanner bar code below with a new scanner and place that scanner in the base. The locked link will be overridden, the broken or lost scanner’s linkwith the base will be removed, and the new scanner will be linked.

Override Locked Scanner(Single Scanner)

82

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Communication Between the Cordless Systemand the Host
The cordless scanner provides immediate feedback in the form of a “good read”
indication with a green LED on the scanner and an audible beep. This indicatesthat the bar code has been scanned correctly and the base has acknowledged
receiving the data. This is possible since the cordless system provides two-way
communication between the scanner and the base.
When data is scanned, the data is sent to the host system via the base. The cordlessscanner recognizes data acknowledgment (ACK) from the base. If it cannot be
determined that the data has been properly sent to the base, the scanner issues anerror indication. You must then check to see if the scanned data was received by
the host system.

12

1. Scanner reads code and gets ACK from base.
2. Base sends data to host.

Program the Scanner and Base
When using the scanner and charge base together as a system, menu parametersand configuration settings are stored in the charge base. Therefore, when programming any menu configuration settings, the scanner must be linked to thecharge base.
Note: This only applies when the scanner is linked to a charge base. If the scanner is in a
non-base mode, configuration settings are stored in the scanner.

RF (Radio Frequency) Module Operation
The cordless system uses a two-way, low energy, Bluetooth® radio to transmit andreceive data between the scanner and the base. It provides single-point to singlepoint communication. The radio operates using a license free ISM band, which
sends relatively small data packets at a fast data rate over a radio signal with randomly changing frequencies, makes the cordless system highly responsive to awide variety of data collection applications and resistant to noisy RF environments.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

83

The CCB01-010BT-BF (Bluetooth Class 2) provides a communication range of 33
feet (10m) between the scanner and base, depending on the environment. See
Flexible Power Management, page 99, for information about controlling this range.

System Conditions
The components of the cordless system interact in specific ways as you associate ascanner to a base, as you move a scanner out of range and bring a scanner back inrange. The following information explains the cordless system operating conditions.

Link Process
Once a scanner is placed into a cordless charge base, the scanner’s instant charge
pack status is checked, and software automatically detects the scanner and links it
to the base depending on the selected link mode.

Scanner Is Out of Range
The cordless scanner is in communication with its base, even when it is not transmitting bar code data. Whenever the scanner can’t communicate with the base fora few seconds, it is out of range. If the scanner is out of range and you scan a bar
code, the scanner issues an error tone indicating no communication with the base.
A cordless charge base can also sound an alarm. Refer to Out-of-Range
Alarm, page 97.

Scanner Is Moved Back Into Range
The scanner relinks if the scanner or the base have been reset, or the scannercomes back into range. If the scanner relinks, you will hear a single chirp when therelinking process (uploading of the parameter table) is complete. Refer to Out-ofRange Alarm on page 97 for further information.

Out of Range and Back into Range with Batch Mode On
The scanner may store a number of symbols (approximately 500 U.P.C. symbols;
others may vary) when it is out of range and then send them to the base when backin range (see Batch Mode on page 100).
You will not hear a communication error tone in this mode, but you will hear a shortbuzz when you pull the trigger if the radio communication is not working. Once theradio connection is made, the scanner produces a series of beeps while the data is
being transferred to the base.

84

Xenon/Granit User Guide

About the Instant Charge Pack
Power is supplied to the cordless scanner by a rechargeable instant charge packthat is integrated in the scanner handle. The instant charge pack must be charged
before initial use. When the scanner is not in use, return it to the base. The model
CCB01-010BT-BF base is designed for use with the Honeywell model Xenon
1902g-BF scanner.

Charge Information
The instant charge pack is designed to charge while the scanner is positioned in
the cordless base unit. Refer to Base, page 88, for an interpretation of the Charge
Status indicators. Refer to Charge Only Mode (page 95) if you need to charge ascanner without linking it to the base.
Place the scanner in the base that is connected to an appropriate power supply.
Use only a Listed Limited Power Source (LPS) or Class 2 type power supply with
output rated 5 to 5.2Vdc, 1A.
Caution: The Xenon 1902g-BF scanner can only be charged by CCB01010BT-BF base. Use of any non-Honeywell power supply may
result in damage not covered by the warranty.
Note: If you are powering the base through the interface cable (for example, a USB cable)
and not using an external power supply plugged into the aux port, the current
available for charging is reduced and charge times are increased. Charge times canbe improved by connecting the interface cable to a BC 1.2 compliant USB charge
port. Charging via the power supply is fastest.
The AC adapter should be plugged into the connector in the bottom of the base.
Using the interface cable power link is not recommended and will significantly
increase charge times.

Beeper and LED Sequences and Meaning
The scanner contains LEDs on the rear of the unit that indicate linking status,
decoding state, and instant charge pack condition. The base has LEDs on the topof the unit that indicate its power up, communication, and instant charge packcondition.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

85

Scanner
Scanner Communication and Scanning
The following feedback is provided by the scanner and indicates communicationand scanning status.
LED Indication

Beeper Indication

Cause

Red Flash

None

Charge pack low

Green Flash

1 beepSuccessful communication or linking

Red, blinking

Razz or error tone

Failed communication

Green Flash

2 beeps

Successful menu change

Red, blinking

Razz or error tone

Unsuccessful menu change

Normal Operation

Menu Operation

Scanner Charge Pack Status
The following charge status feedback is provided by the scanner when the scanner
is out of the base and has been idle for 5 seconds.
Scanner LED

Scanner Beep

ChargeLevel

Approximate
Expected Scans*

Yellow
3 sets of flashes

2 short beeps per flash

30%

100

Red
3 sets of flashes

2 short beeps per flash

10%

50

* The number of scans was measured with a clearly printed UPC code in good light.
The approximate number of scans varies with changes in label quality, symbology,
and environmental factors.

Low Power Alerts
Low power alerts allow you to customize the scanner LEDs to flash in different patterns when the scanner charge level is low. Use the bar codes that follow to customize the settings for the power range being configured, the number of flashes
per alert, the interval between flashes, the number of alerts, and the interval
between alerts. The beeper can also be set to silent, or to sound with the flash patterns.

86

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Low Power Alert Range
Set the power range that will trigger a low power alert. Default = 10-30%.

*Low Power Alert 10-30%

Low Power Alert 10-50%

Low Power Alert Flash Number
You can program the scanner’s LEDs to flash up to 9 times for the low power alert.
If the Low Power Alert Beep (page 88) is on, a double beep will sound with eachflash. To set the number of low power flashes, scan the bar code below and thenscan a digit (1-9) bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 3 flashes.

Low Power Alert Flash Number

Interval Between Flashes
Set the length of time, in seconds, between the LED flashes for a low power alert. To
set the interval, scan the bar code below and then scan a digit (1-9) bar code fromthe Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 2 seconds
between flashes.

Interval Between Flashes

Low Power Alert Repeat
Set how many times you want the low power flash pattern (flashes and intervals) torepeat. To set the number, scan the bar code below and then scan a digit (1-5) bar
code from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 1.

Low Power Alert Repeat

Xenon/Granit User Guide

87

Interval Between Alerts
If you have set the Low Power Alert Repeat (page 87) to more than 1, you can set
the length of time, in seconds, between the low power alerts. To set this interval,
scan the bar code below and then scan a digit (10-120) bar code from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 10 seconds
between alerts.

Interval Between Alerts

Low Power Alert Beep
If you do not want the beeper to sound for a low power alert, scan the Low Power
Alert Beep Off bar code. Any low power alert settings will still flash the scanner
LEDs, whether or not the beeper sounds. Default = Low Power Alert Beep On.

Low Power Alert Beep Off*Low Power Alert Beep On

Base
The base contains colored LEDs that indicate the status of the unit, verifies its
communication with the host system, and indicates scanner instant charge packcondition.

Base Communication and Scanning
The following feedback is provided by the base and indicates communication andscanning status.
Red LED - Host Communication

88

Red LED

Communication
Condition

Off

USB suspend

On continuously

Host communication
available

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Red LED - Host Communication
Communication
Condition

Red LED
Short blinks in multiple pulses. Occurs while transferring
data to/from the RF module or the host port.

Receiving/sending data

Base Charge Status
When charging, the base indicates the progress while the scanner resides in thebase.
Base Button/LED

Charge Level

Approximate Expected
Scans*

Green on

100%

450

Green slow blink

50-99%

200

Green fast blink

30-50%

100

Yellow fast blink

0-30%

Charging - do not scan

* The number of scans was measured with a clearly printed UPC code in good light.
The approximate number of scans varies with changes in label quality, symbology,
and environmental factors.

Base Power Communication Indicator
To display the power indicator on a base, scan the Base Power Communication
Indicator On bar code. To turn off the power indicator, scan the Off bar code.
Default = On.

* Base Power Communication
Indicator On

Base Power Communication
Indicator Off

Reset Scanner
Scanning this bar code reboots the scanner and causes it to relink with the base.

Reset Scanner

Xenon/Granit User Guide

89

Base Charge Modes
When the base has both an external power supply (plugged into the auxiliary powerport) and a host interface cable, it will draw its power from the external power supply. When the base does not have an external power supply, it draws its power fromthe interface cable. However, the scanner instant charge pack charges more slowly
from a host interface cable than if auxiliary power were available. Using the following selections, you can specify whether the scanner instant charge pack is charged
from power supplied via the host interface cable.
When Base Charge Off is selected, the scanner instant charge pack does not
charge when the scanner is in the base cradle.
When External or Interface Cable Power is selected, the scanner instant charge
pack charges from the base’s external power supply, if there is one. If there is no
external power supply to the base, the scanner instant charge pack charges fromthe interface cable.
When External Power Only is selected, the scanner instant charge pack only
charges from the base’s external power supply. If there is no external power supply,
the scanner instant charge pack does not charge.
Default = External or Interface Cable Power.

Base Charge Off

External or Interface Cable
Power

External Power Only

Page Button with Scanner Out of the Base90

Xenon/Granit User Guide

When the scanner is out of the base, press the page button on the base to make theassociated scanner start beeping (3 short and 1 long beep). If you pull the trigger
on a scanner that is beeping in response, or press the Page button on the base asecond time, the scanner stops beeping. See Paging on page 92 for further information about Page Button settings.

Page Button with Scanner in the Base
When the scanner is in the base, press the page button on the base to begin
Streaming Presentation Mode. The scanner acts as a presentation scanner for 10
seconds. If a bar code is scanned before the 10 second timeout is reached, thetimer starts over. Lift the scanner from the base to return to manual triggering. Tochange the timeout from 10 seconds see Temporary Streaming Presentation
Timeout on page 91.

Temporary Streaming Presentation Timeout
Set a timeout for the length of time the illumination remains on and searching forbar codes when using Temporary Streaming Presentation Mode. Set the length forthe timeout by scanning one of the bar codes below. Default = 10,000 ms (10 seconds).

*10 Second Timeout

30 Second Timeout

1 Minute Timeout

2 Minute Timeout

3 Minute Timeout

See Paging, below, for further information about Page Button settings.

Xenon/Granit User Guide91

Scan While in Base Cradle
If you want to be able to scan bar codes while the scanner is in the base cradle,scan the Scan in Cradle On bar code below. If you want to only allow scanningwhen the scanner is out of the base cradle, scan Scan in Cradle Off. If you want thescanner to shut down when in the base cradle, scan Shut Down Scanner in Cradle.
Default = Scan in Cradle On.

Scan in Cradle Off* Scan in Cradle On

Shut Down Scanner in Cradle

PagingPage Mode
When the scanner is out of the base, the paging button on the base pages thescanner associated with that base. If you want to disable the paging button, scan
the Page Mode Off bar code, below. When Page Mode is off, the base will no longer
page the scanner when the button is pressed and no scanner is in the base. The red
LED on the base remains lit to indicate that Page Mode is off. (This light will go out
when the button is pressed, then back on when it’s released.) Default = Page ModeOn.

* Page Mode On

Page Mode Off

92

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Page Pitch
When the scanner is out of the base and you press the Page button, the scannerassociated with that base begins beeping. You can set the pitch of the paging beepfor the scanner by scanning one of the following bar codes. Default = Low.

* Low (1000 Hz)

Medium (3250 Hz)

High (4200 Hz)

Linking Sound
Under normal operations, the scanner clicks when linking to a base. If you want tosilence this sound, scan the Silent Linking bar code below. To return to the default
clicking sound, scan Linking Sound. Default = Linking Sound.

* Linking Sound

Silent Linking

Error Indicators
Beeper Pitch - Base Error
The base can be configured to beep at a particular pitch when an error occurs,such as transmission problems to a host system. The beeper pitch codes modify
the pitch (frequency) of the error tone the base emits when there is an error. Default= Low.

Xenon/Granit User Guide93

* Razz (250 Hz)

Medium (3250 Hz)

High (4200 Hz)

Number of Beeps - Base Error
The number of beeps and LED flashes emitted by the base for an error condition
can be programmed from 1 - 9. For example, if you program this option to have fiveerror beeps, there will be five error beeps and five LED flashes in response to anerror. To change the number of error beeps, scan the bar code below and then scana digit (1-9) from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.
Default = 1.

Number of Base Error Beeps/LED Flashes

Scanner Report
Scan the bar code below to generate a report for the connected scanner. The report
indicates the port, scanner name, and address. To assign a name to your scanner,
refer to Menu Command Syntax, page 267.

Scanner Report

Scanner Address
Scan the bar code below to determine the address of the scanner you are using.

Scanner Address

94

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Base Address
Scan the bar code below to determine the address of the base you are using.

Base Address

Scanner Modes
Charge Only Mode
There may be times when you want to charge your scanner, but not link to the base.
In order to program the base for Charge Only Mode, you must link the scanner to it.
Once the scanner is linked to the base, scan the Charge Only Mode bar code. Any
subsequent scanners placed in that base will charge without linking to it. The
scanner used to program the base remains linked to the base. To unlink this scanner, scan Unlink Scanner on page 96.

Charge Only Mode

Note: When in Charge Only Mode, the scanner periodically wakes up and beeps. See PowerUp Beeper on page 113 to change this setting.

Charge and Link ModeIf you want to charge a scanner and link to the base, use Charge and Link Mode. If
the base is programmed for Charge Only Mode, you must link a scanner to it first inorder to program it for Charge and Link Mode. Scan the linking bar code on thebase to link the scanner, then scan Charge and Link Mode. Default = Charge and
Link Mode.

* Charge and Link Mode

Linked Modes
Locked Link Mode and Open Link Mode are the link modes that accommodate different applications. Scan the appropriate bar codes included in the Open Link andLocked Link Mode explanations that follow to switch from one mode to another.
Default = Open Link Mode.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

95

Locked Link Mode - Single Scanner
If you link a scanner to a base using the Locked Link Mode, other scanners areblocked from being linked if they are inadvertently placed into the base. If you doplace a different scanner into a base, it will charge the scanner, but the scanner will
not be linked.

Locked Link Mode
(Single Scanner)

To use a different scanner, you need to unlink the original scanner by scanning theUnlink Scanner bar code. (See Scanner Modes, page 95.)

Open Link Mode - Single Scanner
When newly shipped or defaulted to factory settings, a scanner is not linked to abase. A link is established when the scanner is placed into a base. When in Open
Link Mode, a new link is established when a new scanner is placed in the base.
Each time a scanner is placed into a base, the scanner becomes linked to the baseand the old scanner is unlinked.

* Open Link Mode
(Single Scanner)

Unlink the Scanner
If a base has a scanner linked to it, that scanner must be unlinked before a newscanner can be linked. Once the previous scanner is unlinked, it will no longer communicate with the base. To unlink the scanner from a base, scan the Unlink Scanner bar code below.

Unlink Scanner

96

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Override Locked Scanner
If you need to replace a broken or lost scanner that is linked to a base, scan theOverride Locked Scanner bar code below with a new scanner and place that scanner in the base. The locked link is overridden, the broken or lost scanner’s link withthe base is removed, and the new scanner is linked to the base.

Override Locked Scanner(Single Scanner)

Out-of-Range Alarm
If your scanner is out range of the base, an alarm sounds from both your base andscanner. The alarm stops when the scanner is moved closer to the base, when thebase connects to another scanner, or when the alarm duration expires. To activate
the alarm options for the scanner or the base and to set the alarm duration, scan
the appropriate bar code below and then set the time-out duration (from 0-3000
seconds) by scanning digits on the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save.

Base Alarm Duration

Scanner Alarm Duration

Note: If you are out of range when you scan a bar code, you will receive an error tone even if
you do not have the alarm set. You receive the error tone since the data could not be
communicated to the base or the host.

Alarm Sound TypeYou may change the alarm type for the scanner or a base by scanning the appropriate bar code below and then scanning a digit (0-7) bar code from the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 0.
The sounds are as follows:
SettingSound

0

3 long beeps, medium pitch

1

3 long beeps, high pitch2

4 short beeps, medium pitch

Xenon/Granit User Guide

97

SettingSound3

4 short beeps, high pitch4

single chirps, medium pitch5

2 chirps, then 1 chirp, medium pitch6

single chirps, high pitch

7

2 chirps, then 1 chirp, high pitch

Base Alarm Type

Scanner Alarm Type

Scanner Power Time-Out Timer
When there is no activity within a specified time period, the scanner enters low
power mode. Scan the appropriate scanner power time-out bar code to change thetime-out duration (in seconds).
Note: Scanning zero (0) is the equivalent of setting no time-out.
If there are no trigger pulls during the timer interval, the scanner goes into power
down mode. Whenever the trigger is enabled, the timer is reset. If the scanner isplaced in the base and the instant charge pack is in the process of being charged,
the scanner will not go into power down mode. Default = 400 seconds.

98

Xenon/Granit User Guide

0 seconds

200 seconds* 400 seconds

900 seconds

3600 seconds

7200 seconds

Note: When the scanner is in power down mode, pull the trigger to power the unit back up.
There will be a set of power up beeps and a delay of up to a few seconds for the radio
to join. The scanner will then be ready to use.

Flexible Power Management
If you are experiencing network performance issues, and suspect the scanner isinterfering with other devices, you can turn down the power output of the scanner.
This reduces the range between the scanner and a base as shown in the following
illustration:

802.11LAN

ScannerRedr
uced Powe

Full Power

Scan one of the bar codes below to set the scanner’s power output to Full Power(100%), Medium High Power (88%), Medium Power (50%), or Low Power (1%).
Default = High Power.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

99

Full Power* Medium High Power

Medium Power

Low Power

Batch Mode
Batch mode is used to store bar code data when a scanner is out of range of its
base, or when performing inventory. The data is transmitted to the base once thescanner is back in range or when the records are manually transmitted.
Automatic Batch Mode stores bar code data when the scanner is out of range ofthe base. The data is automatically transmitted to the base once the scanner isback in range. When the scanner’s buffer space is full, any bar codes scanned generate an error tone. In order to scan bar codes again, the scanner must be moved
back into range of the base so data can be transmitted.
Inventory Batch Mode stores bar code data, whether or not you are in range of thebase. To transmit the stored data to the base, either place the scanner in the base,or scan Transmit Inventory Records (page 105). When the scanner’s buffer space isfull, any bar codes scanned generate an error tone. In order to scan bar codes
again, the data must be transmitted to the base. Once the data is transmitted, it iscleared in the scanner.
Persistent Batch Mode is the same as Inventory Batch Mode, except that once thedata is transmitted to the base, it is retained in the scanner. If you want to transmit
more than once, you can do so using this mode. In order to clear the scanner’s buffer, you must scan Clear All Codes (see page 105).
Default = Batch Mode Off.

100

Xenon/Granit User Guide

* Batch Mode Off

Automatic Batch Mode

Inventory Batch Mode

Persistent Batch Mode

Batch Mode Beep
When scanning in Inventory Batch Mode (page 101), the scanner beeps every timea bar code is scanned. When Batch Mode Beep is On, you will also hear a click wheneach bar code is sent to the host. If you do not want to hear these clicks, scan Batch
Mode Beep Off. Default = Batch Mode Beep On.

Batch Mode Beep Off* Batch Mode Beep On

Batch Mode Storage
When a scanner is storing data during a Batch Mode process, you can selectwhether the data is stored in Flash memory or in RAM.
Flash Storage: The scanner writes any untransmitted data to flash memory prior to
powering down. The data will still be there when the scanner powers back up. However, the scanner will power down, even with untransmitted data, if it reaches a
power down timeout or if the instant charge pack power is very low.
RAM Storage: The scanner will not power down while it contains data that has notbeen transmitted to the base, even if it reaches a power down timeout. However, if
the scanner charge pack runs out of power, it will power down and the data will be
lost.
Default = Flash Storage.

Xenon/Granit User Guide101

* Flash Storage

RAM Storage

Batch Mode Quantity
When in Batch Mode, you may wish to transmit the number of multiple bar codes
scanned, rather than a single bar code multiple times. For example, if you scan
three bar codes called XYZ with Batch Mode Quantity Off, when you transmit yourdata it will appear as XYZ three times. Using Batch Mode Quantity On and the
Quantity Codes (page 103), you could output your data as “XYZ, 00003” instead.
Note: If you wish to format your output, for example, place a CR or tab between the bar code
data and the quantity, refer to Data Format beginning on page 165.
Default = Batch Mode Quantity Off.

* Batch Mode Quantity Off

Batch Mode Quantity On

Enter Quantities
Quantity Codes (page 103) allow you to enter a quantity for the last item scanned,
up to 9999 (default = 1). Quantity digits are shifted from right to left, so if a 5th digit
is scanned, the 1st digit scanned is discarded and the 2nd, 3rd and 4th digits are
moved to the left to accommodate the new digit.
For example, if the Quantity 5 bar code is scanned after the quantity has been set
to 1234, then the 1 is dropped, the quantity will be 2345.
Example: Add a quantity of 5 for the last item scanned.
1. Scan the item's bar code.
2. Scan the quantity 5 bar code.

102

Xenon/Granit User GuideExample: Add a quantity of 1,500 for the last item scanned.
1. Scan the item's bar code.
2. Scan the quantity 1 bar code.
3. Scan the quantity 5 bar code.
4. Scan the quantity 0 bar code.
5. Scan the quantity 0 bar code.
Example: Change a quantity of 103 to 10.
To correct an incorrect quantity, scan the quantity 0 bar code to replace the incorrect digits, then scan the correct quantity bar codes.
1. Scan the quantity 0 bar code to change the quantity to 1030.
2. Scan the quantity 0 bar code to change the quantity to 0300.
3. Scan the quantity 1 bar code to change the quantity to 3001.
4. Scan the quantity 0 bar code to change the quantity to 0010.
Default = 1.

Quantity Codes
0

*1

2

3

4

5

Xenon/Granit User Guide

103

Quantity Codes (Continued)

6

7

8

9

Batch Mode Output Order
When batch data is transmitted, select whether you want that data sent as FIFO
(first-in first-out), or LIFO (last-in first-out). Default = Batch Mode FIFO.

* Batch Mode FIFO

Batch Mode LIFO

Total Records
If you wish to output the total number of bar codes scanned when in Batch Mode,scan Total Records.

Total Records

104

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Delete Last CodeIf you want to delete the last bar code scanned when in Batch Mode, scan Delete
Last Code.

Delete Last Code

Clear All Codes
If you want to clear the scanner’s buffer of all data accumulated in Batch Mode,scan Clear All Codes.

Clear All Codes

Transmit Records to Host
If you are operating in Inventory Batch Mode (see Inventory Batch Mode on page101), you must scan the following bar code to transmit all the stored data to thehost system.

Transmit Inventory Records

Batch Mode Transmit Delay
Sometimes when accumulated scans are sent to the host system, the transmissionof those scans is too fast for the application to process. To program a transmit
delay between accumulated scans, scan one of the following delays. Default = Off.
Note: In most cases, a short (250 ms (milliseconds)) delay is ideal, however, longer delays
may be programmed. Contact Technical Support (page xvii) for additional
information.

* Batch Mode Transmit Delay Off(No Delay)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

105

Batch Mode Transmit Delay Short(250 ms)

Batch Mode Transmit Delay Medium(500 ms)

Batch Mode Transmit Delay Long
(1000 ms)

Scanner Name
You may assign a name to each scanner you are using for identification purposes.
The default name is in the format “ScannerName_Model_SN_XXXXXXXXXX” Perform the rename operation using either the bar codes on page 107, or by sending
the serial command :ScannerName:BT_NAMNewName. where ScannerName isthe current name of the scanner, and NewName is the new name for the scanner.
To rename scanners with sequential, numeric names, scan the bar codes below.
Scan the Reset code after each name change and wait for the scanner to relink tothe base before scanning a bar code to rename the next scanner.

0001

0002

0003

0004

0005

106

Xenon/Granit User Guide

0006

0007

Reset

You may also scan the Scanner Name bar code below and scan a number for thescanner name. For example, if you wanted to name the linked scanner “312,” youwould scan the bar code below, scan the 3, 1, and 2 bar codes on the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Scan the Reset bar code and wait for thescanner to relink to the base.

Scanner Name

Change the Scanner’s Bluetooth PIN CodeSome devices require a PIN code as part of the Bluetooth security features. Your
scanner’s default PIN is 1234, which you may need to enter the first time you connect to your PC. The PIN code must be between 1 and 16 characters. To change thePIN, scan the bar code below and then scan the appropriate numeric bar codesfrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.

Bluetooth PIN

Minimize Bluetooth/ISM Band Network Activity
The settings described below can help you customize the relinking behavior of thecordless area-imaging system to obtain the best compromise between convenience and low interference.
Note: ISM band refers to the 2.4 to 2.48 GHz frequency band used by wireless networks,
cordless phones, and Bluetooth.

Xenon/Granit User Guide107

Auto Reconnect Mode
Auto Reconnect controls whether or not the scanner automatically begins therelink process when a loss of connection is detected. When the Auto Reconnect On
bar code is scanned, the scanner begins the relink process immediately, without
user intervention. Default = Auto Reconnect On.

* Auto Reconnect On

Auto Reconnect Off

The table below shows the results of the Auto Reconnect On and Off settings:
Event

Auto Reconnect On

Auto Reconnect Off

Scanner out of range

Relink occurs automatically. If
maximum number of link attempts
is unsuccessful, then the scannermust be relinked by either pulling
the trigger or placing the scannerin the base. (See Maximum Link
Attempts on page 108.)

The scanner is relinked bypulling the trigger.

Base reset (firmware
upgrade or power cycle)

Scanner behaves as if out of range.

No attempt to relink madewhile base is powered off.
Trigger must be pulled toinitiate relinking.

Scanner power down due toPower Time-Out Timersetting

Trigger must be pulled or the scanner must be placed in the base unit
to relink.
(Note: scanner relinks on power up, but powers on due to one of theabove actions.)

Scanner reset due tofirmware upgrade

Relink occurs automatically.

Scanner reset due to instantcharge pack change

Relink occurs automatically.

Scanner placed in different
base unit

Relink to new base occurs automatically.

Maximum Link Attempts
The Maximum Link Attempts setting controls the number of times the scannertries to form a connection with a base. During the connection setup process, thescanner transmits in order to search for and connect to a base. In order to prevent
continuous transmissions that could interfere with other users of the ISM band,the number of attempts to connect is limited by this setting. After the maximum

108

Xenon/Granit User Guidenumber of attempts is reached, the scanner will not attempt to reconnect to a base.
Pressing the trigger or placing the scanner in the base resets the counter and thescanner will again try to link.
Scan the Maximum Link Attempts bar code, then scan the number of attempts forthe setting (from 0-100) from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 4.

Maximum Link Attempts

Note: When Auto Reconnect Mode is On, setting Maximum Link Attempts to zero will cause
the scanner to try to link until the Power Time-Out Timer setting expires. When Auto
Reconnect Mode is Off, setting Maximum Link Attempts to zero will cause thescanner to only attempt linking one time after a trigger pull.

Relink Time-Out
Relink Time-Out controls the idle time between relink attempts. An attempt to linka scanner to a base typically lasts up to 5 seconds. This is the time when the scanner is actually attempting a contact. Relink Time-Out controls the amount of time,in seconds, that elapses between the end of one connection attempt and the startof the next.
Scan the Relink Time-Out bar code, then scan the number of seconds for the setting (from 1-100) from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, thenSave. Default = 2 seconds.

Relink Time-Out

Bluetooth/ISM Network Activity Examples
Default values
When the scanner goes out of range, the scanner repeatedly attempts to connect
to the base. Each attempt consists of approximately 5 seconds of active time followed by 3 seconds of idle time. After one hour, the scanner powers off and batchmode data is lost.
Example: Maximum Link Attempts set to 15
Other values at default setting
When the scanner goes out of range, 15 attempts are made to link to the base.
Each attempt consists of approximately 5 seconds of active time followed by 3 seconds of idle time. After 15 cycles (8*15 =120), or about 2 minutes, the scanner

Xenon/Granit User Guide109

stops trying to connect to the base, but retains any bar codes that may have beensaved in batch mode. After one hour, the scanner powers off and batch mode data
is lost.
Example: Auto Reconnect Mode set to 0
Maximum Link Attempts set to 15
Other values at default setting
When the scanner goes out of range, no action is taken to relink. When the trigger
is pulled, 15 attempts are made to link to the base. Each attempt consists ofapproximately 5 seconds of active time followed by 3 seconds of idle time. After 15
cycles (8*15 =120), or about 2 minutes, the scanner stops trying to connect to thebase, but retains any bar codes that may have been saved in batch mode. After one
hour, the scanner powers off and batch mode data is lost. Refer to Auto Reconnect
Mode, page 108, to review other events that can start the relink process.
Example: Auto Reconnect Mode set to 1
Maximum Link Attempts set to 0
Relink Time-Out set to 10
Scanner Power Time-Out Timer set to 1800
Note: See Scanner Power Time-Out Timer on page 98.
The scanner attempts to connect to the base every 15 seconds, measured from one
attempt start to the next attempt start. After one half hour, the scanner powers off.

Host Acknowledgment
Some applications require that the host terminal (or server) validate incoming bar
code data (database look-up) and provide acknowledgment to the scanner
whether or not to proceed. In Host ACK Mode, the scanner waits for this acknowledgment after each scan. Visual and audible acknowledgments provide valuable
feedback to the scan operator. The Host ACK functionality is controlled via a number of pre-defined escape commands that are sent to the scanner to make it
behave in different ways.
Note: System performance degrades when using Host ACK at rates lower than 9600 baud.
The following criteria must be met for the Host ACK to work correctly:

110•

The cordless system must be configured for Host Port RS232 (terminal ID = 000)or USB COM Emulation (terminal ID = 130).

•

RTS/CTS is defaulted off. You must enable it if the host system requires it.

•

Host ACK must be set to On (page 111).

•

A comma must be used as a terminator.

•

The host terminal software must be capable of interpreting the bar code data,
make decisions based on the data content, and send out appropriate escapecommands to the scanner.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

The commands to which the scanner responds are listed on page 112. The [ESC] isa 1B in hex. A typical command string is [ESC] x,. [ESC] x is the escape command,and the comma is the terminator, which is required.
Example: Commands may be strung together to create custom response sequences. An
example of a command string is listed below.
[ESC]4,[ESC]5,[ESC]6,
The above example will make a scanner beep low, then medium, then high.
Example: A good read beep is required for any item on file, but a razz or error tone is required
if the item is not on file. In this case,[ESC]7, is sent from the host to the scanner for an on-file product[ESC]8,[ESC]8, is sent from the host to the scanner for a not-on-file product
When a bar code is scanned, the scanner enters a timeout period until either thehost ACK sequence is received, or the timeout expires (in 10 seconds, by default).
Once Host ACK is enabled, the system works as follows when a bar code isscanned:•The scanner reads the code and sends data to the base to transmit to the hostsystem. No audible or visual indication is emitted until the scanner receives anescape command. The scanner read illumination goes out when there’s asuccessful read.

•

Scanner operation is suspended until 1) a valid escape string is received fromthe host system or 2) the scanner times out.

•

Once condition 1 or 2 above has been met, the scanner is ready to scan again,
and the process repeats.

A time-out occurs if the scanner does not receive a valid escape command within
10 seconds. A time-out is indicated by an error tone. If a time-out occurs, the operator should check the host system to understand why a response to the scanner
was not received.

Host ACK On/Off

Host ACK On* Host ACK Off

Xenon/Granit User Guide

111

Host ACK Timeout
You can set a timeout for the length of time the scanner waits for a valid escapecommand when using Host Acknowledgment Mode. Set the length (in seconds) fora timeout by scanning the following bar code, then setting the timeout (from 1-90
seconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 10.

Host ACK Timeout

Host ACK Responses

112

Command

Action[ESC] a,Double beeps to indicate a successful menu change was made.

[ESC] b,Razz or error tone to indicate a menu change was unsuccessful.

[ESC] 1,

The green LED illuminates for 135 milliseconds followed by a pause.

[ESC] 2,

The green LED illuminates for 2 seconds followed by a pause.

[ESC] 3,

The green LED illuminates for 5 seconds followed by a pause.

[ESC] 4,

Emits a beep at a low pitch.

[ESC] 5,

Emits a beep at a medium pitch.

[ESC] 6,

Emits a beep at a high pitch.

[ESC] 7,

Beeps to indicate a successful decode and communication to host.

[ESC] 8,[ESC] 8,

Razz or error tone to indicate a decode/communication to host was
unsuccessful.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

5INPUT/OUTPUT SETTINGSPower Up Beeper
Note: This feature does not apply to the CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT base.
The scanner can be programmed to beep when it’s powered up. If you are using acordless system, the base can also be programmed to beep when it is powered up.
Scan the Off bar code(s) if you don’t want a power up beep. Default = Power Up
Beeper On - Scanner.

Power Up Beeper Off Scanner* Power Up Beeper On Scanner

Power Up Beeper Off Cordless BasePower Up Beeper On Cordless Base

Xenon/Granit User Guide

113

Beep on BEL Character
You may wish to force the scanner to beep upon a command sent from the host. If
you scan the Beep on BEL On bar code below, the scanner will beep every time a
BEL character is received from the host. Default = Beep on BEL Off.

*Beep on BEL Off

Beep on BEL On

Trigger Click
To hear an audible click every time the scanner trigger is pressed, scan the Trigger
Click On bar code below. Scan the Trigger Click Off code if you don’t wish to hear
the click. (This feature has no effect on serial or automatic triggering.) Default =Trigger Click Off.

*Trigger Click Off

Trigger Click On

Good Read and Error Indicators
Beeper – Good Read
The beeper may be programmed On or Off in response to a good read. Turning thisoption off only turns off the beeper response to a good read indication. All error andmenu beeps are still audible. Default = Beeper - Good Read On.

Beeper - Good Read Off* Beeper - Good Read On

114

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Beeper Volume – Good Read
The beeper volume codes modify the volume of the beep the scanner emits on agood read. Default = High for Granit/Xenon, Low for Xenon HC.

* Low

Medium* HighOff

Beeper Pitch – Good Read
The beeper pitch codes modify the pitch (frequency) of the beep the scanner emits
on a good read. The Medium pitch differs for the Xenon and Granit scanners.
Default = Medium.

Low (1600 Hz)* Medium - Xenon(2700 Hz)* Medium - Granit(3200 Hz)

High (4200 Hz)

Vibrate – Good Read
Note: Vibration settings apply only to Granit Devices.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

115

The scanner vibrates once when a bar code is successfully read, and twice when aprogramming bar code is successfully read. When a programming bar code isunsuccessful, the scanner emits one long vibration (2 times the Vibrate Duration
length). Scan Vibrate - Good Read Off to keep the scanner from vibrating. Default= Vibrate - Good Read On.

Vibrate- Good Read Off* Vibrate- Good Read On

Vibrate Duration
If you want to set the length for the good read vibration, scan the bar code below,
then set the duration (from 100 - 2,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 300 ms.

Vibrate Duration

Beeper Pitch – Error
The beeper pitch codes modify the pitch (frequency) of the sound the scanneremits when there is a bad read or error. Default = Razz.

* Razz (250 Hz)

Medium (3250 Hz)

High (4200 Hz)

116

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Beeper Duration – Good Read
The beeper duration codes modify the length of the beep the scanner emits on agood read. Default = Normal.

* Normal Beep

Short Beep

LED – Good Read
The LED indicator can be programmed On or Off in response to a good read.
Default = On.

* LED - Good Read On

LED - Good Read Off

Number of Beeps – Good Read
The number of beeps of a good read can be programmed from 1 - 9. The same
number of beeps will be applied to the beeper and LED in response to a good read.
For example, if you program this option to have five beeps, there will be five beeps
and five LED flashes in response to a good read. The beeps and LED flashes are insync with one another. To change the number of beeps, scan the bar code below
and then scan a digit (1-9) bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353, then Save. Default = 1.

Number of Good Read Beeps/LED Flashes

Number of Beeps – Error
The number of beeps and LED flashes emitted by the scanner for a bad read or
error can be programmed from 1 - 9. For example, if you program this option tohave five error beeps, there will be five error beeps and five LED flashes in response

Xenon/Granit User Guide117

to an error. To change the number of error beeps, scan the bar code below and thenscan a digit (1-9) bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 1.

Number of Error Beeps/LED Flashes

Beeper Volume Max
Note: The Beeper Volume Max feature only applies to Granit products.
Scan the following bar code to set all error and good read beeps to the maximum
volume. This feature also sets the Beeper Pitch – Good Read to the highest level.

Beeper Volume Max

Good Read Delay
This sets the minimum amount of time before the scanner can read another bar
code. Default = 0 ms (No Delay).

* No Delay

Short Delay (500 ms)

Medium Delay (1,000 ms)

Long Delay (1,500 ms)

118

Xenon/Granit User Guide

User-Specified Good Read Delay
If you want to set your own length for the good read delay, scan the bar code below,
then set the delay (from 0 - 30,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.

User-Specified Good Read Delay

Trigger Modes
Manual Trigger
When in manual trigger mode, the scanner scans until a bar code is read, or until
the trigger is released. Two modes are available, Normal and Enhanced. Normal
mode offers good scan speed and the longest working ranges (depth of field).
Enhanced mode will give you the highest possible scan speed but slightly lessrange than Normal mode. Enhanced mode is best used when you require a very
fast scan speed and don’t require a long working range. Default = Manual TriggerNormal.
Note: Granit 1920i, 1980i and 1981i do not support Enhanced Manual Trigger Mode.

* Manual Trigger - Normal

Manual Trigger Enhanced

Trigger Toggle
Note: Only the Xenon 1900 and 1902 support Trigger Toggle mode.
Trigger Toggle mode lets you quickly hit the trigger 2 or 3 times to put the scanner
into either imaging mode, cell phone read mode, or centering mode, then toggle
back to scanning. So, like a double-click with a mouse, you can control what thenext scanner’s action will be. For example, you could double-press the trigger to go
into imaging mode, then the next trigger press takes the image. The scanner thenreverts to scanning mode. Or you could triple-press the trigger to go into cell
phone read mode, the customer presents the phone and it’s read, then the scannerreverts to scanning mode. Use the following codes to configure what action you
would like the scanner to take when in Trigger Toggle mode.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

119

*Trigger Toggle Off

Trigger Toggle - Image Capture

Trigger Toggle - Cell Phone Read

Trigger Toggle - Centering

Trigger NumberThis sets the number of trigger preses required to activate the Trigger Toggle Mode.

2 Quick Triggers

3 Quick Triggers

4 Quick Triggers

Trigger TimingThis sets the timing of the trigger presses in order to qualify as a trigger toggle,
rather than a regular trigger press. After scanning the Trigger Timing bar code, set
the time-out duration (from 50-2,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 400ms.

Trigger Timing

120

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Trigger Toggle Timeout
This sets the length of time the scanner stays in trigger toggle mode before reverting to scan mode. After scanning the Trigger Toggle Timeout bar code, set the
time-out duration (from 0 to 65 seconds) by scanning digits from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 5 seconds.
Note: If this is set to 0, you must repeat the toggle sequence to return to the default
scanning mode. For example, if 2 quick trigger presses puts the scanner into cell
phone read mode and the Trigger Timing is 0, you would have to do 2 quick presses
again to go back to the default scanning mode.

Trigger Toggle Timeout

Serial Trigger
You can activate the scanner either by pressing the trigger, or using a serial trigger
command (see Trigger Commands on page 270). You must be in a serial interface
mode in order to use serial triggering. Refer to RS232 Serial Port (page 16) or USB
Serial (page 19) for further information. When in serial mode, the scanner scans
until a bar code has been read or until the deactivate command is sent. The scanner can also be set to turn itself off after a specified time has elapsed (see Read
Time-Out, which follows).

Read Time-Out
Use this selection to set a time-out (in milliseconds) of the scanner’s trigger whenusing serial commands to trigger the scanner. Once the scanner has timed out, you
can activate the scanner either by pressing the trigger or using a serial trigger
command. After scanning the Read Time-Out bar code, set the time-out duration(from 0-300,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 30,000 ms.

Read Time-Out

Motion Activation
Note: Motion Activation is only supported by Xenon 1902g-MM model scanners.
When the scanner is in sleep mode, it can detect when it has been picked up or
moved. When Motion Activation is set to On, the scanner automatically turns on
the aimer to prepare for scanning when the scanner is picked up. Once you have abar code in the aimer pattern, pull the trigger to scan it. When Motion Activation is

Xenon/Granit User Guide

121

set to Off, the aimer does not turn on until the trigger is pulled. Use the following
bar codes to set Motion Activation when using the scanner in trigger mode. Refer
to Presentation Motion Activation on page 122 if you are setting Motion Activation
when using the scanner in Presentation Mode.

Motion Activation On Trigger Mode

Motion Activation Off

Presentation Mode
Presentation Mode uses ambient light and scanner illumination to detect bar
codes. When in Presentation Mode, the LEDs remain dim until a bar code is presented to the scanner, then the aimer turns on and the LEDs turn up to read thecode. If the light level in the room is not high enough, Presentation Mode may notwork properly
Note: If you are using a cordless charge base in Presentation Mode, the battery will not
charge unless the power supply is plugged into the base’s auxiliary power port.
Scan the following bar code to program your scanner for Presentation Mode.

Presentation Mode

Presentation Motion Activation
Note: Presentation Motion Activation is only supported by Xenon 1902g-MM modelscanners.
The scanner can detect when it has been picked up from the stand and automatically change from Presentation Mode to trigger scanning. When the scanner is put
back in the stand, it goes back to Presentation Mode. Use Scanner Motion Detection On if you want movement of the scanner to put it into triggering mode. Use
Scanner Cradle Detection On if you want the removal of the scanner from the cradle to put it into triggering mode.

Scanner Motion Detection On

122

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Scanner Cradle Detection On

Motion Detection Off

Presentation LED Behavior after Decode
When a scanner is in presentation mode, the LED aimer dims 30 seconds after abar code is decoded. If you wish to dim the LED aimer immediately after a bar code
is decoded, scan the LEDs Off bar code, below. Default = LEDs On.

* LEDs On

LEDs Off

Presentation Sensitivity
Presentation Sensitivity is a numeric range that increases or decreases the scanner's reaction time to bar code presentation. To set the sensitivity, scan the Sensitivity bar code, then scan the degree of sensitivity (from 0-20) from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. 0 is the most sensitive
setting, and 20 is the least sensitive. Default = 1.
Note: Granit 1980i and 1981i do not support this setting.

Sensitivity

Presentation Centering
Use Presentation Centering to narrow the scanner’s field of view when it is in thestand to make sure the scanner reads only those bar codes intended by the user.
For instance, if multiple codes are placed closely together, Presentation Centering
will insure that only the desired codes are read.
Note: To adjust centering when the scanner is hand-held, see Centering (page 5-134).

Xenon/Granit User Guide123If a bar code is not touched by a predefined window, it will not be decoded or output
by the scanner. If Presentation Centering is turned on by scanning Presentation
Centering On, the scanner only reads codes that pass through the centering window you specify using the Top of Presentation Centering Window, Bottom ofPresentation Centering Window, Left, and Right of Presentation Centering Window bar codes.
In the example below, the white box is the centering window. The centering window
has been set to 20% left, 30% right, 8% top, and 25% bottom. Since Bar Code 1
passes through the centering window, it will be read. Bar Code 2 does not passthrough the centering window, so it will not be read.
0%

Bar Code 1

10

Bar Code 2

20

30

40
50

60

70

80

90

100
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100%

Note: A bar code needs only to be touched by the centering window in order to be read. ?It
does not need to pass completely through the centering window.
Scan Presentation Centering On, then scan one of the following bar codes tochange the top, bottom, left, or right of the centering window. Then scan the percent you want to shift the centering window from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default Presentation Centering = 40% for Top andLeft, 60% for Bottom and Right.

Presentation Centering On* Presentation Centering Off

124

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Top of Presentation
Centering Window

Bottom of Presentation
Centering Window

Left ofPresentation Centering
Window

Right of Presentation
Centering Window

In-Stand Sensor Mode
Note: The In-Stand Sensor feature only applies to Xenon 1900, 1900h, 1902, and 1902hproducts. It does not apply to the Xenon 1902g-BF or Granit products.
This feature senses when the scanner is removed from the stand and tells it tobegin manual triggering. When Sensor On is enabled, the scanner defaults to
Streaming Presentation Mode when it is in the stand, and to Manual Trigger Modewhen it is removed from the stand. Default = Sensor On.

* Sensor On

Sensor Off

Note: If you are taking images (see Imaging Commands beginning on page 241), you must
set the In-Stand Sensor to Off.
You may program a Streaming Presentation Mode (Normal, Enhanced, or Mobile
Phone) you wish to use for in-stand scanning, and a Manual Trigger mode (Normal, Enhanced, or Mobile Phone) you wish to use for out-of-stand scanning. To dothis, you must first scan the preferred Streaming Presentation mode (see below),then scan the Manual Trigger mode (see page 119 and page 128) you want to use.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

125

Poor Quality Codes
Poor Quality 1D Codes
This setting improves the scanner’s ability to read damaged or badly printed linear
bar codes. When Poor Quality 1D Reading On is scanned, poor quality linear bar
code reading is improved, but the scanner’s snappiness is decreased, making it
less aggressive when reading good quality bar codes. This setting does not affect
2D bar code reading. Default = Poor Quality 1D Reading Off.

Poor Quality 1D Reading On* Poor Quality 1D Reading Off

Poor Quality PDF Codes
This setting improves the scanner’s ability to read damaged or badly printed PDF
codes by combining information from multiple images. It is useful when a complete bar code cannot be seen in one image. This setting does not affect 1D bar
code reading. Default = Poor Quality PDF Reading Off.

Poor Quality PDF Reading On* Poor Quality PDF Reading
Off

126

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Low Resolution PDF Codes
This setting improves the scanner’s ability to read low resolution PDF codes. When
Low Resolution PDF Codes On is scanned, poor quality PDF code reading is
improved, but the scanner’s snappiness is decreased, making it less aggressive
when reading good quality bar codes. This setting does not affect 1D bar code
reading. Default = Low Resolution PDF Codes Off.

Low Resolution PDF Codes On* Low Resolution PDF Codes
Off

CodeGate®
When CodeGate is On, the trigger is used to allow decoded data to be transmitted
to the host system. The scanner remains on, scanning and decoding bar codes, but
the bar code data is not transmitted until the trigger is pressed. When CodeGate isOff, bar code data is transmitted when it is decoded. Default = CodeGate Off Out-ofStand.

* CodeGate Off
Out-of-Stand

CodeGate On
Out-of-Stand

Streaming Presentation™ Mode
When in Streaming Presentation mode, the scanner’s aimer goes out after a shorttime, but the scan illumination remains on all the time to continuously search forbar codes. Two modes are available, Normal and Enhanced. Normal mode offers
good scan speed and the longest working ranges (depth of field). Enhanced mode
will give you the highest possible scan speed but slightly less range than Normal
mode. Enhanced mode is best used when you require a very fast scan speed anddon’t require a long working range.
Note: Granit 1920i, 1980i and 1981i do not support Enhanced Streaming Presentation
Mode.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

127

Streaming Presentation
Mode - Normal

Streaming Presentation
Mode - Enhanced

When using Preferred Symbology (page 5-137), a lower priority symbol must be
centered on the aiming pattern to be read in Streaming Presentation Mode.
Note: If you are using a cordless charge base, it must have an external power supply
plugged into the aux port for Streaming Presentation to work properly.

Streaming Presentation In-Stand
This option is available when using In-Stand Sensor Mode, page 125. You may program a specific Streaming Presentation Mode for in-stand scanning, and a Manual
Trigger mode for out-of-stand scanning. To do this, you must first scan the preferred Streaming Presentation mode (Normal, Enhanced, or Mobile Phone), thenscan the Manual Trigger mode (Normal, Enhanced, or Mobile Phone) you want touse.

Mobile Phone Read Mode
When this mode is selected, your scanner is optimized to read bar codes frommobile phone or other LED displays. However, the speed of scanning printed bar
codes may be slightly lower when this mode is enabled. You can enable Mobile
Phone Reading for either a hand held device, or for a hands-free (presentation)
application.
Note: Granit 1920I, 1980i and 1981i do not support these settings.

Hand Held Scanning - Mobile
Phone

Streaming Presentation Mobile Phone

Note: To turn off Mobil Phone Read Mode, scan a Manual or Serial Trigger Mode bar code
(see page 119).

128

Xenon/Granit User GuideHands Free Time-Out
The Scan Stand and Presentation Modes are referred to as “hands free” modes. If
the scanner’s trigger is pulled when using a hands free mode, the scanner changes
to manual trigger mode. You can set the time the scanner should remain in manualtrigger mode by setting the Hands Free Time-Out. Once the time-out value isreached, (if there have been no further trigger pulls) the scanner reverts to theoriginal hands free mode.
Scan the Hands Free Time-Out bar code, then scan the time-out duration (from 0300,000 milliseconds) from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, thenSave. Default = 5,000 ms.

Hands Free Time-Out

Reread Delay
This sets the time period before the scanner can read the same bar code a second
time. Setting a reread delay protects against accidental rereads of the same bar
code. Longer delays are effective in minimizing accidental rereads. Use shorter
delays in applications where repetitive bar code scanning is required. Reread Delay
only works when in a Presentation Mode (see page 122). Default = Medium.

Short (500 ms)* Medium (750 ms)

Long (1000 ms)

Extra Long (2000 ms)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

129

User-Specified Reread Delay
If you want to set your own length for the reread delay, scan the bar code below,
then set the delay (from 0-30,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.

User-Specified Reread Delay

2D Reread Delay
Sometimes 2D bar codes can take longer to read than other bar codes. If you wish
to set a separate Reread Delay for 2D bar codes, scan one of the programmingcodes that follows. 2D Reread Delay Off indicates that the time set for Reread
Delay is used for both 1D and 2D bar codes. Default = 2D Reread Delay Off.

* 2D Reread Delay Off

Short (1000ms)

Medium (2000ms)

Long (3000ms)

Extra Long (4000ms)

Character Activation
You may use a character sent from the host to trigger the scanner to begin scanning. When the activation character is received, the scanner continues scanning
until either the Character Activation Timeout (page 5-132), the deactivation character is received (see Deactivation Character on page 132), or a bar code is trans-

130

Xenon/Granit User Guidemitted. Scan the following On bar code to use character activation, then use
Activation Character (page 131) to select the character you will send from the hostto start scanning. Default = Off.

* Off

On

Activation Character
This sets the character used to trigger scanning when using Character Activation
Mode. On the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), page 342, find the hex
value that represents the character you want to use to trigger scanning. Scan thefollowing bar code, then use the Programming Chart to read the alphanumeric
combination that represents that ASCII character. Scan Save to finish. Default = 12
[DC2].

Activation Character

End Character Activation After Good Read
After a bar code is successfully detected and read from the scanner, the illumination can be programmed either to remain on and scanning, or to turn off. When
End Character Activation After Good Read is enabled, the illumination turns off
and stops scanning after a good read. If you scan Do Not End Character Activation After Good Read, the illumination remains on after a good read.

Do Not End Character
Activation After Good Read

End Character Activation After
Good Read

Xenon/Granit User Guide

131

Character Activation Timeout
You can set a timeout for the length of time the illumination remains on andattempting to decode bar codes when using Character Activation Mode. Set thelength (in milliseconds) for a timeout by scanning the following bar code, then setting the timeout (from 1-300,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = 30,000 ms.

Character Activation Timeout

Character Deactivation
If you have sent a character from the host to trigger the scanner to begin scanning,
you can also send a deactivation character to stop scanning. Scan the following On
bar code to use character deactivation, then use Deactivation Character (following) to select the character you will send from the host to terminate scanning.
Default = Off.

* Off

On

Deactivation Character
This sets the character used to terminate scanning when using Character Deactivation Mode. On the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), page 342, find thehex value that represents the character you want to use to terminate scanning.
Scan the following bar code, then use the Programming Chart, beginning on page353 to read the alphanumeric combination that represents that ASCII character.
Scan Save to finish. Default = 14 [DC4].

Deactivation Character

132

Xenon/Granit User GuideIllumination Lights
If you want the illumination lights on while reading a bar code, scan the Lights On
bar code, below. However, if you want to turn just the lights off, scan the Lights Off
bar code. Default = Lights On.
Note: This setting does not affect the aimer light. The aiming light can be set using Bydefault, the scanner and the aiming beam remain off until you press the trigger. When
Active Aimer is set to On, whenever the scanner is moved, the aiming beam appears
so you can aim, then scan a bar code with a trigger press. (page 134).

* Lights On

Lights Off

Aimer Delay
The aimer delay allows a delay time for the operator to aim the scanner before thepicture is taken. Use these codes to set the time between when the trigger is pulled
and when the picture is taken. During the delay time, the aiming light will appear,
but the LEDs won’t turn on until the delay time is over. Default = Off.

1 millisecond

250 milliseconds

500 milliseconds* Off (noXenon/Granit User Guide

133

User-Specified Aimer Delay
If you want to set your own length for the duration of the delay, scan the bar code
below, then set the time-out by scanning digits (0 - 4,000 ms) from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.

Delay Duration

Active Aimer
Note: Active Aimer is only supported by the Granit 1920i.
By default, the scanner and the aiming beam remain off until you press the trigger.
When Active Aimer is set to On, whenever the scanner is moved, the aiming beam
appears so you can aim, then scan a bar code with a trigger press.

Active Aimer On

Aimer Mode
This feature allows you to turn the aimer on and off. When the Interlaced bar codeis scanned, the aimer is interlaced with the illumination LEDs. Default = Interlaced
Note: Granit 1980i and 1981i do not support Aimer Mode.

Off* Interlaced

Centering
Use Centering to narrow the scanner’s field of view to make sure that when thescanner is hand-held, it reads only those bar codes intended by the user. For
instance, if multiple codes are placed closely together, centering will insure that
only the desired codes are read. (Centering can be used in conjunction with Aimer
Delay, page 133, for the most error-free operation in applications where multiple

134

Xenon/Granit User Guidecodes are spaced closely together. Using the Aimer Delay and Centering features,the scanner can emulate the operation of older systems, such as linear laser bar
code scanners.)
Note: To adjust centering when the scanner is in the stand, see Presentation
Centering (page 5-123).

Single Code Centering
Scan Single Code Centering to target the bar code closest to the center of theimage. Singling out a bar code in this manner increases scanning accuracy when
there are multiple bar codes close together.

Single Code Centering

Custom Centering
Use the following settings to customize your centering window. If a bar code is nottouched by a predefined window, it will not be decoded or output by the scanner. If
centering is turned on by scanning Centering On, the scanner only reads codes

Xenon/Granit User Guide

135

that pass through the centering window you specify using the Top of Centering
Window, Bottom of Centering Window, Left, and Right of Centering Window bar
codes.
Example: In the example below, the white box is the centering window. The centering window
has been set to 20% left, 30% right, 8% top, and 25% bottom. Since Bar Code 1
passes through the centering window, it will be read. Bar Code 2 does not passthrough the centering window, so it will not be read.
0%

Bar Code 1

10

Bar Code 2

20

30

40
50

60

70

80

90

100
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100%

Note: A bar code needs only to be touched by the centering window in order to be read. It
does not need to pass completely through the centering window.
Scan Centering On, then scan one of the following bar codes to change the top,bottom, left, or right of the centering window. Then scan the percent you want toshift the centering window using digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353, then Save. Default Centering = 40% for Top and Left, 60% for Bottom
and Right.

Centering On* Centering Off

136

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Top of Centering Window

Bottom of Centering Window

Left of Centering Window

Right of Centering Window

Preferred Symbology
The scanner can be programmed to specify one symbology as a higher priority overother symbologies in situations where both bar code symbologies appear on thesame label, but the lower priority symbology cannot be disabled.
For example, you may be using the scanner in a retail setting to read U.P.C. symbols, but have occasional need to read a code on a drivers license. Since somelicenses have a Code 39 symbol as well as the PDF417 symbol, you can use Preferred Symbology to specify that the PDF417 symbol be read instead of the Code39.
Preferred Symbology classifies each symbology as high priority, low priority, or as
an unspecified type. When a low priority symbology is presented, the scanner
ignores it for a set period of time (see Preferred Symbology Time-out on page 138)
while it searches for the high priority symbology. If a high priority symbology islocated during this period, then that data is read immediately.
If the time-out period expires before a high priority symbology is read, the scanner
will read any bar code in its view (low priority or unspecified). If there is no bar codein the scanner’s view after the time-out period expires, then no data is reported.
Note: A low priority symbol must be centered on the aiming pattern to be read.

Xenon/Granit User Guide137

Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Preferred Symbology. Default = Preferred Symbology Off.

Preferred Symbology On* Preferred Symbology Off

High Priority Symbology
To specify the high priority symbology, scan the High Priority Symbology bar code
below. On the Symbology Charts on page 339, find the symbology you want to set
as high priority. Locate the Hex value for that symbology and scan the 2 digit hex
value from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default =None.

High Priority Symbology

Low Priority Symbology
To specify the low priority symbology, scan the Low Priority Symbology bar code
below. On the Symbology Charts on page 339, find the symbology you want to set
as low priority. Locate the Hex value for that symbology and scan the 2 digit hex
value from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353.
If you want to set additional low priority symbologies, scan FF, then scan the 2 digithex value from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, for the next symbology. You can program up to 5 low priority symbologies. Scan Save to save yourselection. Default = None.

Low Priority Symbology

Preferred Symbology Time-out
Once you have enabled Preferred Symbology and entered the high and low priority
symbologies, you must set the time-out period. This is the period of time the scanner will search for a high priority bar code after a low priority bar code has been138

Xenon/Granit User Guide

encountered. Scan the bar code below, then set the delay (from 1-3,000 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353,
then Save. Default = 500 ms.

Preferred Symbology Time-out

Preferred Symbology Default
Scan the bar code below to set all Preferred Symbology entries to their default values.

Preferred Symbology Default

Output Sequence Overview
Output Sequence Editor
This programming selection allows you to program the scanner to output data(when scanning more than one symbol) in whatever order your application
requires, regardless of the order in which the bar codes are scanned. Reading theDefault Sequence symbol programs the scanner to the Universal values, shown
below. These are the defaults. Be certain you want to delete or clear all formats
before you read the Default Sequence symbol.
Note: To make Output Sequence Editor selections, you’ll need to know the code I.D., code
length, and character match(es) your application requires. Use the Alphanumericsymbols from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. You must hold thetrigger while reading each bar code in the sequence.

To Add an Output Sequence
1. Scan the Enter Sequence symbol (see Require Output Sequence, page 142).
2. Code I.D.
On the Symbology Charts on page 339, find the symbology to which you want
to apply the output sequence format. Locate the Hex value for that symbology
and scan the 2 digit hex value from the Programming Chart (inside back cover).
3. Length
Specify what length (up to 9999 characters) of data output will be acceptable
for this symbology. Scan the four digit data length Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353. (Note: 50 characters is entered as 0050. 9999 is a

Xenon/Granit User Guide139

universal number, indicating all lengths.) When calculating the length, youmust count any programmed prefixes, suffixes, or formatted characters as partof the length (unless using 9999).
4. Character Match Sequences
On the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), page 342, find the Hex valuethat represents the character(s) you want to match. Use the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353, to read the alphanumeric combination that
represents the ASCII characters. (99 is the Universal number, indicating all
characters.)
5. End Output Sequence Editor
Scan F F to enter an Output Sequence for an additional symbology, or Save tosave your entries.

Other Programming Selections
Discard exits without saving any Output Sequence changes.

Output Sequence Example
In this example, you are scanning Code 93, Code 128, and Code 39 bar codes, but
you want the scanner to output Code 39 1st, Code 128 2nd, and Code 93 3rd, as
shown below.
Note: Code 93 must be enabled to use this example.

A - Code 39

B - Code 128

C - Code 93

You would set up the sequence editor with the following command line:
SEQBLK62999941FF6A999942FF69999943FF
The breakdown of the command line is shown below:

140

SEQBLK

sequence editor start command

62

code identifier for Code 39

9999

code length that must match for Code 39, 9999 = all lengths

41

start character match for Code 39, 41h = “A”

FFtermination string for first code

Xenon/Granit User Guide

6A

code identifier for Code 128

9999

code length that must match for Code 128, 9999 = all lengths

42

start character match for Code 128, 42h = “B”

FFtermination string for second code

69

code identifier for Code 93

9999

code length that must match for Code 93, 9999 = all lengths

43

start character match for Code 93, 43h = “C”

FFtermination string for third code

To program the previous example using specific lengths, you would have to countany programmed prefixes, suffixes, or formatted characters as part of the length. If
you use the example on page 140, but assume a <CR> suffix and specific code
lengths, you would use the following command line:
SEQBLK62001241FF6A001342FF69001243FF
The breakdown of the command line is shown below:
SEQBLK

sequence editor start command

62

code identifier for Code 39

0012

A - Code 39 sample length (11) plus CR suffix (1) = 12

41start character match for Code 39, 41h = “A”

FFtermination string for first code

6A

code identifier for Code 128

0013

B - Code 128 sample length (12) plus CR suffix (1) = 1342start character match for Code 128, 42h = “B”

FFtermination string for second code

69

code identifier for Code 93

0012

C - Code 93 sample length (11) plus CR suffix (1) = 12

43start character match for Code 93, 43h = “C”

FFtermination string for third code

Output Sequence EditorEnter Sequence

Xenon/Granit User Guide141

Default Sequence

Partial Sequence
If an output sequence operation is terminated before all your output sequence criteria are met, the bar code data acquired to that point is a “partial sequence.”
Scan Discard Partial Sequence to discard partial sequences when the output
sequence operation is terminated before completion. Scan Transmit Partial
Sequence to transmit partial sequences. (Any fields in the sequence where no data
match occurred are skipped in the output.)

Transmit Partial Sequence* Discard Partial Sequence

Require Output Sequence
When an output sequence is Required, all output data must conform to an editedsequence or the scanner will not transmit the output data to the host device. Whenit’s On/Not Required, the scanner will attempt to get the output data to conform toan edited sequence but, if it cannot, the scanner transmits all output data to thehost device as is.
When the output sequence is Off, the bar code data is output to the host as thescanner decodes it. Default = Off.
Note: This selection is unavailable when the Multiple Symbols Selection is turned on.

Required

On/Not Required

*Off

142

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Multiple Symbols
When this programming selection is turned On, it allows you to read multiple symbols with a single pull of the scanner’s trigger. If you press and hold the trigger,
aiming the scanner at a series of symbols, it reads unique symbols once, beeping(if turned on) for each read. If using a Granit scanner, the scanner also vibrates. The
scanner attempts to find and decode new symbols as long as the trigger is pulled.
When this programming selection is turned Off, the scanner will only read the symbol closest to the aiming beam. Default = Off.

On

* Off

No ReadWith No Read turned On, the scanner notifies you if a code cannot be read. If using
an EZConfig-Scanning Tool Scan Data Window (see page 263), an “NR” appears
when a code cannot be read. If No Read is turned Off, the “NR” will not appear.
Default = Off.

On

* Off

If you want a different notation than “NR,” for example, “Error,” or “Bad Code,” youcan edit the output message (see Data Format beginning on page 165). The hex
code for the No Read symbol is 9C.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

143

Video Reverse
Video Reverse is used to allow the scanner to read bar codes that are inverted. The
Video Reverse Off bar code below is an example of this type of bar code. Scan
Video Reverse Only to read only inverted bar codes. Scan Video Reverse andStandard Bar Codes to read both types of codes.
Note: After scanning Video Reverse Only, menu bar codes cannot be read. You must scanVideo Reverse Off or Video Reverse and Standard Bar Codes in order to read menu
bar codes.
Note: Images downloaded from the unit are not reversed. This is a setting for decoding only.

Video Reverse Only

Video Reverse and Standard
Bar Codes* Video Reverse Off

144

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Working Orientation
Some bar codes are direction-sensitive. For example, KIX codes and OCR can misread when scanned sideways or upside down. Use the working orientation settings
if your direction-sensitive codes will not usually be presented upright to the scanner. Default = Upright.
Upright:

Vertical, Top to Bottom:(Rotate CW 90°)
Upside Down:

Vertical, Bottom to Top:
(Rotate CCW 90°)

* Upright

Vertical, Bottom to Top

Upside Down

Vertical, Top to Bottom

Xenon/Granit User Guide

145

146

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

6HEALTHCARE SETTINGS

The following settings have been developed to enhance scanning in a healthcare
environment. These settings are only supported by the Xenon 1900h scanner and
Xenon 1902h scanner and base. They allow you to set quickly configure streamingpresentation, and to set the scanner and base to quiet modes for scanning that do
not disturb resting patients.

Quiet Operations - Combination Codes
The following combination codes program your Xenon healthcare scanner andbase for silent or quiet settings using a single programming code. If you wish toprogram some of these quiet settings individually, refer to Quiet Operations - LED
and Volume Settings, beginning on page 149.

Silent Mode with Flashing LED
Scan the following bar code to completely silence the Xenon 1900h scanner or
Xenon 1902h scanner and base. The scanner beep, base beep, base and scanner
power up beep, and scanner linking sounds are all silenced. When a bar code isscanned, the LED and aimer flash 5 times. Green indicates a good scan, red indicates a bad scan.

Silent Mode with Flashing LED Cordless Scanner and Base

Silent Mode with Flashing LED Corded Scanner

Xenon/Granit User Guide

147

Silent Mode with Long LED
Scan the following bar code to completely silence the Xenon 1900h scanner or
Xenon 1902h scanner and base. The scanner beep, base beep, base and scanner
power up beep, and scanner linking sounds are all silenced. When a bar code isscanned, the LED and aimer remain solidly lit for 1 second. Green indicates a goodscan, red indicates a bad scan.

Silent Mode with Long LED Cordless Scanner and Base

Silent Mode with Long LED Corded Scanner

Very Low Beeper (Nighttime Mode)
The following bar code silences the base, and sets the scanner for a very low beep
when reading bar codes. After scanning this code, the base beep, base and scanner
power up beep, and scanner linking sounds are all silenced. When a bar code isscanned, the scanner emits a very soft beep.

Nighttime Mode Cordless Scanner and BaseNighttime Mode Corded Scanner148

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Low Beeper (Daytime Mode)
The following bar code sets all sounds to on, but at a low volume. The scanner
beep, base beep, base and scanner power up beep, and scanner linking sounds are
all set to low volume.

Daytime Mode Cordless Scanner and Base

Daytime Mode Corded Scanner

To reset your scanner and base to default sounds, refer to Reset the Custom
Defaults (page 271).

Quiet Operations - LED and Volume Settings
If you have silenced or muted the scanner and base sounds, you may wish to adjust
the visual (LED) indicators for Bluetooth linking sounds, scanning sounds, paging
sounds, and out of range alarm sounds.

Linking LED Colors and Sound
Note: This setting is not supported by the Xenon 1900h scanner.
Under normal operations, the scanner chirps when linking to a base or an accesspoint, and the LED on both the base and scanner flash green. If you want to silence
all sounds and set both devices to flash red LEDs to indicate the linking status,
scan the Red LED Flashes/Silent bar code below. The LEDS flash red while linking, then green to indicate the base and scanner are linked. To return to the default
LED colors and sound, scan Green LED Flashes/Sound. Default = Green LED
Flashes/Sound.

* Green LED Flashes/Sound

Red LED Flashes/Silent

Xenon/Granit User Guide

149

Number of LED Flashes
If you have silenced the scanner’s beeper, you may set the number of times the
LED flashes when reading bar codes. Default = 1 LED Flash.
Note: If you have set LED Solid (No Flash) (page 151), to anything but Off, that setting will
override the LED Flash settings. In that case, scan the LED Solid Off bar code to turnoff this feature, then scan the LED Flash code you wish to use.

* 1 LED Flash5 LED Flashes

10 LED Flashes

25 LED Flashes

LED Flash Rate
If you have silenced the scanner’s beeper, you may set the how quickly the LED
flashes when reading bar codes. Default = Fast Flash.

* Fast Flash

Medium Flash

Slow Flash150

Xenon/Granit User Guide

LED Solid (No Flash)
Under normal operations, the scanner’s LED flashes once for a good read. You may
set the LED to remain on for a length of time after a good read instead of flashing.
Default = LED Solid Off (Resume Flash).

* LED Solid Off(Resume Flash)

LED Solid 1 Second

LED Solid 3 Seconds

LED Solid 5 Seconds

If you have scanned a bar code and don’t want to wait for the LED to turn off, press
the trigger a 2nd time and the LED turns off. You can then scan the next bar code.

Page Volume Control
Note: This setting is not supported by the Xenon 1900h scanner.
When you press the Page button on the base or Access Point, the scanners associated with that base or Access Point will begin beeping in response. If you pull thetrigger on a scanner that is beeping in response, or press the Page button on thebase or Access Point a second time, all associated scanners will stop beeping. The
following settings set the paging volume, independent of the volume used when
scanning bar codes. Default = Low.

Page Volume Off* Page Volume Low

Xenon/Granit User Guide

151

Page Volume Medium

Page Volume HighOut-of-Range Alarm Volume
Note: This setting is not supported by the Xenon 1900h scanner.
If your scanner is out range of the base, an alarm sounds from both your base andscanner. If your scanner is out range of an Access Point, an alarm sounds from justthe scanner. The alarm stops when the scanner is moved closer to the base or
Access Point, when the base or Access Point connects to another scanner, or when
the alarm duration expires (see Out-of-Range Delay on page 153). The following
settings set the Out-of-Range Alarm for the base and the scanner, independent of
the volume used when scanning bar codes. Default = Base Alarm Volume Low,
Scanner Alarm Volume Low.

Base Alarm Volume
Off

Scanner Alarm Volume
Off* Base Alarm Volume
Low* Scanner Alarm Volume
Low

Base Alarm Volume
Medium152

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Scanner Alarm Volume
MediumBase Alarm Volume
High

Scanner Alarm Volume
High

Out-of-Range Delay
Note: This setting is not supported by the Xenon 1900h scanner.
When using the Out-of-Range Alarm settings, the length of the delay for the alarmis set with an Out-of-Range Delay. When the scanner is out of range of the base or
Access Point, the alarm will delay for a set length of time before going off. Set thelength (in seconds) for a timeout by scanning the following bar code, then setting
the timeout (from 0-3,000 seconds) by scanning digits from the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save. Default = No Delay.

Out-of-Range Delay

Xenon/Granit User Guide

153

154

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

7

DIRECT PART MARK (DPM)
SETTINGS

The following settings have been developed for the Granit 1920i scanner and aresupported only by that device.

DPM Illumination Settings
Cycle Illumination
This is the default setting for the Granit 1920i. Cycle Illumination cycles throughthe Direct Illumination - Top and Bottom, and Indirect Illumination settings. It isbest used when there is a mix of codes to be scanned.

Cycle Illumination

To further refine the scanner’s ability to read DPM codes, scan one of the following
four illumination setting codes. Only one of these illumination settings can be used
and these settings may be faster than Cycle Illumination.

Low Contrast Codes
This setting is recommend when reading very low contrast bar codes. Scan the following code to program the scanner to cycle through both Direct Illumination - Top
and Bottom and Indirect Illumination with multiple exposure settings.

Low Contrast Codes

Xenon/Granit User Guide

155

Direct Illumination - Top and Bottom
This setting enables both top and bottom illumination. It is recommend when reading printed label bar codes and DPMs on highly reflective surfaces.

Direct Illumination Top and Bottom

Direct Illumination - Bottom
This setting enables just the bottom illumination. It is recommend when primarily
reading dot peen bar codes. You may need to tilt the scanner at an angle to readfrom reflective surfaces.

Direct Illumination Bottom

Indirect Illumination
This setting is recommend when reading bar codes on curved or rough surfaces.

Indirect Illumination

Low Contrast Data Matrix Enhancements
The Granit 1920i scanner reads low contrast Data Matrix codes by default. However, if you are having trouble reading non-dot peen Data Matrix bar codes, it may
be helpful to scan Low Contrast Data Matrix Enhancements Off. Default = Low
Contrast Data Matrix Enhancements On.

* Low Contrast Data Matrix
Enhancements On

156

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Low Contrast Data Matrix
Enhancements Off

Xenon/Granit User Guide

157

158

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTERDATA EDIT

8

Prefix/Suffix Overview
When a bar code is scanned, additional information is sent to the host computer
along with the bar code data. This group of bar code data and additional,
user-defined data is called a “message string.” The selections in this section areused to build the user-defined data into the message string.
Prefix and Suffix characters are data characters that can be sent before and afterscanned data. You can specify if they should be sent with all symbologies, or onlywith specific symbologies. The following illustration shows the breakdown of amessage string:

PrefixScanned Data

1-11
variable length
alpha numeric &control characters

Suffix1-11
alpha numeric &control characters

Points to Keep In Mind•

It is not necessary to build a message string. The selections in this chapter are
only used if you wish to alter the default settings. Default prefix = None. Default
suffix = None.

•

A prefix or suffix may be added or cleared from one symbology or all
symbologies.

•

You can add any prefix or suffix from the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page
1252), beginning on page 342, plus Code I.D. and AIM I.D.

•

You can string together several entries for several symbologies at one time.

•

Enter prefixes and suffixes in the order in which you want them to appear on the
output.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

159

•

When setting up for specific symbologies (as opposed to all symbologies), thespecific symbology ID value counts as an added prefix or suffix character.

•

The maximum size of a prefix or suffix configuration is 200 characters, which
includes header information.

Add a Prefix or Suffix:
Step 1.

Scan the Add Prefix or Add Suffix symbol (page 161).

Step 2.

Determine the 2 digit hex value from the Symbology Charts (beginningon page A-339) for the symbology to which you want to apply the prefix
or suffix. For example, for Code 128, Code ID is “j” and Hex ID is “6A”.

Step 3.

Scan the 2 hex digits from the Programming Chart, beginning on page353, or scan 9, 9 for all symbologies.

To add the Code I.D., scan 5, C, 8, 0.
To add the AIM I.D., scan 5, C, 8, 1.
To add the serial number, scan 5, C, 8, 8.
To add a backslash (\), scan 5, C, 5, C.
Note: When adding a backslash (\), you must scan 5C twice – once to create the leading
backslash and then to create the backslash itself.
Step 4.

Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for every prefix or suffix character.

Step 5.

Scan Save to exit and save, or scan Discard to exit without saving.

Repeat the steps above to add a prefix or suffix for another symbology.

Example: Add a Tab Suffix to All Symbologies
Step 1.

Scan Add Suffix.

Step 2.

Scan 9, 9 from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353 to apply
this suffix to all symbologies.

Step 3.

Scan 0, 9 from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. This
corresponds with the hex value for a horizontal tab, shown in the ASCII
Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342.

Step 4.

Scan Save, or scan Discard to exit without saving.

Clear One or All Prefixes or Suffixes
You can clear a single prefix or suffix, or clear all prefixes/suffixes for a symbology.
If you have been entering prefixes and suffixes for single symbologies, you can use
Clear One Prefix (Suffix) to delete a specific character from a symbology. When
you Clear All Prefixes (Suffixes), all the prefixes or suffixes for a symbology aredeleted.

160

Xenon/Granit User GuideStep 1.

Scan the Clear One Prefix or Clear One Suffix symbol.

Step 2.

Determine the 2 digit Hex value from the Symbology Chart (included in
the Symbology Charts, beginning on page 339) for the symbology fromwhich you want to clear the prefix or suffix.

Step 3.

Scan the 2 digit hex value from the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353 or scan 9, 9 for all symbologies.

Your change is automatically saved.

Add a Carriage Return Suffix to All Symbologies
Scan the following bar code if you wish to add a carriage return suffix to all symbologies at once. This action first clears all current suffixes, then programs a carriage
return suffix for all symbologies.

Add CR Suffix
All Symbologies

Prefix Selections
Add Prefix

Clear One Prefix

Clear All Prefixes

Suffix Selections
Add Suffix

Clear One Suffix

Xenon/Granit User Guide

161

Clear All Suffixes

Function Code Transmit
By default, all ASCII control characters are transmitted with bar code data. These
non-printable characters are translated into predefined key strokes, or CTRL+X
functions (see ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342).
If these key strokes interfere with your host’s software application, scan Disable tokeep these ASCII control characters from being transmitted. Default = Enable.

* Enable

DisableNote: You can also use a custom data format (see Data Format beginning on page 165) totranslate these characters into a more meaningful output.

Intercharacter, Interfunction, and Intermessage Delays
Some terminals drop information (characters) if data comes through too quickly.
Intercharacter, interfunction, and intermessage delays slow the transmission ofdata, increasing data integrity.

Intercharacter Delay
An intercharacter delay of up to 5000 milliseconds (in 5ms increments) may beplaced between the transmission of each character of scanned data. Scan theIntercharacter Delay bar code below, then scan the number of 5ms delays fromthe Programming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.
PrefixScanned Data
1

2

3

4

Suffix5

Intercharacter Delay

Intercharacter Delay

162

Xenon/Granit User GuideTo remove this delay, scan the Intercharacter Delay bar code, then set the numberof delays to 0. Scan the Save bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353.
Note: Intercharacter delays are not supported in USB serial emulation.

User Specified Intercharacter Delay
An intercharacter delay of up to 5000 milliseconds (in 5ms increments) may beplaced after the transmission of a particular character of scanned data. Scan the
Delay Length bar code below, then scan the number of 5ms delays from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353, then Save.
Next, scan the Character to Trigger Delay bar code, then the 2-digit hex value for a
printable character to trigger the delay (see Lower ASCII Reference Table, page
343.)

Delay Length

Character to Trigger Delay

To remove this delay, scan the Delay Length bar code, and set the number of delays
to 0. Scan the Save bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353.

Interfunction Delay
An interfunction delay of up to 5000 milliseconds (in 5ms increments) may beplaced between the transmission of each control character in the message string.
Scan the Interfunction Delay bar code below, then scan the number of 5ms
delays, and the Save bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on page353.
PrefixSTX

1Scanned Data
HT

2 3 4 5

SuffixCR

LF

Interfunction Delays

Interfunction Delay

Xenon/Granit User Guide163

To remove this delay, scan the Interfunction Delay bar code, then set the numberof delays to 0. Scan the Save bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353.

Intermessage Delay
An intermessage delay of up to 5000 milliseconds (in 5ms increments) may beplaced between each scan transmission. Scan the Intermessage Delay bar code
below, then scan the number of 5ms delays, and the Save bar code from theProgramming Chart, beginning on page 353.

1st Scan Transmission
2nd Scan Transmission
Intermessage Delay

Intermessage Delay

To remove this delay, scan the Intermessage Delay bar code, then set the numberof delays to 0. Scan the Save bar code from the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353.

164

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

9DATA FORMAT

Data Format Editor Introduction
You may use the Data Format Editor to change the scanner’s output. For example,
you can use the Data Format Editor to insert characters at certain points in bar
code data as it is scanned. The selections in the following pages are used only if
you wish to alter the output. Default Data Format setting = None.
Normally, when you scan a bar code, it is output automatically. However, when you
create a format, you must use a “send” command (see Send Commands on page168) within the format program to output data.
Multiple formats may be programmed into the scanner. They are stacked in theorder in which they are entered. However, the following list presents the order inwhich formats are applied:
1. Specific Terminal ID, Actual Code ID, Actual Length
2. Specific Terminal ID, Actual Code ID, Universal Length
3. Specific Terminal ID, Universal Code ID, Actual Length
4. Specific Terminal ID, Universal Code ID, Universal Length
5. Universal Terminal ID, Actual Code ID, Actual Length
6. Universal Terminal ID, Actual Code ID, Universal Length
7. Universal Terminal ID, Universal Code ID, Actual Length
8. Universal Terminal ID, Universal Code ID, Universal Length
The maximum size of a data format configuration is 2000 bytes, which includes
header information.
If a bar code is read that fails the first data format, the next data format, if there isone, will be used on the bar code data. If there is no other data format, the raw data
is output.

Xenon/Granit User Guide165

If you have changed data format settings, and wish to clear all formats and returnto the factory defaults, scan the Default Data Format code below.

* Default Data Format

Add a Data Format
Step 1.

Scan the Enter Data Format symbol (page 167).

Step 2.

Select Primary/Alternate Format
Determine if this will be your primary data format, or one of 3 alternate
formats. This allows you to save a total of 4 different data formats. To
program your primary format, scan 0 from the Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353. If you are programming an alternate format,
scan 1, 2, or 3, depending on which alternate format you areprogramming. (See Primary/Alternate Data Formats on page 183 forfurther information.)

Step 3.

Terminal Type
Refer to Terminal ID Table (page 168) and locate the Terminal ID number
for your PC. Scan three numeric bar codes from the Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353, to program the scanner for your terminal ID (youmust enter 3 digits). For example, scan 0 0 3 for an AT wedge.

Note: 099 indicates all terminal types.
Step 4.

Code I.D.
In the Symbology Charts, beginning on page 339, find the symbology towhich you want to apply the data format. Locate the Hex value for thatsymbology and scan the 2 digit hex value from the Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353.
If you wish to create a data format for all symbologies, with the exceptionof some specific symbologies, refer to B8 (page 181).
If you are creating a data format for Batch Mode Quantity, use 35 for the
Code I.D.

Note: 99 indicates all symbologies.
Step 5.

LengthSpecify what length (up to 9999 characters) of data will be acceptable forthis symbology. Scan the four digit data length from the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353. For example, 50 characters is entered as0050.

Note: 9999 indicates all lengths.
Step 6.

166

Editor Commands
Refer to Data Format Editor Commands (page 168). Scan the symbols
that represent the command you want to enter.

Xenon/Granit User GuideStep 7.

Scan Save to save your data format, or Discard to exit without saving yourchanges.

Enter Data Format

Save

Discard

Other Programming Selections•

Clear One Data Format
This deletes one data format for one symbology. If you are clearing the primary
format, scan 0 from the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. If you areclearing an alternate format, scan 1, 2, or 3, depending on the format you areclearing. Scan the Terminal Type and Code I.D. (see Symbology Charts on page339), and the bar code data length for the specific data format that you want todelete. All other formats remain unaffected.

•

Clear all Data Formats
This clears all data formats.

•

Save
Exit and save your data format changes.

•

Discard
Exit without saving any data format changes.

Clear One Data Format

Clear All Data Formats

Save

DiscardXenon/Granit User Guide

167

Terminal ID Table
Terminal

Model(s)Terminal IDUSB

PC keyboard (HID)124

Mac Keyboard

125

PC Keyboard (Japanese)

134

SerialKeyboard

Serial (COM driver required)

130

HID POS131

USB SurePOS Handheld

128

USB SurePOS Tabletop

129

RS232 TTL

000

RS232 True

000

RS485 (IBM-HHBCR 1+2, 46xx)

051

PS2 compatibles

003

AT compatibles

002

Data Format Editor Commands
When working with the Data Format Editor, a virtual cursor is moved along yourinput data string. The following commands are used to both move this cursor todifferent positions, and to select, replace, and insert data into the final output.

Send Commands
Send all characters
F1 Include in the output message all of the characters from the input message, startingfrom current cursor position, followed by an insert character. Syntax = F1xx where xx
stands for the insert character’s hex value for its ASCII code. Refer to the ASCII
Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 for decimal, hex andcharacter codes.

Send a number of characters
F2 Include in the output message a number of characters followed by an insert
character. Start from the current cursor position and continue for “nn” characters or
through the last character in the input message, followed by character “xx.” Syntax= F2nnxx where nn stands for the numeric value (00-99) for the number ofcharacters, and xx stands for the insert character’s hex value for its ASCII code.
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.

168

Xenon/Granit User Guide

F2 Example: Send a number of characters

Send the first 10 characters from the bar code above, followed by a carriage return.
Command string: F2100D
F2 is the “Send a number of characters” command
10 is the number of characters to send
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as: 1234567890
F2 and F1 Example: Split characters into 2 lines
Send the first 10 characters from the bar code above, followed by a carriage return,followed by the rest of the characters.
Command string: F2100DF10D
F2 is the “Send a number of characters” command
10 is the number of characters to send for the first line
0D is the hex value for a CR
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
1234567890
ABCDEFGHIJ<CR>

Send all characters up to a particular character
F3 Include in the output message all characters from the input message, starting withthe character at the current cursor position and continuing to, but not including, thesearch character “ss,” followed by an insert character. The cursor is moved forward
to the “ss” character. Syntax = F3ssxx where ss stands for the search character’s hex
value for its ASCII code, and xx stands for the insert character’s hex value for its
ASCII code.
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.
F3 Example: Send all characters up to a particular character

Xenon/Granit User Guide

169

Using the bar code above, send all characters up to but not including “D,” followed
by a carriage return.
Command string: F3440D
F3 is the “Send all characters up to a particular character” command
44 is the hex value for a 'D”
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
1234567890ABC<CR>

Send all characters up to a string
B9 Include in the output message all characters from the input message, starting withthe character at the current cursor position and continuing to, but not including, thesearch string “s...s.” The cursor is moved forward to the beginning of the “s...s”
string. Syntax = B9nnnns...s where nnnn stands for the length of the string, and s...sstands for the string to be matched. The string is made up of hex values for thecharacters in the string. Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252),
beginning on page 342 for decimal, hex and character codes.
B9 Example: Send all characters up to a defined string

Using the bar code above, send all characters up to but not including “AB.”Command string: B900024142
B9 is the “Send all characters up to a string” command
0002 is the length of the string (2 characters)
41 is the hex value for A
42 is the hex value for B
The data is output as: 1234567890

Send all but the last characters
E9 Include in the output message all but the last “nn” characters, starting from thecurrent cursor position. The cursor is moved forward to one position past the last
input message character included. Syntax = E9nn where nn stands for the numericvalue (00-99) for the number of characters that will not be sent at the end of themessage.

170

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Insert a character multiple times
F4 Send “xx” character “nn” times in the output message, leaving the cursor in thecurrent position. Syntax = F4xxnn where xx stands for the insert character’s hex
value for its ASCII code, and nn is the numeric value (00-99) for the number of times
it should be sent. Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginningon page 342 for decimal, hex and character codes.
E9 and F4 Example: Send all but the last characters, followed by 2 tabs

Send all characters except for the last 8 from the bar code above, followed by 2tabs.
Command string: E908F40902
E9 is the “Send all but the last characters” command
08 is the number of characters at the end to ignore
F4 is the “Insert a character multiple times” command
09 is the hex value for a horizontal tab
02 is the number of times the tab character is sent
The data is output as: 1234567890AB <tab><tab>Insert a string
BA Send “ss” string of “nn” length in the output message, leaving the cursor in thecurrent position. Syntax = BAnnnns...s where nnnn stands for the length of thestring, and s...s stands for the string. The string is made up of hex values for thecharacters in the string. Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252),
beginning on page 342 for decimal, hex and character codes.
B9 and BA Example: Look for the string “AB” and insert 2 asterisks (**)

Using the bar code above, send all characters up to but not including “AB.” Insert 2
asterisks at that point, and send the rest of the data with a carriage return after.
Command string: B900024142BA00022A2AF10D
B9 is the “Send all characters up to a string” command
0002 is the length of the string (2 characters)
41 is the hex value for A
42 is the hex value for B

Xenon/Granit User Guide171

BA is the “Insert a string” command
0002 is the length of the string to be added (2 characters)
2A is the hex value for an asterisk (*)
2A is the hex value for an asterisk (*)
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
1234567890**ABCDEFGHIJ<CR>

Insert symbology name
B3 Insert the name of the bar code’s symbology in the output message, without moving
the cursor. Only symbologies with a Honeywell ID are included (see Symbology
Charts on page 339). Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252),
beginning on page 342 for decimal, hex and character codes.

Insert bar code length
B4 Insert the bar code’s length in the output message, without moving the cursor. The
length is expressed as a numeric string and does not include leading zeros.
B3 and B4 Example: Insert the symbology name and length

Send the symbology name and length before the bar code data from the bar code
above. Break up these insertions with spaces. End with a carriage return.
Command string: B3F42001B4F42001F10D
B3 is the “Insert symbology name” commandF4 is the “Insert a character multiple times” command
20 is the hex value for a space
01 is the number of times the space character is sent
B4 is the “Insert bar code length” commandF4 is the “Insert a character multiple times” command
20 is the hex value for a space
01 is the number of times the space character is sent
F1 is the “Send all characters” command

172

Xenon/Granit User Guide

0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
Code128 20 1234567890ABCDEFGHIJ<CR>

Insert key strokes
B5 Insert a key stroke or combination of key strokes. Key strokes are dependent on yourkeyboard (see Keyboard Key References on page 349). Any key can be inserted,
including arrows and functions. Syntax = 5CB5xxssnn where xx is the number ofkeys pressed (without key modifiers), ss is the key modifier from the table below, andnn is the key number from the Keyboard Key References, page 349.

•

Key Modifiers

Hex

No Key Modifier

00

Shift Left

01

Shift Right

02

Alt Left

04

Alt Right

08

Control Left

10

Control Right

20

For example, B501021F inserts an “A” on a 104 key, U.S. style keyboard. B5 = thecommand, 01 = number of key press events (without the key modifier), 02 is the
key modifier for Shift Right, and 1F is the “a” key. If a lower case “a” were to beinserted, B501001F would be entered.

If there are three keystrokes, the syntax would change from B5xxssnn for one keystroke to B5xxssnnssnnssnn. An example that would insert "abc" is as follows:
B503001F00320030F833.
Note: Key modifiers can be added together when needed. The sum is converted tohexadecimals.
Example: Control Left+Shift Left = 17, converted to hexadecimal = 11.

Move Commands
Move the cursor forward a number of characters
F5 Move the cursor ahead “nn” characters from current cursor position.
Syntax = F5nn where nn is the numeric value (00-99) for the number of characters
the cursor should be moved ahead.
F5 Example: Move the cursor forward and send the data

Xenon/Granit User Guide

173

Move the cursor forward 3 characters, then send the rest of the bar code data fromthe bar code above. End with a carriage return.
Command string: F503F10D
F5 is the “Move the cursor forward a number of characters” command
03 is the number of characters to move the cursor
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
4567890ABCDEFGHIJ<CR>

Move the cursor backward a number of characters
F6 Move the cursor back “nn” characters from current cursor position.
Syntax = F6nn where nn is the numeric value (00-99) for the number of characters
the cursor should be moved back.

Move the cursor to the beginning
F7 Move the cursor to the first character in the input message. Syntax = F7.
FE and F7 Example: Manipulate bar codes that begin with a 1

Search for bar codes that begin with a 1. If a bar code matches, move the cursor
back to the beginning of the data and send 6 characters followed by a carriage
return. Using the bar code above:
Command string: FE31F7F2060D
FE is the “Compare characters” command
31 is the hex value for 1
F7 is the “Move the cursor to the beginning” commandF2 is the “Send a number of characters” command
06 is the number of characters to send
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
123456<CR>

174

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Move the cursor to the end
EA Move the cursor to the last character in the input message. Syntax = EA.

Search Commands
Search forward for a character
F8 Search the input message forward for “xx” character from the current cursor
position, leaving the cursor pointing to the “xx” character. Syntax = F8xx where xx
stands for the search character’s hex value for its ASCII code.
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.
F8 Example: Send bar code data that starts after a particular character

Search for the letter “D” in bar codes and send all the data that follows, including
the “D.” Using the bar code above:
Command string: F844F10D
F8 is the “Search forward for a character” command
44 is the hex value for “D”
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
DEFGHIJ<CR>

Search backward for a character
F9 Search the input message backward for “xx” character from the current cursor
position, leaving the cursor pointing to the “xx” character. Syntax = F9xx where xx
stands for the search character’s hex value for its ASCII code.
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

175

Search forward for a string
B0 Search forward for “s” string from the current cursor position, leaving cursor
pointing to “s” string. Syntax = B0nnnnS where nnnn is the string length (up to9999), and S consists of the ASCII hex value of each character in the match string.
For example, B0000454657374 will search forward for the first occurrence of the 4character string “Test.”
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.
B0 Example: Send bar code data that starts after a string of characters

Search for the letters “FGH” in bar codes and send all the data that follows, including “FGH.” Using the bar code above:
Command string: B00003464748F10D
B0 is the “Search forward for a string” command
0003 is the string length (3 characters)
46 is the hex value for “F”
47 is the hex value for “G”
48 is the hex value for “H”
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
FGHIJ
<CR>

Search backward for a string
B1 Search backward for “s” string from the current cursor position, leaving cursor
pointing to “s” string. Syntax = B1nnnnS where nnnn is the string length (up to9999), and S consists of the ASCII hex value of each character in the match string.
For example, B1000454657374 will search backward for the first occurrence of the
4 character string “Test.”
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.

176

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Search forward for a non-matching character
E6 Search the input message forward for the first non-“xx” character from the current
cursor position, leaving the cursor pointing to the non-“xx” character. Syntax = E6xx
where xx stands for the search character’s hex value for its ASCII code. Refer to the
ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 for decimal, hex
and character codes.
E6 Example: Remove zeros at the beginning of bar code data

This example shows a bar code that has been zero filled. You may want to ignore
the zeros and send all the data that follows. E6 searches forward for the first character that is not zero, then sends all the data after, followed by a carriage return.
Using the bar code above:
Command string: E630F10D
E6 is the “Search forward for a non-matching character” command
30 is the hex value for 0
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
37692
<CR>

Search backward for a non-matching character
E7 Search the input message backward for the first non-“xx” character from thecurrent cursor position, leaving the cursor pointing to the non-“xx” character.
Syntax = E7xx where xx stands for the search character’s hex value for its ASCII
code. Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page342 for decimal, hex and character codes.

Miscellaneous Commands
Suppress characters
FB Suppress all occurrences of up to 15 different characters, starting at the current
cursor position, as the cursor is advanced by other commands. When the FCcommand is encountered, the suppress function is terminated. The cursor is not
moved by the FB command.
Syntax = FBnnxxyy . .zz where nn is a count of the number of suppressed charactersin the list, and xxyy .. zz is the list of characters to be suppressed.

Xenon/Granit User Guide177

FB Example: Remove spaces in bar code data

This example shows a bar code that has spaces in the data. You may want toremove the spaces before sending the data. Using the bar code above:
Command string: FB0120F10D
FB is the “Suppress characters” command
01 is the number of character types to be suppressed
20 is the hex value for a space
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
34567890<CR>

Stop suppressing characters
FC Disables suppress filter and clear all suppressed characters. Syntax = FC.

Replace characters
E4 Replaces up to 15 characters in the output message, without moving the cursor.
Replacement continues until the E5 command is encountered. Syntax =E4nnxx1xx2yy1yy2...zz1zz2 where nn is the total count of the number of charactersin the list (characters to be replaced plus replacement characters); xx1 definescharacters to be replaced and xx2 defines replacement characters, continuing
through zz1 and zz2.
E4 Example: Replace zeros with CRs in bar code data

If the bar code has characters that the host application does not want included,
you can use the E4 command to replace those characters with something else. In
this example, you will replace the zeros in the bar code above with carriage returns.
Command string: E402300DF10D
E4 is the “Replace characters” command
02 is the total count of characters to be replaced, plus the replacement characters(0 is replaced by CR, so total characters = 2)
30 is the hex value for 0

178

Xenon/Granit User Guide

0D is the hex value for a CR (the character that will replace the 0)
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
The data is output as:
1234
5678
ABC
<CR>

Stop replacing characters
E5 Terminates character replacement. Syntax = E5.

Compare characters
FE Compare the character in the current cursor position to the character “xx.” Ifcharacters are equal, move the cursor forward one position. Syntax = FExx where xx
stands for the comparison character’s hex value for its ASCII code.
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.

Compare string
B2 Compare the string in the input message to the string “s.” If the strings are equal,
move the cursor forward past the end of the string. Syntax = B2nnnnS where nnnn
is the string length (up to 9999), and S consists of the ASCII hex value of eachcharacter in the match string. For example, B2000454657374 will compare thestring at the current cursor position with the 4 character string “Test.”
Refer to the ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252), beginning on page 342 fordecimal, hex and character codes.

Check for a number
EC Check to make sure there is an ASCII number at the current cursor position. The
format is aborted if the character is not numeric.
EC Example: Only output the data if the bar code begins with a number
If you want only data from bar codes that begin with a number, you can use EC tocheck for the number.
Command string: ECF10DEC is the “Check for a number” command
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR

Xenon/Granit User Guide179

If this bar code is read,the next data format, if there is one, will

be used on the data. If there is no other format, the format fails and the raw data is
output as AB1234.
If this bar code is read:the data is output as:

1234AB<CR>

Check for non-numeric character
ED Check to make sure there is a non-numeric ASCII character at the current cursor
position. The format is aborted if the character is numeric.
ED Example: Only output the data if the bar code begins with a letter
If you want only data from bar codes that begin with a letter, you can use ED tocheck for the letter.
Command string: EDF10D
ED is the “Check for a non-numeric character” command
F1 is the “Send all characters” command
0D is the hex value for a CR
If this bar code is read,the next data format, if there is one, will

be used on this data. If there is no other format, the format fails and the raw data is
output as 1234AB.
If this bar code is read:the data is output as:

AB1234<CR>

Insert a delay
EF Inserts a delay of up to 49,995 milliseconds (in multiples of 5), starting from thecurrent cursor position. Syntax = EFnnnn where nnnn stands for the delay in 5ms
increments, up to 9999. This command can only be used with keyboard emulation.

180

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Discard Data
B8 Discards types of data. For example, you may want to discard Code 128 bar codesthat begin with the letter A. In step 4 (page 166), select 6A (for Code 128), and in step
5, select 9999 (for all lengths). Enter FE41B8 to compare and discard Code 128 bar
codes that begin with the letter A. Syntax = B8.
Note: The B8 command must be entered after all other commands.
The Data Format must be Required (see page 181) in order for the B8 command towork.
If Data Format is On, but Not Required (page 182), bar code data that meets the B8format is scanned and output as usual.
Because the data format needs to be On and Required (page 182) for the B8command, you must input data formats for all bar codes you wish to discard as well
as all bar codes you wish to output.
Other data format settings impact the B8 command. If Data Format Non-Match Error
Tone is On (page 182), the scanner emits an error tone. If Data format Non-Match
Error Tone is Off, the code is disabled for reading and no tone is sounded.

Data Formatter
When Data Formatter is turned Off, the bar code data is output to the host as read,including prefixes and suffixes.

Data Formatter Off

You may wish to require the data to conform to a data format you have created andsaved. The following settings can be applied to your data format:•

Data Formatter On, Not Required, Keep Prefix/Suffix
Scanned data is modified according to your data format, and prefixes andsuffixes are transmitted.

•

Data Formatter On, Not Required, Drop Prefix/Suffix
Scanned data is modified according to your data format. If a data format isfound for a particular symbol, those prefixes and suffixes are not transmitted. If
a data format is not found for that symbol, the prefixes and suffixes aretransmitted.

•

Data Format Required, Keep Prefix/Suffix
Scanned data is modified according to your data format, and prefixes andsuffixes are transmitted. Any data that does not match your data format
requirements generates an error tone and the data in that bar code is nottransmitted. If you wish to process this type of bar code without generating anerror tone, see Data Format Non-Match Error Tone.

•

Data Format Required, Drop Prefix/Suffix
Scanned data is modified according to your data format. If a data format isfound for a particular symbol, those prefixes and suffixes are not transmitted.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

181

Any data that does not match your data format requirements generates an error
tone. If you wish to process this type of bar code without generating an error
tone, see Data Format Non-Match Error Tone.
Choose one of the following options. Default = Data Formatter On, Not Required,
Keep Prefix/Suffix.

* Data Formatter On,
Not Required,
Keep Prefix/Suffix

Data Formatter On,
Not Required,
Drop Prefix/Suffix

Data Format Required,
Keep Prefix/Suffix

Data Format Required,
Drop Prefix/Suffix

Data Format Non-Match Error Tone
When a bar code is encountered that doesn’t match your required data format, thescanner normally generates an error tone. However, you may want to continue
scanning bar codes without hearing the error tone. If you scan the Data Format
Non-Match Error Tone Off bar code, data that doesn’t conform to your data format is not transmitted, and no error tone will sound. If you wish to hear the error
tone when a non-matching bar code is found, scan the Data Format Non-Match
Error Tone On bar code. Default = Data Format Non-Match Error Tone On.

* Data Format Non-Match Error
Tone On

Data Format Non-Match
Error Tone Off

182

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Primary/Alternate Data Formats
You can save up to four data formats, and switch between these formats. Your primary data format is saved under 0. Your other three formats are saved under 1, 2,
and 3. To set your device to use one of these formats, scan one of the bar codes
below.

Primary Data Format

Data Format 1

Data Format 2

Data Format 3

Single Scan Data Format Change
You can also switch between data formats for a single scan. The next bar code isscanned using an alternate data format, then reverts to the format you haveselected above (either Primary, 1, 2, or 3).
For example, you may have set your device to the data format you saved as Data
Format 3. You can switch to Data Format 1 for a single trigger pull by scanning theSingle Scan-Data Format 1 bar code below. The next bar code that is scanned
uses Data Format 1, then reverts back to Data Format 3.

Single Scan-Primary
Data Format

Single Scan-Data Format 1

Single Scan-Data Format 2

Xenon/Granit User Guide

183

Single Scan-Data Format 3

184

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTERSYMBOLOGIES

10This programming section contains the following menu selections. Refer to
Chapter 13 for settings and defaults.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

All Symbologies
Aztec CodeChina Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5)
Chinese Sensible (Han Xin) CodeCodabarCodablock A
Codablock F
Code 11
Code 128
Code 32 Pharmaceutical (PARAF)
Code 39
Code 93
Data Matrix•

EAN/JAN-13•

EAN/JAN-8••••

GS1 Composite Codes
GS1 DataBar Expanded
GS1 DataBar Limited
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional•

GS1 Emulation•

GS1-128

Xenon/Granit User Guide

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Interleaved 2 of 5
Korea Post
Label CodeMatrix 2 of 5
MaxiCode
MicroPDF417
MSI
NEC 2 of 5
Postal Codes - 2D
Postal Codes - Linear
PDF417
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional
QR CodeStraight 2 of 5 IATA (two-bar start/
stop)
Straight 2 of 5 Industrial (three-bar
start/stop)
TCIF Linked Code 39 (TLC39)
TelepenTrioptic Code
UPC-A
UPC-A/EAN-13 with Extended
Coupon Code
UPC-E0UPC-E1

185

All Symbologies
If you want to decode all the symbologies allowable for your scanner, scan the All
Symbologies On code. If on the other hand, you want to decode only a particularsymbology, scan All Symbologies Off followed by the On symbol for that particularsymbology.
Note: Scanner performance may reduce by scanning All Symbologies On. Only scan All
Symbologies On when needed.

All Symbologies On

All Symbologies Off

Note: When All Symbologies On is scanned, 2D Postal Codes are not enabled. 2D Postal
Codes must be enabled separately.

Message Length Description
You are able to set the valid reading length of some of the bar code symbologies.
You may wish to set the same value for minimum and maximum length to force thescanner to read fixed length bar code data. This helps reduce the chances of a misread.
Example: Decode only those bar codes with a count of 9-20 characters.
Min. length = 09
Max. length = 20
Example: Decode only those bar codes with a count of 15 characters.
Min. length = 15
Max. length = 15
For a value other than the minimum and maximum message length defaults, scan
the bar codes included in the explanation of the symbology, then scan the digit
value of the message length and Save bar codes from the Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353. The minimum and maximum lengths and the defaults areincluded with the respective symbologies.

186

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Codabar<Default All Codabar Settings>

Codabar On/Off

* On

Off

Codabar Start /Stop Characters
Start/Stop characters identify the leading and trailing ends of the bar code. You
may either transmit, or not transmit Start/Stop characters. Default = Don’t Transmit.

Transmit* Don’t Transmit

Codabar Check Character
Codabar check characters are created using different “modulos.” You can program
the scanner to read only Codabar bar codes with Modulo 16 check characters.
Default = No Check Character.
No Check Character indicates that the scanner reads and transmits bar code datawith or without a check character.
When Check Character is set to Validate and Transmit, the scanner will only read
Codabar bar codes printed with a check character, and will transmit this characterat the end of the scanned data.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

187

When Check Character is set to Validate, but Don’t Transmit, the unit will only
read Codabar bar codes printed with a check character, but will not transmit thecheck character with the scanned data.

* No Check Character

Validate Modulo 16, but
Don’t Transmit

Validate Modulo 16
and Transmit

Codabar Concatenation
Codabar supports symbol concatenation. When you enable concatenation, thescanner looks for a Codabar symbol having a “D” start character, adjacent to asymbol having a “D” stop character. In this case the two messages are concatenated into one with the “D” characters omitted.

A 1 2 3 4 D

D 5 6 7 8 A

Select Require to prevent the scanner from decoding a single “D” Codabar symbol
without its companion. This selection has no effect on Codabar symbols without
Stop/Start D characters.

On

* Off

Require188

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Codabar Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 2-60. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 60.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Code 39< Default All Code 39 Settings >Code 39 On/Off

* On

Off

If you are reading Code 39 bar codes, Codablock A should remain disabled. If you
are enabling Codablock A (see Codablock A on page 221), you should disable Code39.

Code 39 Start /Stop Characters
Start/Stop characters identify the leading and trailing ends of the bar code. You
may either transmit, or not transmit Start/Stop characters. Default = Don’t Transmit.

Transmit

Xenon/Granit User Guide189

* Don’t Transmit

Code 39 Check Character
No Check Character indicates that the scanner reads and transmits bar code datawith or without a check character.
When Check Character is set to Validate, but Don’t Transmit, the unit only reads
Code 39 bar codes printed with a check character, but will not transmit the checkcharacter with the scanned data.
When Check Character is set to Validate and Transmit, the scanner only reads
Code 39 bar codes printed with a check character, and will transmit this characterat the end of the scanned data. Default = No Check Character.

* No Check Character

Validate, but Don’t Transmit

Validate and Transmit

Code 39 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 0-48. Minimum Default = 0, Maximum Default = 48.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

190

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Code 39 Append
This function allows the scanner to append the data from several Code 39 bar
codes together before transmitting them to the host computer. When the scannerencounters a Code 39 bar code with the append trigger character(s), it buffers
Code 39 bar codes until it reads a Code 39 bar code that does not have the append
trigger. The data is then transmitted in the order in which the bar codes were read
(FIFO). Default = Off.

On

* Off

Code 32 Pharmaceutical (PARAF)
Code 32 Pharmaceutical is a form of the Code 39 symbology used by Italian pharmacies. This symbology is also known as PARAF.
Note: Trioptic Code (page 220) must be turned off while scanning Code 32 Pharmaceuticalcodes.

On* Off

Full ASCIIIf Full ASCII Code 39 decoding is enabled, certain character pairs within the bar
code symbol will be interpreted as a single character. For example: $V will be
decoded as the ASCII character SYN, and /C will be decoded as the ASCII character#. Default = Off.
Full ASCII Table
NUL %U
SOH $A
STX $BETX $C
EOT $D
ENQ $E
ACK $F

Xenon/Granit User Guide

DLE $P
DC1 $Q
DC2 $R
DC3 $S
DC4 $T
NAK $USYN $V

SP
!
“
#
$
%
&

SPACE
/A
/B
/C
/D
/E
/F

0
1
2
3
4
5
6

0
1
2
3
4
5
6

@
A
B
C
D
E
F

%V
A
B
C
D
E
F

P
Q
R
S
T
U
V

P
Q
R
S
T
U
V

‘
a
b
c
d
e
f

%W
+A
+B
+C
+D
+E
+F

p
q
r
s
t
u
v

+P
+Q
+R
+S
+T
+U
+V

191

Full ASCII Table (Continued)
BEL $G
BS $H
HT $I
LF $J
VT $K
FF $L
CR $M
SO $N
SI $O

ETB $W
CAN $X
EM $Y
SUB $Z
ESC %A
FS %B
GS %C
RS %D
US %E

‘
(
)
*
+
,
.
/

/G
/H
/I
/J
/K
/L
.
/O

7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?

7
8
9
/Z
%F
%G
%H
%I
%J

G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O

G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O

W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_

W
X
Y
Z
%K
%L
%M
%N
%O

g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o

+G
+H
+I
+J
+K
+L
+M
+N
+O

w
+W
x
+X
y
+Y
z
+Z
{
%P
|
%Q
}
%R
~
%S
DEL %T

Character pairs /M and /N decode as a minus sign and period respectively.
Character pairs /P through /Y decode as 0 through 9.

Full ASCII On* Full ASCII Off

Code 39 Code Page
Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If the data
received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because the bar
code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from the one
the host program is expecting. If this is the case, scan the bar code below, selectthe code page with which the bar codes were created (see ISO 2022/ISO 646
Character Replacements on page 346), and scan the value and the Save bar codefrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. The data characters should
then appear properly.

Code 39 Code Page

192

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Interleaved 2 of 5
< Default All Interleaved 2 of 5 Settings >Interleaved 2 of 5 On/Off

* On

Off

Check Digit
No Check Digit indicates that the scanner reads and transmits bar code data withor without a check digit.
When Check Digit is set to Validate, but Don’t Transmit, the unit only reads Interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes printed with a check digit, but will not transmit the checkdigit with the scanned data.
When Check Digit is set to Validate and Transmit, the scanner only reads Interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes printed with a check digit, and will transmit this digit at theend of the scanned data. Default = No Check Digit.

* No Check Digit

Validate, but Don’t Transmit

Validate and Transmit

Xenon/Granit User Guide

193

Interleaved 2 of 5 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 2-80. Minimum Default = 6, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

NEC 2 of 5
< Default All NEC 2 of 5 Settings >NEC 2 of 5 On/Off

* On

Off

Check Digit
No Check Digit indicates that the scanner reads and transmits bar code data withor without a check digit.
When Check Digit is set to Validate, but Don’t Transmit, the unit only reads NEC 2
of 5 bar codes printed with a check digit, but will not transmit the check digit withthe scanned data.

194

Xenon/Granit User Guide

When Check Digit is set to Validate and Transmit, the scanner only reads NEC 2 of
5 bar codes printed with a check digit, and will transmit this digit at the end of thescanned data. Default = No Check Digit.

* No Check Digit

Validate, but Don’t Transmit

Validate and Transmit

NEC 2 of 5 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 2-80. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Code 93< Default All Code 93 Settings >Code 93 On/Off* On

Xenon/Granit User Guide

195

Off

Code 93 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 0-80. Minimum Default = 0, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Code 93 Append
This function allows the scanner to append the data from several Code 93 barcodes together before transmitting them to the host computer. When this function
is enabled, the scanner stores those Code 93 bar codes that start with a space(excluding the start and stop symbols), and does not immediately transmit thedata. The scanner stores the data in the order in which the bar codes are read,deleting the first space from each. The scanner transmits the appended data when
it reads a Code 93 bar code that starts with a character other than a space.
Default = Off.

On

* Off

Code 93 Code Page
Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If the data
received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because the bar
code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from the one
the host program is expecting. If this is the case, scan the bar code below, selectthe code page with which the bar codes were created (see ISO 2022/ISO 646

196

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Character Replacements on page 346), and scan the value and the Save bar codefrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. The data characters should
then appear properly.

Code 93 Code Page

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial (three-bar start/stop)<Default All Straight 2 of 5 Industrial Settings>

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial On/Off

On

* Off

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-48. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 48.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

197

Straight 2 of 5 IATA (two-bar start/stop)<Default All Straight 2 of 5 IATA Settings>

Straight 2 of 5 IATA On/Off

On

* Off

Straight 2 of 5 IATA Redundancy
If you are encountering errors when reading Straight 2 of 5 IATA bar codes, you may
want to adjust the redundancy count. Redundancy adjusts the number of times abar code is decoded before transmission, which may reduce the number of errors.
Note that the higher the redundancy count, the longer it will take to decode the bar
code. To adjust the redundancy, scan the Straight 2 of 5 IATA Redundancy bar code
below, then scan a redundancy count between 0 and 10 on the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353. Then scan the Save bar code. Default = 0.

Straight 2 of 5 IATA
Redundancy

Straight 2 of 5 IATA Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-48. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 48.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

198

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Matrix 2 of 5
<Default All Matrix 2 of 5 Settings>

Matrix 2 of 5 On/Off

On

* Off

Matrix 2 of 5 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-80. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

199

Code 11
<Default All Code 11 Settings>

Code 11 On/Off

On

* Off

Check Digits Required
This option sets whether 1 or 2 check digits are required with Code 11 bar codes.
Default = Two Check Digits.

One Check Digit* Two Check Digits

Code 11 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-80. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length200

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Code 128
<Default All Code 128 Settings>

Code 128 On/Off

* On

Off

If you are reading Code 128 bar codes, Codablock F should remain disabled. If you
are enabling Codablock F (see Codablock F on page 222), you should disable Code128.

ISBT 128 Concatenation
In 1994 the International Society of Blood Transfusion (ISBT) ratified a standard
for communicating critical blood information in a uniform manner. The use of ISBT
formats requires a paid license. The ISBT 128 Application Specification describes1) the critical data elements for labeling blood products, 2) the current recommendation to use Code 128 due to its high degree of security and its space-efficientdesign, 3) a variation of Code 128 that supports concatenation of neighboring
symbols, and 4) the standard layout for bar codes on a blood product label. Use thebar codes below to turn concatenation on or off. Default =Off.

On

* Off

Code 128 Redundancy
If you are encountering errors when reading Code 128 bar codes, you may want toadjust the redundancy count. Redundancy adjusts the number of times a bar code
is decoded before transmission, which may reduce the number of errors. Note that

Xenon/Granit User Guide

201

the higher the redundancy count, the longer it will take to decode the bar code. To
adjust the redundancy, scan the Code 128 Redundancy bar code below, then scana redundancy count between 0 and 10 on the Programming Chart, beginning on
page 353. Then scan the Save bar code. Default = 0.

Code 128 Redundancy

Code 128 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 0-80. Minimum Default = 0, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Code 128 Append
This function allows the scanner to append the data from several Code 128 bar
codes together before transmitting them to the host computer. When the scannerencounters a Code 128 bar code with the append trigger character(s), it buffers
Code 128 bar codes until it reads a Code 128 bar code that does not have theappend trigger. The data is then transmitted in the order in which the bar codes
were read (FIFO). Default = Off.

On

* Off

Code 128 Code Page
Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If the data
received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because the bar
code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from the one
the host program is expecting. If this is the case, scan the bar code below, selectthe code page with which the bar codes were created (see ISO 2022/ISO 646

202

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Character Replacements on page 346), and scan the value and the Save bar codefrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. The data characters should
then appear properly.

Code 128 Code Page

GS1-128<Default All GS1-128 Settings>

GS1-128 On/Off

* On

Off

GS1-128 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-80. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

203

Telepen<Default All Telepen Settings>

Telepen On/Off

On

* Off

Telepen Output
Using AIM Telepen Output, the scanner reads symbols with start/stop pattern 1
and decodes them as standard full ASCII (start/stop pattern 1). When Original
Telepen Output is selected, the scanner reads symbols with start/stop pattern 1
and decodes them as compressed numeric with optional full ASCII (start/stop pattern 2). Default = AIM Telepen Output.

* AIM Telepen Output

Original Telepen Output

Telepen Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-60. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 60.

Minimum Message Length

204

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Maximum Message Length

UPC-A<Default All UPC-A Settings>

UPC-A On/Off

* On

Off

Note: To convert UPC-A bar codes to EAN-13, see Convert UPC-A to EAN-13 on page 212.

UPC-A Check Digit
This selection allows you to specify whether the check digit should be transmitted
at the end of the scanned data or not. Default = On.

* On

Off

Xenon/Granit User Guide

205

UPC-A Number System
The numeric system digit of a U.P.C. symbol is normally transmitted at the beginning of the scanned data, but the unit can be programmed so it will not transmit it(Off). Default = On.

* On

Off

UPC-A Addenda
This selection adds 2 or 5 digits to the end of all scanned UPC-A data.
Default = Off for both 2 Digit and 5 Digit Addenda.

2 Digit Addenda On* 2 Digit Addenda Off

5 Digit Addenda On* 5 Digit Addenda Off

UPC-A Addenda Required
When Required is scanned, the scanner will only read UPC-A bar codes that haveaddenda. You must then turn on a 2 or 5 digit addenda listed on page 206.
Default = Not Required.

Required206

Xenon/Granit User Guide

* Not Required

Addenda Timeout
You can set a time during which the scanner looks for an addenda. If an addenda is
not found within this time period, the data can be either transmitted or discarded,based on the setting you are using for UPC-A Addenda Required. Set the length (inmilliseconds) for this timeout by scanning the bar code below, then setting the timeout (from 0-120 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming Chart,
beginning on page 353 of this manual, then Save. Default = 500.
Note: The Addenda Timeout setting is applied to all addenda and coupon code searches.

Addenda Timeout

UPC-A Addenda Separator
When this feature is On, there is a space between the data from the bar code andthe data from the addenda. When turned Off, there is no space. Default = On.

* On

Off

UPC-A/EAN-13 with Extended Coupon CodeUse the following codes to enable or disable UPC-A and EAN-13 with Extended
Coupon Code. When left on the default setting (Off), the scanner treats Coupon
Codes and Extended Coupon Codes as single bar codes.
If you scan the Allow Concatenation code, when the scanner sees the coupon
code and the extended coupon code in a single scan, it transmits both as one symbologies. Otherwise, it transmits the first coupon code it reads.

Xenon/Granit User Guide207

If you scan the Require Concatenation code, the scanner must see and read the
coupon code and extended coupon code in a single read to transmit the data. No
data is output unless both codes are read. Default = Off.

* Off

Allow Concatenation

Require Concatenation

Addenda Timeout
You can set a time during which the scanner looks for an addenda. If an addenda is
not found within this time period, the data can be either transmitted or discarded,based on the setting you are using for UPC-A/EAN-13 with Extended Coupon
Code. Set the length (in milliseconds) for this timeout by scanning the bar code
below, then setting the timeout (from 0-120 milliseconds) by scanning digits fromthe Programming Chart, beginning on page 353 of this manual, then Save. Default= 500.
Note: The Addenda Timeout setting is applied to all addenda and coupon code searches.

Addenda Timeout

Coupon GS1 DataBar Output
If you scan coupons that have both UPC and GS1 DataBar codes, you may wish toscan and output only the data from the GS1 DataBar code. Scan the GS1 Output
On code below to scan and output only the GS1 DataBar code data. Default = GS1
Output Off.

* GS1 Output Off

GS1 Output On

208

Xenon/Granit User Guide

UPC-E0<Default All UPC-E Settings>

UPC-E0 On/Off
Most U.P.C. bar codes lead with the 0 number system. To read these codes, use the
UPC-E0 On selection. If you need to read codes that lead with the 1 number system, use UPC-E1 (page 211). Default = On.

* UPC-E0 On

UPC-E0 Off

UPC-E0 Expand
UPC-E Expand expands the UPC-E code to the 12 digit, UPC-A format.
Default = Off.

On

* Off

UPC-E0 Addenda Required
When Required is scanned, the scanner will only read UPC-E bar codes that haveaddenda. Default = Not Required.

Required* Not Required

Xenon/Granit User Guide

209

Addenda Timeout
You can set a time during which the scanner looks for an addenda. If an addenda is
not found within this time period, the data can be either transmitted or discarded,based on the setting you are using for UPC-E0 Addenda Required. Set the length(in milliseconds) for this timeout by scanning the bar code below, then setting thetimeout (from 0-120 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353 of this manual, then Save. Default = 500.
Note: The Addenda Timeout setting is applied to all addenda and coupon code searches.

Addenda Timeout

UPC-E0 Addenda Separator
When this feature is On, there is a space between the data from the bar code andthe data from the addenda. When turned Off, there is no space. Default = On.

* On

Off

UPC-E0 Check Digit
Check Digit specifies whether the check digit should be transmitted at the end of
the scanned data or not. Default = On.

* On

Off

210

Xenon/Granit User Guide

UPC-E0 Leading Zero
This feature allows the transmission of a leading zero (0) at the beginning of
scanned data. To prevent transmission, scan Off. Default = On.

* On

Off

UPC-E0 Addenda
This selection adds 2 or 5 digits to the end of all scanned UPC-E data. Default = Offfor both 2 Digit and 5 Digit Addenda.

2 Digit Addenda On* 2 Digit Addenda Off

5 Digit Addenda On* 5 Digit Addenda Off

UPC-E1
Most U.P.C. bar codes lead with the 0 number system. For these codes, use UPC-E0(page 209). If you need to read codes that lead with the 1 number system, use the
UPC-E1 On selection. Default = Off.

UPC-E1 On

Xenon/Granit User Guide211

* UPC-E1 Off

EAN/JAN-13<Default All EAN/JAN Settings>

EAN/JAN-13 On/Off

* On

Off

Convert UPC-A to EAN-13
When UPC-A Converted to EAN-13 is selected, UPC-A bar codes are converted to
13 digit EAN-13 codes by adding a zero to the front. When Do not Convert UPC-A
is selected, UPC-A codes are read as UPC-A.

UPC-A Converted to EAN-13* Do not Convert UPC-A

212

Xenon/Granit User GuideEAN/JAN-13 Check Digit
This selection allows you to specify whether the check digit should be transmitted
at the end of the scanned data or not. Default = On.

* On

Off

EAN/JAN-13 Addenda
This selection adds 2 or 5 digits to the end of all scanned EAN/JAN-13 data.
Default = Off for both 2 Digit and 5 Digit Addenda.

2 Digit Addenda On* 2 Digit Addenda Off

5 Digit Addenda On* 5 Digit Addenda Off

EAN/JAN-13 Addenda Required
When Required is scanned, the scanner will only read EAN/JAN-13 bar codes thathave addenda. Default = Not Required.

Required* Not Required

Xenon/Granit User Guide

213

Addenda Timeout
You can set a time during which the scanner looks for an addenda. If an addenda is
not found within this time period, the data can be either transmitted or discarded,based on the setting you are using for UPC-E0 Addenda Required. Set the length(in milliseconds) for this timeout by scanning the bar code below, then setting thetimeout (from 0-120 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353 of this manual, then Save. Default = 500.
Note: The Addenda Timeout setting is applied to all addenda and coupon code searches.

Addenda Timeout

EAN/JAN-13 Addenda Separator
When this feature is On, there is a space between the data from the bar code andthe data from the addenda. When turned Off, there is no space. Default = On.

* On

Off

Note: If you want to enable or disable EAN13 with Extended Coupon Code, refer to UPC-A/
EAN-13 with Extended Coupon Code (page 207).

ISBN Translate
When On is scanned, EAN-13 Bookland symbols are translated into their equivalent ISBN number format. Default = Off.

On

* Off

214

Xenon/Granit User GuideEAN/JAN-8<Default All EAN/JAN-8 Settings>

EAN/JAN-8 On/Off
* On

Off

EAN/JAN-8 Check Digit
This selection allows you to specify whether the check digit should be transmitted
at the end of the scanned data or not. Default = On.

* On

Off

EAN/JAN-8 Addenda
This selection adds 2 or 5 digits to the end of all scanned EAN/JAN-8 data.
Default = Off for both 2 Digit and 5 Digit Addenda.

2 Digit Addenda On* 2 Digit Addenda Off

Xenon/Granit User Guide215

5 Digit Addenda On* 5 Digit Addenda Off

EAN/JAN-8 Addenda Required
When Required is scanned, the scanner will only read EAN/JAN-8 bar codes thathave addenda. Default = Not Required.

Required* Not Required

Addenda Timeout
You can set a time during which the scanner looks for an addenda. If an addenda is
not found within this time period, the data can be either transmitted or discarded,based on the setting you are using for UPC-E0 Addenda Required. Set the length(in milliseconds) for this timeout by scanning the bar code below, then setting thetimeout (from 0-120 milliseconds) by scanning digits from the Programming
Chart, beginning on page 353 of this manual, then Save. Default = 500.
Note: The Addenda Timeout setting is applied to all addenda and coupon code searches.

Addenda Timeout

EAN/JAN-8 Addenda Separator
When this feature is On, there is a space between the data from the bar code andthe data from the addenda. When turned Off, there is no space. Default = On.

* On

216

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Off

MSI
<Default All MSI Settings>

MSI On/Off

On

* Off

MSI Check Character
Different types of check characters are used with MSI bar codes. You can program
the scanner to read MSI bar codes with Type 10 check characters.
Default = Validate Type 10, but Don’t Transmit.
When Check Character is set to Validate Type 10/11 and Transmit, the scanner
will only read MSI bar codes printed with the specified type check character(s), andwill transmit the character(s) at the end of the scanned data.
When Check Character is set to Validate Type 10/11, but Don’t Transmit, the unit
will only read MSI bar codes printed with the specified type check character(s), butwill not transmit the check character(s) with the scanned data.

* Validate Type 10, but Don’t
Transmit

Validate Type 10 and Transmit

Xenon/Granit User Guide

217

Validate 2 Type 10 Characters,
but Don’t Transmit

Validate 2 Type 10 Characters
and Transmit

Validate Type 11 then Type 10
Character, but Don’t Transmit

Validate Type 11 thenType 10 Character and Transmit

Disable MSI Check Characters

MSI Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 4-48. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 48.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length218

Xenon/Granit User Guide

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional< Default All GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Settings >GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional On/Off
* On

Off

GS1 DataBar Limited< Default All GS1 DataBar Limited Settings >GS1 DataBar Limited On/Off

* On

Off

Xenon/Granit User Guide

219

GS1 DataBar Expanded< Default All GS1 DataBar Expanded Settings >GS1 DataBar Expanded On/Off

* On

Off

GS1 DataBar Expanded Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 4-74. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 74.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Trioptic CodeNote: If you are going to scan Code 32 Pharmaceutical codes (page 191), Trioptic Codemust be off.
Trioptic Code is used for labeling magnetic storage media.

On

* Off

220

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Codablock A<Default All Codablock A Settings>

Codablock A On/Off
On

* Off

If you are reading Code 39 bar codes, Codablock A should remain disabled. If you
are enabling Codablock A, you should disable Code 39 (see Code 39 on page 189).

Codablock A Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-600. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 600.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

221

Codablock F<Default All Codablock F Settings>

Codablock F On/Off
On

* Off

If you are reading Code 128 bar codes, Codablock F should remain disabled. If you
are enabling Codablock F, you should disable Code 128 (see Code 128 on page
201).

Codablock F Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-2048. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 2048.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Label CodeThe standard Label Code is used in libraries. Default = Off.

On

222

Xenon/Granit User Guide*OffPDF417< Default All PDF417 Settings >PDF417 On/Off

* On

Off

PDF417 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-2750. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 2750.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

223

MacroPDF417
MacroPDF417 is an implementation of PDF417 capable of encoding very large
amounts of data into multiple PDF417 bar codes. When this selection is enabled,these multiple bar codes are assembled into a single data string. Default = On.

* On

Off

MicroPDF417< Default All MicroPDF417 Settings >MicroPDF417 On/Off
On

* Off

MicroPDF417 Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-366. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 366.

Minimum Message Length

224

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Maximum Message Length

GS1 Composite Codes
Linear codes are combined with a unique 2D composite component to form a newclass called GS1 Composite symbology. GS1 Composite symbologies allow for theco-existence of symbologies already in use. Default = Off.

On

* Off

UPC/EAN Version
Scan the UPC/EAN Version On bar code to decode GS1 Composite symbols thathave a U.P.C. or an EAN linear component. (This does not affect GS1 Composite
symbols with a GS1-128 or GS1 linear component.) Default = UPC/EAN Version Off.

UPC/EAN Version On* UPC/EAN Version Off

Note: If you scan coupons that have both UPC and GS1 DataBar codes, you may wish toscan and output only the data from the GS1 DataBar code. See Coupon GS1 DataBar
Output (page 208) for further information.

GS1 Composite Code Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-2435. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 2435.

Minimum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

225

Maximum Message Length

GS1 Emulation
The scanner can automatically format the output from any GS1 data carrier toemulate what would be encoded in an equivalent GS1-128 or GS1 DataBar symbol.
GS1 data carriers include UPC-A and UPC-E, EAN-13 and EAN-8, ITF-14, GS1128, and GS1-128 DataBar and GS1 Composites. (Any application that accepts
GS1 data can be simplified since it only needs to recognize one data carrier type.)
If GS1-128 Emulation is scanned, all retail codes (U.P.C., UPC-E, EAN8, EAN13)
are expanded out to 16 digits. If the AIM ID is enabled, the value will be the GS1128 AIM ID, ]C1 (see Symbology Charts on page 339).
If GS1 DataBar Emulation is scanned, all retail codes (U.P.C., UPC-E, EAN8,
EAN13) are expanded out to 16 digits. If the AIM ID is enabled, the value will be theGS1-DataBar AIM ID, ]em (see Symbology Charts on page 339).
If GS1 Code Expansion Off is scanned, retail code expansion is disabled, and UPCE expansion is controlled by the UPC-E0 Expand (page 209) setting. If the AIM ID
is enabled, the value will be the GS1-128 AIM ID, ]C1 (see Symbology Charts on
page 339).
If EAN8 to EAN13 Conversion is scanned, all EAN8 bar codes are converted to
EAN13 format.
Default = GS1 Emulation Off.

GS1-128 Emulation

GS1 DataBar Emulation

GS1 Code Expansion Off

EAN8 to EAN13 Conversion* GS1 Emulation Off

226

Xenon/Granit User Guide

TCIF Linked Code 39 (TLC39)
This code is a composite code since it has a Code 39 linear component and a
MicroPDF417 stacked code component. All bar code readers are capable of reading the Code 39 linear component. The MicroPDF417 component can only be
decoded if TLC39 On is selected. The linear component may be decoded as Code39 even if TLC39 is off. Default = Off.

On

* Off

QR Code< Default All QR Code Settings >QR Code On/Off
This selection applies to both QR Code and Micro QR Code.

* On

Off

QR Code Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-7089. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 7089.

Minimum Message Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

227

Maximum Message Length

QR Code Append
This function allows the scanner to append the data from several QR Code bar
codes together before transmitting them to the host computer. When the scannerencounters an QR Code bar code with the append trigger character(s), it buffers
the number of QR Code bar codes determined by information encoded in those bar
codes. Once the proper number of codes is reached, the data is output in the orderspecified in the bar codes. Default = On.

* On

Off

QR Code Page
QR Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If the data
received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because the bar
code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from the one
the host program is expecting. If this is the case, scan the bar code below, selectthe code page with which the bar codes were created (see ISO 2022/ISO 646
Character Replacements on page 346), and scan the value and the Save bar codefrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. The data characters should then appear properly.

QR Code Page

228

Xenon/Granit User GuideData Matrix< Default All Data Matrix Settings >Data Matrix On/Off
* On

Off

Data Matrix Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-3116. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 3116.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Data Matrix Code Page
Data Matrix Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If thedata received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because thebar code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from theone the host program is expecting. If this is the case, scan the bar code below,
select the code page with which the bar codes were created (see ISO 2022/ISO 646
Character Replacements on page 346), and scan the value and the Save bar codefrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. The data characters should
then appear properly.

Data Matrix Code Page

Xenon/Granit User Guide

229

MaxiCode< Default All MaxiCode Settings >MaxiCode On/Off

On

* Off

MaxiCode Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-150. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 150.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

230

Xenon/Granit User GuideAztec Code< Default All Aztec Code Settings >Aztec Code On/Off

* On

Off

Aztec Code Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-3832. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 3832.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Aztec Append
This function allows the scanner to append the data from several Aztec bar codes
together before transmitting them to the host computer. When the scannerencounters an Aztec bar code with the append trigger character(s), it buffers thenumber of Aztec bar codes determined by information encoded in those bar codes.
Once the proper number of codes is reached, the data is output in the order specified in the bar codes. Default = On.

* On

Xenon/Granit User Guide

231

Off

Aztec Code Page
Aztec Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If the data
received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because the bar
code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from the one
the host program is expecting. If this is the case, scan the bar code below, selectthe code page with which the bar codes were created (see ISO 2022/ISO 646
Character Replacements on page 346), and scan the value and the Save bar codefrom the Programming Chart, beginning on page 353. The data characters should
then appear properly.

Aztec Code Page

Chinese Sensible (Han Xin) Code< Default All Han Xin Settings >Han Xin Code On/Off
On

* Off

232

Xenon/Granit User GuideHan Xin Code Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 1-7833. Minimum Default = 1, Maximum Default = 7833.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Postal Codes - 2D
The following lists the possible 2D postal codes, and 2D postal code combinations
that are allowed. Only one 2D postal code selection can be active at a time. If you
scan a second 2D postal code selection, the first selection is overwritten.
Default = 2D Postal Codes Off.

* 2D Postal Codes Off

Single 2D Postal Codes:

Australian Post On

British Post On

Canadian Post On

Intelligent Mail Bar Code On

Xenon/Granit User Guide

233

Japanese Post On

KIX Post On

Planet Code On

Also see Planet Code Check
Digit, page 236.

Postal-4i On

Postnet On

Also see Postnet Check
Digit, page 237.

Postnet with B and B’ Fields On

InfoMail On

Combination 2D Postal Codes:

InfoMail and British
Post OnIntelligent Mail Bar Code andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

234

Xenon/Granit User GuidePostnet andPostal-4i On

Postnet andIntelligent Mail Bar Code On

Postal-4i andIntelligent Mail Bar Code On

Postal-4i and
Postnet with B and B’ Fields On

Planet Code andPostnet On

Planet Code andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

Planet Code andPostal-4i On

Planet Code andIntelligent Mail Bar Code

Planet Code,
Postnet, andPostal-4i On

Planet Code,
Postnet, andIntelligent Mail Bar Code On

Xenon/Granit User Guide

235

Planet Code,
Postal-4i, andIntelligent Mail Bar Code On

Postnet,Postal-4i, andIntelligent Mail Bar Code On

Planet Code,
Postal-4i, andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

Planet Code,Intelligent Mail Bar Code, andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

Postal-4i,
Intelligent Mail Bar Code, andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

Planet Code,
Postal-4i,
Intelligent Mail Bar Code, andPostnet On

Planet Code,
Postal-4i,
Intelligent Mail Bar Code, andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

Planet Code Check Digit
This selection allows you to specify whether the check digit should be transmitted
at the end of Planet Code data. Default = Don’t Transmit.

Transmit Check Digit

236

Xenon/Granit User Guide

* Don’t Transmit Check Digit

Postnet Check Digit
This selection allows you to specify whether the check digit should be transmitted
at the end of Postnet data. Default = Don’t Transmit.

Transmit Check Digit* Don’t Transmit Check Digit

Australian Post Interpretation
This option controls what interpretation is applied to customer fields in Australian
4-State symbols.
Bar Output lists the bar patterns in “0123” format.
Numeric N Table causes that field to be interpreted as numeric data using the N
Table.
Alphanumeric C Table causes the field to be interpreted as alphanumeric datausing the C Table. Refer to the Australian Post Specification Tables.
Combination C and N Tables causes the field to be interpreted using either the C
or N Tables.

* Bar Output

Numeric N Table

Alphanumeric C Table

Xenon/Granit User Guide

237

Combination C and N Tables

Postal Codes - Linear
The following lists linear postal codes. Any combination of linear postal code selections can be active at a time.

China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5)<Default All China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5) Settings>

China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5) On/Off

On

* Off

China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5) Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 2-80. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 80.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

238

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Korea Post
<Default All Korea Post Settings>

Korea Post

On

* Off

Korea Post Message Length
Scan the bar codes below to change the message length. Refer to Message Length
Description (page 186) for additional information. Minimum and Maximum
lengths = 2-80. Minimum Default = 4, Maximum Default = 48.

Minimum Message Length

Maximum Message Length

Korea Post Check Digit
This selection allows you to specify whether the check digit should be transmitted
or not. Default = Don’t Transmit.

Transmit Check Digit* Don’t Transmit Check Digit

Xenon/Granit User Guide

239

240

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER11

IMAGING COMMANDS

The scanner is like a digital camera in the way it captures, manipulates, and transfers images. The following commands allow you to alter the way the scanner performs these functions.
Note: If you are using the scanner in a stand, you must set the In-Stand Sensor Mode to Off
in order to take images (see In-Stand Sensor Mode on page 125).

Single-Use Basis
Imaging Commands with their modifiers send instructions to the scanner on a single-use basis, and take effect for a single image capture. Once that capture is complete, the scanner reverts to its imaging default settings. If you want topermanently change a setting, you must use the serial default commands (seeChapter 13). When the serial default command is used, that selection becomes thenew, permanent setting for the scanner.

Command Syntax
Multiple modifiers and commands can be issued within one sequence. If additional
modifiers are to be applied to the same command, just add the modifiers to thatcommand. For example, to add 2 modifiers to the Image Snap command, such as
setting the Imaging Style to 1P and the Wait for Trigger to 1T, you would enter
IMGSNP1P1T.
Note: After processing an image capture command (IMGSNP or IMGBOX), you must follow
it with an IMGSHP command if you want to see it on your terminal.
To add a command to a sequence, each new command is separated with a semicolon. For example, to add the Image Ship command to the above sequence, you
would enter IMGSNP1P1T;IMGSHP.
The imaging commands are:Image Snap - IMGSNP (page 242)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

241

Image Ship - IMGSHP (page 245)
Intelligent Signature Capture - IMGBOX (page 255)
The modifiers for each of these commands follow the command description.
Note: The images included with each command description are examples only. The results
you achieve may be different from those included in this manual. The quality of theoutput you receive will vary depending on lighting, quality of the initial image/object
being captured, and distance of the scanner from the image/object. To achieve a highquality image, it is recommended that you position your scanner 4-6" (10.2-15.2 cm)
away from the image/object you are capturing.

Step 1 - Take a Picture Using IMGSNPImage Snap - IMGSNPAn image is taken whenever the hardware trigger is pressed, or when the Image
Snap (IMGSNP) command is processed.
The image snap command has many different modifiers that can be used tochange the look of the image in memory. Any number of modifiers may beappended to the IMGSNP command.
Example: You can use the following command to snap an image, increase the gain, and havethe beeper sound once the snap is complete: IMGSNP2G1B

IMGSNP Modifiers
P - Imaging Style
This sets the Image Snap style.

242

0P

Decoding Style. This processing allows a few frames to be taken until the
exposure parameters are met. The last frame is then available for further
use.

1P

Photo Style (default). This mimics a simple digital camera, and results ina visually optimized image.

2P

Manual Style. This is an advanced style that should only be used by anexperienced user. It allows you the most freedom to set up the scanner,and has no auto-exposure.

Xenon/Granit User GuideB - Beeper
Causes a beep to sound after an image is snapped.
0B

No beep (default)

1B

Sounds a beep when the image is captured.

T - Wait for Trigger
Waits for a hardware trigger press before taking the image. This is only available
when using Photo Style (1P).
0T

Takes image immediately (default)

1T

Waits for a trigger press, then takes the image

L - LED State
Determines if the LEDs should be on or off, and when. Ambient illumination (0L) is
preferred for taking pictures of color documents, such as ID cards, especially when
the scanner is in a stand. LED illumination (1L) is preferred when the scanner ishandheld. LED State is not available when using Decoding Style (0P).
0L

LEDs off (default)

1L

LEDs onE - Exposure
Exposure is used in Manual Style only (2P), and allows you to set the exposure
time. This is similar to setting a shutter speed on a camera. The exposure time
determines how long the scanner takes to record an image. On a bright day, exposure times can be very short because plenty of light is available to help record animage. At nighttime, exposure time can increase dramatically due to the nearabsence of light. Units are 127 microseconds. (Default = 7874)
nE
Example:Range: 1 - 7874

Exposure at 7874E withfluorescent lighting:

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Exposure at 100E withfluorescent lighting:243

G - Gain
Gain is used in Manual Style only (2P). Like a volume control, the gain modifier
boosts the signal and multiplies the pixel value. As you increase the gain, the noisein an image is also amplified.

Example:1G

No gain (default)

2G

Medium gain

4G

Heavy gain

8G

Maximum gain

Gain at 1G:

Gain at 4G:

Gain at 8G:

W - Target White Value
Sets the target for the median grayscale value in the captured image. For capturingclose-up images of high contrast documents, a lower setting, such as 75, is recommended. Higher settings result in longer exposure times and brighter images, but
if the setting is too high, the image may be overexposed. Target White Value is only
available when using Photo Style (1P). (Default = 125)nW
Example:Range: 0 - 255

White Value at 75W:

White Value at 125W:

White Value at 200W:

D - Delta for AcceptanceThis sets the allowable range for the white value setting (see W - Target White
Value). Delta is only available when using Photo Style (1P). (Default = 25)nD

244

Range: 0 - 255

Xenon/Granit User GuideU - Update Tries
This sets the maximum number of frames the scanner should take to reach the D Delta for Acceptance. Update Tries is only available when using Photo Style (1P).
(Default = 6)nU

Range: 0 - 10

% - Target Set Point Percentage
Sets the target point for the light and dark values in the captured image. A settingof 75% means 75% of the pixels are at or below the target white value, and 25% of
the pixels are above the target white value. Altering this setting from the default is
not recommended under normal circumstances. To alter grayscale values, W Target White Value should be used. (Default = 50)n%
Example:Range: 1 - 99

Target Set Point
Percentage at 97%:

Target Set Point
Percentage at 50%:

Target Set Point
Percentage at 40%:

Step 2 - Ship a Picture Using IMGSHPImage Ship - IMGSHPAn image is taken whenever the trigger is pressed or when the Image Snap
(IMGSNP) command is processed. The last image is always stored in memory. You
can “ship” the image by using the IMGSHP command.
The image ship commands have many different modifiers that can be used tochange the look of the image output. Modifiers affect the image that is transmitted, but do not affect the image in memory. Any number of modifiers may beappended to the IMGSHP command.
Example: You can use the following command to snap and ship a bitmap image with gamma
correction and document image filtering: IMGSNP;IMGSHP8F75K26U

Xenon/Granit User Guide

245

IMGSHP Modifiers
A - Infinity Filter
Enhances pictures taken from very long distances (greater than 10 feet or 3m). The
Infinity Filter should not be used with IMGSNP Modifiers (page 242).

Example:0A

Infinity filter off (default)

1A

Infinity filter on

Infinity Filter off (0A)from approximately 12 feet
(3.66m) away:

nfinity Filter on (1A)from approximately 12 feet (3.66m)
away:

C - Compensation
Flattens the image to account for variations in illumination across the image.

Example:0C

Compensation disabled (default)

1C

Compensation enabledCompensation at 0C:

Compensation at 1C:

D - Pixel Depth
Indicates the number of bits per pixel in the transmitted image (KIM or BMP format
only).

246

8D

8 bits per pixel, grayscale image (default)

1D

1 bit per pixel, black and white image

Xenon/Granit User GuideE - Edge Sharpen
An edge sharpen filter cleans up the edges of an image, making it look cleaner andsharper. While edge sharpening does make the image look cleaner, it also removes
some fine detail from the original image. The strength of the edge sharpen filter
can be entered from 1 to 24. Entering a 23E gives the sharpest edges, but also
increases noise in the image.

Example:0E

Don’t sharpen image (default)

14E

Apply edge sharpen for typical image

neApply edge sharpen using strength n (n = 1-24)

Edge Sharpen at 0E:

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Edge Sharpen at 24E:

247

F - File Format
Indicates the desired format for the image.
0F

KIM format

1F

TIFF binary

2F

TIFF binary group 4, compressed

3F

TIFF grayscale

4F

Uncompressed binary (upper left to lower right, 1 pixel/bit, 0 padded endof line)5F

Uncompressed grayscale (upper left to lower right, bitmap format)

6F

JPEG image (default)

8F

BMP format (lower right to upper left, uncompressed)

10F

TIFF color compressed image

11F

TIFF color uncompressed image

12F

JPEG color image

14F

BMP color format

15F

BMP Uncompressed raw image

H - Histogram Stretch
Increases the contrast of the transmitted image. Not available with some image
formats.

Example:248

0H

No stretch (default)

1H

Histogram stretch

Histogram Stretch at 0H:

Histogram Stretch at 1H:

Xenon/Granit User GuideI - Invert Image
Invert image is used to rotate the image around the X or Y axis.

Example:1ix

Invert around the X axis (flips picture upside down)

1iy

Invert around the Y axis (flips picture left to right)

Image not inverted:

Image with Invert
Image set to 1ix:

Image with Invert
Image set to 1iy:

IF- Noise Reduction
Used to reduce the salt and pepper noise in an image.

Example:0if

No salt and pepper noise reduction (default)

1ifSalt and pepper noise reduction

Noise Reduction Off (0if):

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Noise Reduction On (1if):249

IR - Image Rotate

Example:0ir

Image as snapped (rightside up) (default)

1ir

Rotate image 90 degrees to the right

2ir

Rotate image 180 degrees (upside down)

3ir

Rotate image 90 degrees to the left

Image Rotate set to 0ir:

Image Rotate set to 2ir:

Image Rotate set to 1ir:

Image Rotate set to 3ir:

J - JPEG Image Quality
Sets the desired quality when the JPEG image format is selected. Higher numbers
result in higher quality, but larger files. Smaller numbers result in greater amountsof lossy compression, faster transmission times, lower quality, but smaller files.
(Default = 50)
nJ

Image is compressed as much as possible while preserving quality factorof n (n = 0 - 100)0J

worst quality (smallest file)

100J best quality (largest file)250

Xenon/Granit User GuideK - Gamma Correction
Gamma measures the brightness of midtone values produced by the image. You
can brighten or darken an image using gamma correction. A higher gamma correction yields an overall brighter image. The lower the setting, the darker the image.
The optimal setting for text images is 50K.

Example:0K

Gamma correction off (default)

50K

Apply gamma correction for brightening typical document image

nK

Apply gamma correction factor n (n = 0-1,000)

Gamma Correction set
to 0K:

Gamma Correction set
to 50K:

Gamma Correction set
to 255K:

L, R, T, B, M - Image Cropping
Ships a window of the image by specifying the left, right, top, and bottom pixel
coordinates. Device columns are numbered 0 through 1279, and device rows arenumbered 0 through 959.
nL

The left edge of the shipped image corresponds to column n of the image
in memory. Range: 000 - 843. (Default = 0)nR

The right edge of the shipped image corresponds to column n - 1 of theimage in memory. Range: 000 - 843. (Default = all columns)

nT

The top edge of the shipped image corresponds to row n of the image inmemory. Range: 000 - 639. (Default = 0)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

251

nB

Example:The bottom edge of the shipped image corresponds to row n - 1 of theimage in memory. Range: 000 - 639. (Default = all rows)

Uncropped Image:

Image Crop set to
300R:

Image Crop set to 200B:

Image Crop set to
300L:

Image Crop set to 200T:

Alternately, specify the number of pixels to cut from the outside margin of theimage; thus only the center pixels are transmitted.
nM

Example:Margin: cut n columns from the left, n + 1 columns from the right, n rows
from the top, and n + 1 rows from the bottom of the image. Ship theremaining center pixels. Range: 0 - 238.
(Default = 0, or full image)

Image Crop set to 238M:

P - Protocol
Used for shipping an image. Protocol covers two features of the image data being
sent to the host. It addresses the protocol used to send the data (Hmodem, which isan Xmodem 1K variant that has additional header information), and the format of
the image data that is sent.
0P

None (raw data)

2P

None (default for USB)

3P

Hmodem compressed (default for RS232)

4P

Hmodem

S - Pixel Ship
Pixel Ship sizes an image in proportion to its original size. It decimates the image
by shipping only certain, regularly spaced pixels.
Example: 4S would transmit every fourth pixel from every fourth line.

252

Xenon/Granit User Guide

The smaller number of pixels shipped, the smaller the image, however, after a certain point the image becomes unusable.

Example:1Sship every pixel (default)

2S

ship every 2nd pixel, both horizontally and vertically

3S

ship every 3rd pixel, both horizontally and vertically

Pixel Ship set to 1S:

Pixel Ship
set to 2S:

Pixel Ship
set to 3S:

Pixel Ship
set to 4S:

U - Document Image Filter
Allows you to input parameters to sharpen the edges and smooth the area between
the edges of text in an image. This filter should be used with gamma correction(see page 251), with the scanner in a stand, and the image captured using thecommand:
IMGSNP1P0L168W90%32D
This filter typically provides better JPEG compression than the standard E - Edge
Sharpen command (see page 254). This filter also works well when shipping pure
black and white images (1 bit per pixel). The optimal setting is 26U.

Example:0U

Document image filter off (default)

26U

Apply document image filter for typical document imagenU

Apply document image filter using grayscale threshold n. Use lower
numbers when the image contrast is lower. 1U will have a similar effect tosetting E - Edge Sharpen (page 247) to 22e. Range: 0-255.

Document Image Filter set to 0U:

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Document Image Filter set to 26U:

253

V - Blur Image
Smooths transitions by averaging the pixels next to the hard edges of defined lines
and shaded areas in an image.

Example:0V

Don’t blur (default)

1V

Blur

Blur Image Off (0V):

Blur Image On (1V):

W - Histogram Ship
A histogram gives a quick picture of the tonal range of an image, or key type. A lowkey image has detail concentrated in the shadows; a high-key image has detailconcentrated in the highlights; and an average-key image has detail concentrated
in the midtones. This modifier ships the histogram for an image.

Example:0W

Don’t ship histogram (default)

1W

Ship histogram

Image used for histogram:

Histogram of image:

Image Size Compatibility
If you have applications that expect an image ship to return exactly 640x480 pixels, scan the Force VGA Resolution bar code. Default = Native Resolution.

Force VGA Resolution

254

Xenon/Granit User Guide

* Native Resolution

Intelligent Signature Capture - IMGBOXIMGBOX allows you to configure the size and location of a signature capture area
relative to its proximity to a bar code. This allows you to tailor a signature capturearea to a specific form. In order to use IMGBOX, you need a set form where the signature box location is in a known location relative to a bar code. You can input theoverall size of the signature area, as well as specify how far the signature area isfrom the bar code, vertically and horizontally. You can also set the resolution andfile format for the final output of the signature capture image.
Note: IMGBOX commands can only be triggered by one of the following types of bar codes:
PDF417, Code 39, Code 128, Aztec, Codabar, and Interleaved 2 of 5. Once one ofthese symbologies has been read, the image is retained for a possible IMGBOX
command.

Signature Capture Optimize
If you will be using your scanner to capture signatures frequently, you should optimize it for this purpose. However, the speed of scanning bar codes may be slowed
when this mode is enabled. Default = Off.

Optimize On* Optimize Off

Below is an example of a signature capture application. In this example, the aimer
is centered over the signature capture area and the trigger is pressed. A single beepis emitted, indicating that the scanner has read a Code 128 bar code and the data
has been transferred to the host. If using a Granit scanner, the scanner also
vibrates. An IMGBOX command may now be sent from the host to specify the coordinates of the signature capture area below that code, and indicating that only thatarea containing the signature should be transferred as an image to the host.

Xenon/Granit User Guide255

To see this example, align the aimer with the signature area (not with the bar code),then press the trigger.

Send the following IMGBOX command string after the trigger press:
Example: IMGBOX245w37h55y.
Note: Case is not important in the command string. It is used here only for clarity.
The following image is captured:

The IMGBOX commands have many different modifiers that can be used to change
the size and appearance of the signature image output by the scanner. Modifiers
affect the image that is transmitted, but do not affect the image in memory. Any
number of modifiers may be appended to the IMGBOX command.
Note: The IMGBOX command will return a NAK unless a window size (width and height) are
specified. See H - Height of Signature Capture Area (page 258) and W - Width of
Signature Capture Area (page 259).

IMGBOX Modifiers
A - Output Image Width
This option is used to size the image horizontally. If using this option, set the resolution (R) to zero.
Example:Image Width set to 200A:

Image Width set to 600A:

256

Xenon/Granit User GuideB - Output Image HeightThis option is used to size the image vertically. If using this option, set the resolution (R) to zero.
Example:Image Height set to 50B:

Image Height set to 100B:

D - Pixel DepthThis indicates the number of bits per pixel in the transmitted image, which defines
whether it will be grayscale or black and white.
8D

8 bits per pixel, grayscale image (default)

1D

1 bit per pixel, black and white image

F - File Format
This option indicates the type of file format in which to save the image.
0F

KIM format

1F

TIFF binary

2F

TIFF binary group 4, compressed

3F

TIFF grayscale

4F

Uncompressed Binary

5F

Uncompressed grayscale

6F

JPEG image (default)

7F

Outlined image

8F

BMP format

Xenon/Granit User Guide

257

H - Height of Signature Capture Area
The height of the signature capture area must be measured in inches divided by.01. In the example, the height of the area to be captured is 3/8 inch, resulting in avalue of H = .375/0.01 = 37.5.
Example: IMGBOX245w37h55y.

K - Gamma Correction
Gamma measures the brightness of midtone values produced by the image. You
can brighten or darken an image using gamma correction. A higher gamma correction yields an overall brighter image. The lower the setting, the darker the image.
The optimal setting for text images is 50K.

Example:0K

Gamma correction off (default)

50K

Apply gamma correction for brightening typical document image

nK

Apply gamma correction factor n (n = 1-255)

Gamma Correction set to 0K:

Gamma Correction set to 50K:

Gamma Correction set to 255K:

R - Resolution of Signature Capture Area
The resolution is the number of pixels that the scanner outputs per each minimum
bar width. The higher the value for R, the higher the quality of the image, but also
the larger the file size. Values begin at 1000. The scanner automatically inserts a

258

Xenon/Granit User Guidedecimal point between the first and second digit. For example, use 2500 to specify
a resolution of 2.5. Set to zero when using the A and B modifiers (see A - Output
Image Width and B - Output Image Height on page 257).
Example:Resolution set to 0R:

Resolution set to 1000R:

Resolution set to 2000R:

S - Bar Code Aspect Ratio
All dimensions used in IMGBOX are measured as multiples of the minimum element size of the bar code. The bar code aspect ratio allows you to set the ratio of
the bar code height to the narrow element width. In the example, the narrow element width is .010 inches and the bar code height is 0.400 inches, resulting in avalue of S = 0.4/0.01 = 40.

W - Width of Signature Capture Area
The width of the signature capture area must be measured in inches divided by .01.
In the example, the width of the area to be captured is 2.4 inches, resulting in avalue of W = 2.4/0.01 = 240. (A value of 245 was used in the example to accommodate a slightly wider image area.)
Example: IMGBOX245w37h55y.

X - Horizontal Bar Code Offset
The horizontal bar code offset allows you to offset the horizontal center of the signature capture area. Positive values move the horizontal center to the right andnegative values to the left. Measurements are in multiples of the minimum bar
width.
Example:Horizontal Offset set to 75X:

Horizontal Offset set to -75X:

Xenon/Granit User Guide259

Y - Vertical Bar Code Offset
The vertical bar code offset allows you to offset the vertical center of the signature
capture area. Negative numbers indicate that the signature capture is above thebar code, and positive numbers indicate that the area is below the bar code. Measurements are in multiples of the minimum bar width
Example:Vertical Offset set to -7Y:.

Vertical Offset set to 65Y:

RF Default Imaging Device
The scanner supports imaging command processing (IMGSHP, IMGSNP, IMGBOX)
so that EZConfig-Scanning (see page 263) and other applications are able to perform imaging functions as if they were communicating directly with a scanner. To
accomplish this, the scanner uses a menu command called RF_DID (RF Default
Imaging Device). RF_DID is the name of the scanner (BT_NAM) that is to receive
imaging commands. The default for RF_DID is “*”indicating that imaging commands are to be sent to all associated scanners. Change this setting to RF_DIDscanner_name to ensure that they are sent to a particular scanner. Refer to"Page" on page 3-52 to generate a report containing the port, work group, scannername, and address for each scanner. Refer to "Scanner Name" on page 3-66 set a
unique name for each scanner.

260

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER12UTILITIESTo Add a Test Code I.D. Prefix to All Symbologies
This selection allows you to turn on transmission of a Code I.D. before the decoded
symbology. (See the Symbology Charts, beginning on page 339) for the single
character code that identifies each symbology.) This action first clears all current
prefixes, then programs a Code I.D. prefix for all symbologies. This is a temporary
setting that will be removed when the unit is power cycled.

Add Code I.D. Prefix to
All Symbologies (Temporary)Show Decoder Revision
Scan the bar code below to output the decoder revision.

Show Decoder Revision

Show Scan Driver Revision
Scan the bar code below to output the scan driver revision. The scan driver controls
image capture.

Show Scan Driver Revision

Xenon/Granit User Guide

261

Show Software Revision
Scan the bar code below to output the current software revision, unit serial number,and other product information for both the scanner and base.

Show Software Revision

Show Data Format
Scan the bar code below to show current data format settings.

DFMBK3?.
Data Format Settings

Test Menu
When you scan the Test Menu On code, then scan a programming code in thismanual, the scanner displays the content of a programming code. The programming function will still occur, but in addition, the content of that programmingcode is output to the terminal.
Note: This feature should not be used during normal scanner operation.

On

* Off

TotalFreedom
TotalFreedom is an open system architecture that makes it possible for you create
applications that reside on your scanner. Decoding apps and Data Formatting
apps can be created using TotalFreedom. For further information about TotalFreedom, go to our website at www.honeywellaidc.com.

262

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Application Plug-Ins (Apps)
Any apps that you are using can be turned off or on by scanning the following bar
codes. Apps are stored in groups: Decoding, and Formatting. You can enable anddisable these groups of apps by scanning that group’s On or Off bar code below.
You can also scan the List Apps bar code to output a list of all your apps.

* Decoding Apps On

Decoding Apps Off* Formatting Apps On

Formatting Apps Off

List Apps

Note: You must reset your device in order for the apps setting to take effect.

EZConfig Cloud for Scanning Introduction
EZConfig Cloud for Scanning provides a wide range of PC-based programming
functions that can be performed on a scanner connected to your PC. EZConfig
Cloud for Scanning allows you to download upgrades to the scanner's firmware,change programmed parameters, and create and print programming bar codes.
Using EZConfig Cloud for Scanning, you can even save/open the programming
parameters for a scanner. This saved file can be e-mailed or, if required, you cancreate a single bar code that contains all the customized programming parametersand mail or fax that bar code to any location. Users in other locations can scan thebar code to load in the customized programming.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

263

EZConfig Cloud for Scanning Operations
The EZConfig Cloud for Scanning software performs the following operations:

Scan Data
Scan Data allows you to scan bar codes and display the bar code data in a window.
Scan Data lets you send serial commands to the scanner and receive scanner
response that can be seen in the Scan Data window. The data displayed in the Scan
Data window can either be saved in a file or printed.

ConfigureConfigure displays the programming and configuration data of the scanner. The
scanner's programming and configuration data is grouped into different categories. Each category is displayed as a tree item under the "Configure" tree node in
the application explorer. When one of these tree nodes is clicked, the right-handside is loaded with the parameters' form belonging to that particular category. The"Configure" tree option has all the programming and configuration parametersspecified for a scanner. You can set or modify these parameters as required. You
can later write the modified settings to the scanner, or save them to a dcf file.

Imaging
Imaging provides all the image-related functions that a 2D Scanner can perform.
You can capture an image using the current settings, and the image will be displayed in an image window. Images captured from the scanner can be saved tofiles in different image formats. You can modify the image settings and save theimage settings to an INI file, which can be loaded later to capture new images.
Imaging also lets you preview the images continuously captured by the scanner.

Install EZConfig Cloud for Scanning
Use the EZConfig Cloud for Scanning tool to configure your scanner online:
1. Access the Honeywell web site at www.honeywellaidc.com
2. Click on the Browse Products tab. Under Software, select Device
Management.
3. Click on EZConfig Cloud for Scanning.
4. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on Register for free access now tosign up.

264

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Reset the Factory Defaults
Caution: This selection erases all your settings and resets the scanner to theoriginal factory defaults. It also disables all plugins.
If you aren’t sure what programming options are in your scanner, or you’vechanged some options and want to restore the scanner to factory default settings,
first scan the Remove Custom Defaults bar code, then scan Activate Defaults.
This resets the scanner to the factory default settings.

Remove Custom Defaults

Activate Defaults

Note: If using a cordless system, scanning the Activate Defaults bar code also causes boththe scanner and the base or Access Point to perform a reset and become unlinked.
The scanner must be placed in its base to re-establish the link before any setup codes
are entered. If using an Access Point, the linking bar code must be scanned. See
Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g/1912 and Granit 1911i/1981i beginningon page 41,or Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g-BF beginning on page 81
for additional information.
The Menu Commands, beginning on page 272, list the factory default settings foreach of the commands (indicated by an asterisk (*) on the programming pages).

Xenon/Granit User Guide

265

266

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER13

SERIAL PROGRAMMINGCOMMANDS

The serial programming commands can be used in place of the programming bar
codes. Both the serial commands and the programming bar codes will program thescanner. For complete descriptions and examples of each serial programming
command, refer to the corresponding programming bar code in this manual.
The device must be set to an RS232 interface (see page 16). The following commands can be sent via a PC COM port using terminal emulation software.

Conventions
The following conventions are used for menu and query command descriptions:parameter

A label representing the actual value you should send as part of acommand.

[option]An optional part of a command.

{Data}

Alternatives in a command.

bold

Names of menus, menu commands, buttons, dialog boxes, and windows that appear on the screen.

Menu Command Syntax
Menu commands have the following syntax (spaces have been used for clarity
only):
Prefix [:Name:] Tag SubTag {Data} [, SubTag {Data}] [; Tag SubTag {Data}] […] Storage
PrefixThree ASCII characters: SYN M CR (ASCII 22,77,13).

:Name:

This command is only used with cordless devices. It is used to specify whether you’re communicating with the base or the scanner. To
send information to the scanner (with the base connected to host),
use :Xenon: The default factory setting for a Xenon scanner is Xenon

Xenon/Granit User Guide

267

scanner. This setting is changed by using the BT_NAM command,
which accepts alphanumeric values. If the name is not known, awildcard (*) can be used :*Note: Since the base stores all work group settings and transfers to them to scanner once
they are linked, changes are typically done to the base and not to the scanner.
Tag

A 3 character case-insensitive field that identifies the desired menu
command group. For example, all RS232 configuration settings are
identified with a Tag of 232.

SubTagA 3 character case-insensitive field that identifies the desired menu
command within the tag group. For example, the SubTag for the
RS232 baud rate is BAD.

Data

The new value for a menu setting, identified by the Tag and SubTag.

StorageA single character that specifies the storage table to which the command is applied. An exclamation point (!) performs the command’s
operation on the device’s volatile menu configuration table. A period(.) performs the command’s operation on the device’s non-volatilemenu configuration table. Use the non-volatile table only for semipermanent changes you want saved through a power cycle.

Query Commands
Several special characters can be used to query the device about its settings.

^

What is the default value for the setting(s).

?

What is the device’s current value for the setting(s).

*What is the range of possible values for the setting(s). (The device’s
response uses a dash (-) to indicate a continuous range of values. A
pipe (|) separates items in a list of non-continuous values.):Name: Field Usage (Optional)
This command returns the query information from the scanner.

Tag Field Usage
When a query is used in place of a Tag field, the query applies to the entire set ofcommands available for the particular storage table indicated by the Storage fieldof the command. In this case, the SubTag and Data fields should not be usedbecause they are ignored by the device.

268

Xenon/Granit User Guide

SubTag Field Usage
When a query is used in place of a SubTag field, the query applies only to the subset of commands available that match the Tag field. In this case, the Data fieldshould not be used because it is ignored by the device.

Data Field Usage
When a query is used in place of the Data field, the query applies only to the specific command identified by the Tag and SubTag fields.

Concatenation of Multiple Commands
Multiple commands can be issued within one Prefix/Storage sequence. Only theTag, SubTag, and Data fields must be repeated for each command in the sequence.
If additional commands are to be applied to the same Tag, then the new commandsequence is separated with a comma (,) and only the SubTag and Data fields of theadditional command are issued. If the additional command requires a different Tag
field, the command is separated from previous commands by a semicolon (;).

Responses
The device responds to serial commands with one of three responses:
ACK

Indicates a good command which has been processed.

ENQ

Indicates an invalid Tag or SubTag command.

NAK

Indicates the command was good, but the Data field entry was out of
the allowable range for this Tag and SubTag combination, e.g., anentry for a minimum message length of 100 when the field will only
accept 2 characters.

When responding, the device echoes back the command sequence with the statuscharacter inserted directly before each of the punctuation marks (the period, exclamation point, comma, or semicolon) in the command.

Examples of Query Commands
In the following examples, a bracketed notation [ ] depicts a non-displayable
response.
Example: What is the range of possible values for Codabar Coding Enable?
Enter:

cbrena*.

Response:

CBRENA0-1[ACK]Xenon/Granit User Guide

269

This response indicates that Codabar Coding Enable (CBRENA) has a range of values from 0 to 1 (off and on).
Example: What is the default value for Codabar Coding Enable?
Enter:

cbrena^.

Response:

CBRENA1[ACK]This response indicates that the default setting for Codabar Coding Enable(CBRENA) is 1, or on.
Example: What is the device’s current setting for Codabar Coding Enable?
Enter:

cbrena?.

Response:

CBRENA1[ACK]This response indicates that the device’s Codabar Coding Enable (CBRENA) is set
to 1, or on.
Example: What are the device’s settings for all Codabar selections?
Enter:

cbr?.

Response:

CBRENA1[ACK],
SSX0[ACK],CK20[ACK],
CCT1[ACK],
MIN2[ACK],MAX60[ACK],DFT[ACK].

This response indicates that the device’s Codabar Coding Enable (CBRENA) is set
to 1, or on;
the Start/Stop Character (SSX) is set to 0, or Don’t Transmit;
the Check Character (CK2) is set to 0, or Not Required;concatenation (CCT) is set to 1, or Enabled;
the Minimum Message Length (MIN) is set to 2 characters;
the Maximum Message Length (MAX) is set to 60 characters;
and the Default setting (DFT) has no value.

Trigger Commands
You can activate and deactivate the scanner with serial trigger commands. First,
the scanner must be put in Manual Trigger Mode by scanning a Manual Trigger
Mode bar code (page 119), or by sending a serial menu command for triggering(page 121). Once the scanner is in serial trigger mode, the trigger is activated anddeactivated by sending the following commands:

270

Activate:

SYN T CR

Deactivate:

SYN U CR

Xenon/Granit User Guide

The scanner scans until a bar code has been read, until the deactivate command issent, or until the serial time-out has been reached (see Read Time-Out on page
121 for a description, and the serial command on page 284).

Reset the Custom Defaults
If you want the custom default settings restored to your scanner, scan the Activate
Custom Defaults bar code below. This resets the scanner to the custom default
settings. If there are no custom defaults, it will reset the scanner to the factory
default settings. Any settings that have not been specified through the custom
defaults will be defaulted to the factory default settings.

Activate Custom Defaults

Note: If using a cordless system, scanning this bar code also causes both the scanner andthe base or Access Point to perform a reset and become unlinked. The scanner must
be placed in its base to re-establish the link. If using an Access Point, the linking bar
code must be scanned. See Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g/1912 andGranit 1911i/1981i beginning on page 41,or Cordless System Operation: Xenon
1902g-BF beginning on page 81 for additional information.
The charts on the following pages list the factory default settings for each of thecommands (indicated by an asterisk (*) on the programming pages).

Xenon/Granit User Guide

271

Menu Commands
Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Set Custom Defaults

MNUCDP

13

Save Custom Defaults

MNUCDS

13

Reset the Custom Defaults

Activate Custom Defaults

DEFALT

14

Reset the Factory Defaults cordless scanners

Factory Default Settings:
All Application Groups

PAPDFT&

68

Reset the Custom Defaults cordless scanners

Custom Default Settings:
All Application Groups

PAPDFT

69

Keyboard Wedge:
IBM PC AT and Compatibles with
CR suffix (not supported by Granit
1980i)

PAP_AT

15

Laptop Direct Connect with CR
suffix (not supported by Granit
1980i)PAPLTD16

RS232 Serial PortPAP232

16

IBM Port 5B Interface

PAPP5B

16

IBM Port 9B HHBCR-1 Interface

PAP9B1

16

IBM Port 17 Interface

PAPP17

17

IBM Port 9B HHBCR-2 Interface

PAP9B217

RS485 Packet Mode On

RTLPDF1

17

RS485 Packet Mode Off

RTLPDF017

RS485 Packet Length (20-256)

RTLMPS

18

USB IBM SurePos Handheld

PAPSPH18

USB IBM SurePos Tabletop

PAPSPT

18

USB Keyboard (PC)

PAP12418

USB Keyboard (Mac)

PAP12519

USB Japanese Keyboard (PC)

TRMUSB134

19

USB HID

PAP131

19

USB Serial

TRMUSB130

19

CTS/RTS Emulation On

USBCTS1

19

CTS/RTS Emulation Off*

USBCTS020

ACK/NAK Mode On

USBACK1

20

ACK/NAK Mode Off*

USBACK0

20

ReM Off

REMIFC020

ReM OnREMIFC1

20

Selection
Product Default Settings
Set Custom Defaults

Program the Interface
Plug and Play Codes

Plug and Play Codes:
RS485

Plug and Play Codes: IBM SurePos

Plug and Play Codes: USB

Remote MasterMind for USB

272

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Plug and Play Codes

Verifone Ruby Terminal

PAPRBY20

Gilbarco Terminal

PAPGLB

21

Honeywell Bioptic Aux PortPAPBIO

21

Datalogic Magellan Aux Port

PAPMAG21

NCR Bioptic Aux Port

PAPNCR

22

Wincor Nixdorf Terminal

PAPWNX

22

Wincor Nixdorf Beetle

PAPBTL22

Wincor Nixdorf RS232 Mode A(not supported by all Granit
models)PAPWMA

23*U.S.A.

KBDCTY0

23

Albania

KBDCTY35

23

Azeri (Cyrillic)

KBDCTY81

24

Azeri (Latin)

KBDCTY80

24

BelarusKBDCTY82

24

Belgium

KBDCTY1

24

BosniaKBDCTY33

24

BrazilKBDCTY16

24

Brazil (MS)KBDCTY59

24

Bulgaria (Cyrillic)

KBDCTY52

24

Bulgaria (Latin)

KBDCTY53

24

Canada (French legacy)

KBDCTY54

24

Canada (French)

KBDCTY18

24

Canada (Multilingual)

KBDCTY55

24

Croatia

KBDCTY32

25

Czech

KBDCTY15

25

Czech (Programmers)

KBDCTY40

25

Czech (QWERTY)KBDCTY39

25

Czech (QWERTZ)KBDCTY38

25

Denmark

KBDCTY8

25

Dutch (Netherlands)

KBDCTY11

25

Estonia

KBDCTY41

25

FaroeseKBDCTY83

25

Finland

KBDCTY2

25

FranceKBDCTY3

25

GaelicKBDCTY84

25

Germany

KBDCTY4

26

Program Keyboard
Country

Xenon/Granit User Guide

273

Selection

274

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Greek

KBDCTY17

26

Greek (220 Latin)

KBDCTY64

26

Greek (220)KBDCTY61

26

Greek (319 Latin)

KBDCTY65

26

Greek (319)KBDCTY62

26

Greek (Latin)

KBDCTY63

26

Greek (MS)KBDCTY66

26

Greek (Polytonic)

KBDCTY60

26

HebrewKBDCTY12

26

Hungarian (101 key)

KBDCTY50

26

Hungary

KBDCTY19

26

Iceland

KBDCTY75

27

Irish

KBDCTY73

27

Italian (142)KBDCTY56

27

Italy

KBDCTY5

27

Japan ASCIIKBDCTY28

27

KazakhKBDCTY78

27

Kyrgyz (Cyrillic)

KBDCTY79

27

Latin America

KBDCTY14

27

LatviaKBDCTY42

27

Latvia (QWERTY)KBDCTY43

27

Lithuania

KBDCTY44

27

Lithuania (IBM)KBDCTY45

27

Macedonia

KBDCTY34

28

Malta

KBDCTY74

28

Mongolian (Cyrillic)

KBDCTY86

28

NorwayKBDCTY928

PolandKBDCTY20

28

Polish (214)KBDCTY57

28

Polish (Programmers)

KBDCTY58

28

Portugal

KBDCTY13

28

Romania

KBDCTY25

28

RussiaKBDCTY26

28

Russian (MS)KBDCTY67

28

Russian (Typewriter)

KBDCTY6828SCS

KBDCTY21

29

Serbia (Cyrillic)

KBDCTY37

29

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Keyboard Conversion

Keyboard Style

Control Character Output

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Serbia (Latin)

KBDCTY36

29

Slovakia

KBDCTY22

29

Slovakia (QWERTY)KBDCTY49

29

Slovakia (QWERTZ)KBDCTY48

29

Slovenia

KBDCTY31

29

Spain

KBDCTY10

29

Spanish variation

KBDCTY51

29

SwedenKBDCTY23

29

Switzerland (French)

KBDCTY29

29

Switzerland (German)

KBDCTY629

Tatar

KBDCTY85

30

Turkey F

KBDCTY27

30

Turkey Q

KBDCTY24

30

Ukrainian

KBDCTY76

30

United Kingdom

KBDCTY7

30

United Stated (Dvorak right)

KBDCTY89

30

United States (Dvorak left)

KBDCTY88

30

United States (Dvorak)KBDCTY87

30

United States (International)

KBDCTY30

30

Uzbek (Cyrillic)

KBDCTY77

30*Keyboard Conversion Off

KBDCNV032

Convert all Characters to UpperCase

KBDCNV1

32

Convert all Characters to Lower
Case

KBDCNV2

32*Regular

KBDSTY0

31

Caps Lock

KBDSTY1

31

Shift Lock

KBDSTY2

31

Automatic Caps Lock

KBDSTY6

31

Emulate External
Keyboard

KBDSTY5

31*Control Character Output Off

KBDNPE0

32*Control Character Output On

KBDNPE1

32

275

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Keyboard Modifiers*Control + X OffKBDCAS033

DOS Mode Control + X

KBDCAS1

33

Windows Mode Control + X

KBDCAS2

33

Windows Mode Prefix/Suffix Off

KBDCAS3

33*Turbo Mode Off

KBDTMD0

33

Turbo Mode On

KBDTMD1

33*Numeric Keypad Off

KBDNPS034

Numeric Keypad On

KBDNPS1

34*Auto Direct Connect Off

KBDADC034

Auto Direct Connect On

KBDADC134300 BPS

232BAD034

600 BPS

232BAD1

34

1200 BPS

232BAD234

2400 BPS

232BAD3344800 BPS

232BAD4359600 BPS

232BAD5

35

19200 BPS

232BAD63538400 BPS

232BAD73557600 BPS

232BAD835*115200 BPS

232BAD935

7 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Even

232WRD335

7 Data, 1 Stop, Parity None

232WRD035

7 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Odd

232WRD635

7 Data, 2 Stop, Parity Even

232WRD436

7 Data, 2 Stop, Parity None

232WRD1

36

7 Data, 2 Stop, Parity Odd

232WRD736

8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Even

232WRD536*8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity None

232WRD2

36

8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Odd

232WRD836

8 Data, 1 Stop, Parity Mark232WRD1436

Range 0 - 300 seconds

232LPT###

36

Baud Rate

Word Length: Data Bits, Stop Bits,
and Parity

RS232 Receiver Time-out

276

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

RS232 Handshaking*RTS/CTS Off

232CTS037

Flow Control, No Timeout

232CTS1

37

Two-Direction Flow Control

232CTS2

37

Flow Control with Timeout

232CTS337

RS232 Timeout

232DEL####37*XON/XOFF Off

232XON038

XON/XOFF On

232XON138*ACK/NAK Off

232ACK038

ACK/NAK On

232ACK1

38*Packet Mode Off

232PKT0

39

Packet Mode On

232PKT2

39*Bioptic ACK/NAK Off

232NAK0

39

Bioptic ACK/NAK On

232NAK1

39

ACK/NAK Timeout*5100

232DLK#####

39

Scanner-Bioptic Packet Mode

Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK Mode

Scanner-Bioptic ACK/NAK Timeout

Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g/1912 and Granit 1911i/1981i
This section applies only to cordless systems. It does not apply to corded scanners or Xenon 1902g-BF
scanners.
Replace a Linked Scanner

Override locked Scanner (Single
Scanner)

BT_RPL1

43

Temporary Streaming Presentation
Mode*Temporary Streaming
Presentation Mode On

BEPPGE246*10 Second Timeout

TRGTPM10000

47

60 Second Timeout

TRGTPM60000

47

Base Power Communication
Indicator*On:*:BASRED1

50

Off

:*:BASRED050

Reset Scanner

Reset Scanner

RESET_

50

Scan While in Base Cradle

Scan in Cradle Off

BT_SIC051*Scan in Cradle On (CCB01010BT default)

BT_SIC1

51

Shut Down Scanner in Cradle

BT_SIC2

51

Base Charge Off

BASCHG051*External or Interface Cable Power

BASCHG1

51

External Power Only

BASCHG2

52*On

BEPPGE1

52

Off

BEPPGE052

Range 400 - 9000 Hz (*1000)

BEPPFQ####

52

Base Charge Modes

Page Mode

Page Pitch

Xenon/Granit User Guide

277

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Beeper Pitch - Base Error*Razz (250) (min 200Hz)

BASFQ2250

53

Medium (3250)

BASFQ23250

53

High (4200) (max 9000Hz)

BASFQ24200

53*1

BASERR3

53

Range 1 - 9

BASERR#

53

Scanner Report

Scanner Report

RPTSCN54

Scanner Address

Scanner Address

BT_LDA

54

Base Address

Base Address:*:BASLDA

54

Scanner Modes

Charge Only Mode:*:BASLNK055*Charge and Link Mode:*:BASLNK1

55

Locked Link Mode

BASCON0,DNG1

56*Open Link Mode

BASCON1,DNG1

56

Unlink Scanner

BT_RMV

56

Override Locked Scanner

BT_RPL1

56

Base Alarm Duration (Range 1 3000 sec (*0))

BASORD57

Scanner Alarm Duration (Range 1- 3000 sec (*0))

BT_ORD

57

Base Alarm TypeBASORW

57

Scanner Alarm Type

BT_ORW

57

Timer (0-7200 seconds)

BT_LPT0

58

200 Seconds

BT_LPT200

58

400 Seconds

BT_LPT400

58

900 Seconds

BT_LPT900

58

3600 Seconds

BT_LPT3600

58

7200 Seconds

BT_LPT7200

58*Full Power

BT_TXP100

59

Medium Power

BT_TXP35

59

Medium Low Power

BT_TXP5

59

Low Power

BT_TXP1

59

Automatic Batch Mode

BATENA1

60*Batch Mode Off

BATENA060

Inventory Batch Mode

BATENA2

60

Persistent Batch Mode

BATENA3

60

Off

BATBEP061*On

BATBEP1

61*Flash Storage

BATNVS1

61

RAM Storage

BATNVS0

61

Number of Beeps - Base Error

Out-of-Range Alarm

Alarm Sound Type

Scanner Power Time-Out Timer

Flexible Power Management

Batch Mode

Batch Mode Beep

Batch Mode Storage

278

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Batch Mode Quantity*Off

BATQTY062

On

BATQTY1

62

0

BATNUM063*1

BATNUM1

63

2

BATNUM2

63

3

BATNUM3

63

4

BATNUM463

5

BATNUM563

6

BATNUM6

63

7

BATNUM763

8

BATNUM863

9

BATNUM963*FIFO

BATLIF064

LIFO

BATLIF164

Total Records

Total Records

BATNRC

64

Delete Last Code

Delete Last Code

BATUND

64

Clear All Codes

Clear All Codes

BATCLR

64

Transmit Records to Host

Transmit Inventory Records

BAT_TX

65

Batch Mode Transmit Delay*OffBATDLY0

65

Short (ms)BATDLY250

65

Medium (ms)BATDLY500

65

Long (ms)BATDLY1000

65

Multiple Scanner
Operation

Multiple Scanner Operation

BASCON2,DNG3

66

Scanner Name

Name 1-7

BT_NAM#####

66

Reset

RESET_

67

Scanner Name

BT_NAM

67*Group 0

GRPSEL0

68

Group 1-6

GRPSEL#

68

Reset the Factory Defaults: All
Application Work Groups

Factory Default Settings:
All Work Groups

PAPDFT&

68

Reset the Custom Defaults: All
Application Work Groups

Custom Default Settings:
All Work Groups

PAPDFT

69

Bluetooth Connection*Bluetooth SSP On

BT_SSP1

69

Bluetooth SSP Off

BT_SSP0

69

Apple Serial Port Protocol(SPP)Pairing

DEFALT;PAPMFI70Apple SPP Auto-Connect

DEFALT;PAPMFI;BT_DNG5

70

Bluetooth HID Keyboard Connect

PAPBTH71

Quantity Codes

Batch Mode Output OrderApplication Work Group
Selections

Xenon/Granit User Guide

279

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Bluetooth HID Japanese Keyboard
Connect

PAPJKB

71

Bluetooth HID Keyboard
Disconnect

PAPSPP

72

Bluetooth Serial Port - PCs/
Laptops

BT_TRM0;BT_DNG5

73

BT Connection - PDA/Mobility
Systems Device

BT_TRM0;BT_DNG1

73

Bluetooth PIN Code

BT_PIN73*Auto Reconnect On

BT_ACM1

74

Auto Reconnect Off

BT_ACM074

Maximum Link Attempts

Maximum Link Attempts

BT_MLA###75

Relink Time-Out

Relink Time-Out (*3)

BT_RLT###

75

Host Command Acknowledgment

Host ACK On

HSTACK1

78*Host ACK Off

HSTACK078

Host ACK Timeout

HSTATO##

78

Selection

Auto Reconnect Mode

Setting* Indicates default

Cordless System Operation: Xenon 1902g-BF
This section applies only to Xenon 1902g-BF systems. It does not apply to corded scanners or other cordless systems.
Replace a Linked Scanner

Override locked Scanner (Single
Scanner)

BT_RPL1

82

Low Power Alert Range*Low Power Alert 10-30%

LPIRAG0

87

Low Power Alert 10-50%

LPIRAG1

87

Low Power Alert Flash Number

Range 1-9 (*3)

LPIFNO

87

Interval Between Flashes

Range 1-9 seconds (*2)

LPIFDL87

Low Power Alert Repeat

Range 1-5 (*1)

LPI_NO

87

Interval Between Alerts

Range 10-120 seconds (*10)

LPI_DL88

Low Power Alert Beep

Low Power Alert Beep Off

LPIBEP0

88*Low Power Alert Beep On

LPIBEP1

88

Range 0 - 300000 ms (*10000)

TRGTPM######

91*10 Second Timeout

TRGTPM1000091

30 Second Timeout

TRGTPM30000

91

1 minute Timeout

TRGTPM60000

91

2 Minute Timeout

TRGTPM120000

91

3 Minute Timeout

TRGTPM180000

91

*On

:*:BASRED1

89

Off

:*:BASRED089

Reset Scanner

RESET_

89

Temporary Streaming Presentation
Timeout

Base Power Communication
Indicator
Reset Scanner

280

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Scan While in Base Cradle

Scan in Cradle Off

BT_SIC092*Scan in Cradle On

BT_SIC1

92

Shut Down Scanner in Cradle

BT_SIC2

92

Base Charge Off

BASCHG090*External or Interface Cable Power

BASCHG1

90

External Power Only

BASCHG2

90*On

BEPPGE1

92

Off

BEPPGE092

Range 400 - 9000 Hz (*1000)

BEPPFQ####

93*Low (1000 Hz)

BEPPFQ1000

93

Medium (3250 Hz)

BEPPFQ3250

93High (4200 Hz)

BEPPFQ4200

93*Linking Sound

BT_ACS1

93

Silent Linking

BT_ACS093*Razz (250) (min 200Hz)

BASFQ2250

94

Medium (3250)

BASFQ23250

94

High (4200) (max 9000Hz)

BASFQ24200

94

Number of Beeps - Base Error

Range 1 - 9 (*1)

BASERR#

94

Scanner Report

Scanner Report

RPTSCN94

Scanner Address

Scanner Address

BT_LDA

94

Base or Access Point Address

Base Address:*:BASLDA

95

Scanner Modes

Charge Only Mode:*:BASLNK095*Charge and Link Mode:*:BASLNK1

95

Locked Link Mode

BASCON0,DNG1

96*Open Link Mode

BASCON1,DNG1

96

Unlink Scanner

BT_RMV

96

Override Locked Scanner

BT_RPL1

97

Base Alarm Duration (Range 1 3000 sec (*0))

BASORD97

Scanner Alarm Duration (Range 1- 3000 sec (*0))

BT_ORD

97

Base Alarm TypeBASORW

97

Scanner Alarm Type

BT_ORW

97

Base Charge Modes

Page Mode

Page Pitch

Linking Sound

Beeper Pitch - Base Error

Out-of-Range Alarm

Alarm Sound Type

Xenon/Granit User Guide

281

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Scanner Power Time-Out Timer

Timer (0-7200 seconds)

BT_LPT098

200 Seconds

BT_LPT200

99*400 Seconds

BT_LPT400

99

900 Seconds

BT_LPT900

993600 Seconds

BT_LPT3600

997200 Seconds

BT_LPT7200

99

Full Power

BT_TXP8

100*Medium High Power

BT_TXP7

100

Medium Power

BT_TXP4

100

Low Power

BT_TXP1

100

Automatic Batch Mode

BATENA1

101*Batch Mode Off

BATENA0

101

Inventory Batch Mode

BATENA2

101

Persistent Batch Mode

BATENA3

101

Off

BATBEP0101*On

BATBEP1

101*Flash Storage

BATNVS1

101

RAM Storage

BATNVS0101*OffBATQTY0102

On

BATQTY1

102

0

BATNUM0103*1

BATNUM1

103

2

BATNUM2

103

3

BATNUM3103

4

BATNUM4103

5

BATNUM5103

6

BATNUM6

104

7

BATNUM7104

8

BATNUM8104

9

BATNUM9

104

*FIFO

BATLIF0104

LIFO

BATLIF1

104

Total Records

Total Records

BATNRC

104

Delete Last Code

Delete Last Code

BATUND105

Clear All Codes

Clear All Codes

BATCLR

105

Transmit Records to Host

Transmit Inventory Records

BAT_TX

105

Flexible Power Management

Batch Mode

Batch Mode Beep

Batch Mode Storage

Batch Mode Quantity

Quantity Codes

Batch Mode Output Order282

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Batch Mode Transmit Delay*OffBATDLY0

105

Short (ms)BATDLY250

106

Medium (ms)BATDLY500

106

Long (ms)BATDLY1000

106

Name 1-7

BT_NAM#####

107

Reset

RESET_

107

Scanner Name

BT_NAM

107

Bluetooth Connection

Bluetooth PIN Code

BT_PIN

107

Auto Reconnect Mode

*Auto Reconnect On

BT_ACM1

108

Auto Reconnect Off

BT_ACM0108

Maximum Link Attempts

Maximum Link Attempts (*4)

BT_MLA###

109

Relink Time-Out

Relink Time-Out (*2)

BT_RLT###

109

Host Command Acknowledgment

Host ACK On

HSTACK1

111*Host ACK Off

HSTACK0111

Host ACK Timeout

HSTATO##112

Power Up Beeper Off - Scanner

BEPPWR0113*Power Up Beeper On - Scanner

BEPPWR1

113

Power Up Beeper Off - Cordless
Base

BASPWR0

113

Power Up Beeper On - Cordless
Base

BASPWR1

113

Beep on BEL On

BELBEP1

114*Beep on BEL Off

BELBEP0114

On

BEPTRG1

114*Off

BEPTRG0114

Off

BEPBEP0114*On

BEPBEP1

114

Off

BEPLVL0114*Low (Default-Xenon HC)

BEPLVL1

115

MediumBEPLVL2

115

*High

BEPLVL3

115

Low (1600) (min 400Hz)

BEPFQ11600

115*Medium - Xenon (2700 Hz)

BEPFQ12700

115*Medium - Granit (3200 Hz)

BEPFQ13200

115

High (4200) (max 9000Hz)

BEPFQ14200

115

Vibrate - Good Read Off

TFBGRD0

115*Vibrate - Good Read On

TFBGRD1

115

Scanner Name

Input/Output Selections
Power Up Beeper

Beep on BEL Character

Trigger Click

Beeper - Good Read

Beeper Volume - Good Read

Beeper Pitch - Good Read
(Frequency)

Vibrate - Good Read

Xenon/Granit User Guide

283

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Vibrate Duration

Duration(100 - 2,000 ms) *300

TFBDUR####

116

Beeper Pitch - Error (Frequency)*Razz (250) (min 200Hz)

BEPFQ2800

116

Medium (3250)

BEPFQ23250

116

High (4200) (max 9000Hz)

BEPFQ24200

116*Normal Beep

BEPBIP0

117

Short Beep

BEPBIP1

117

Off

BEPLED0117*On

BEPLED1

117*1

BEPERR3

117

Range 1 - 9

BEPERR#

117*1

BEPRPT1

117

Range 1 - 9

BEPRPT#

117

Beeper Volume Max

Beeper Volume Max

PAPBLM

118

Good Read Delay*No DelayDLYGRD0

118

Short Delay (500 ms)

DLYGRD500

118

Medium Delay (1000 ms)

DLYGRD1000

118

Long Delay (1500 ms)

DLYGRD1500

118

User-Specified Good Read Delay

Range 0 - 30,000 ms

DLYGRD#####

119

Trigger Modes*Manual Trigger - Normal

PAPHHF

119

Manual Trigger - Enhanced (notsupported by Granit 1980i and1981i)

PAPHHS

119*Trigger Toggle Off

TRGTGM0120

Trigger Toggle - Image Capture

TRGTGM1

120

Trigger Toggle Off - Cell Phone
Read

TRGTGM2

120

Trigger Toggle Off - Centering

TRGTGM3120

2 Quick Triggers

TRGTPC2120

3 Quick Triggers

TRGTPC3120

Beeper Duration - Good Read

LED - Good Read

Number of Beeps - Error

Number of Beeps - Good Read

Trigger Toggle

Trigger Number

4 Quick Triggers

TRGTPC4120

Trigger Timing

Trigger Timing (Range 50 - 2000)*400

TRGTTI####

120

Trigger Toggle Timeout

Trigger Toggle Timeout (Range 0 65) *5

TRGTGT##

121

Serial Trigger Mode

Read Time-Out(0 - 300,000 ms) *30,000

TRGSTO####

121

Motion Activation

Motion Activation On - Trigger
Mode

MOTENA1;MOTMOD0

122*Motion Activation Off

MOTENA0

121

284

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Presentation Mode

Presentation Mode

PAPTPR

122

Presentation Motion Activation

Scanner Motion Detection On

MOTENA1;MOTMOD8;MOT1W
R1122

Scanner Cradle Detection On

MOTENA1;MOTMOD8;MOT1W
R0122*Motion Activation Off

MOTENA0

122*LEDs On

TRGPCK1

123

LEDs OffTRGPCK0

123

Presentation Sensitivity (notsupported by Granit 1980i and1981i)

Range 0-20 (*1)

TRGPMS##

123

Presentation Centering Window

Presentation Centering On

PDCWIN1

124*Presentation Centering OffPDCWIN0124

Left of Presentation Centering
Window (*40%)

PDCLFT###

125

Right of Presentation Centering
Window (*60%)

PDCRGT###125

Top of Presentation Centering
Window (*40%)

PDCTOP###

125

Bottom of Presentation Centering
Window (*60%)

PDCBOT###

125

Sensor On

TRGSSW1

125

Sensor Off

TRGSSW0125

Poor Quality 1D Reading On

DECLDI1

126*Poor Quality 1D Reading Off

DECLDI0126

Poor Quality PDF Reading On

PDFXPR10126*Poor Quality PDF Reading OffPDFXPR0126

Low Resolution PDF Codes On

PDFDMI1

127

Low Resolution PDF Codes Off

PDFDMI0127*CodeGate Off Out-of-Stand

AOSCGD0.

127

CodeGate On Out-of-Stand

AOSCGD1.

127

Streaming Presentation Mode Normal

PAPSPN128

Streaming Presentation Mode Enhanced (not supported byGranit 1980i and 1981i)

PAPSPE128

Hand Held Scanning - Mobile
Phone

PAPHHC128

Streaming Presentation - Mobile
Phone

PAPSPC

128

Range 0 - 300,000 ms

TRGPTO######

129

Presentation LED Behavior After
DecodeIn-Stand Sensor Mode

Poor Quality Codes

CodeGate

Streaming Presentation

Mobile Phone Read Mode (notsupported by Granit 1980i and1981i)

Hands Free Time-Out

Xenon/Granit User Guide

285

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Reread Delay

Short (500 ms)

DLYRRD500

129*Medium (750 ms)

DLYRRD750

129

Long (1000 ms)

DLYRRD1000

129

Extra Long (2000 ms)

DLYRRD2000

129

User-Specified

Range 0 - 30,000 ms

DLYRRD#####

130

2D Reread Delay*2D Reread Delay Off

DLY2RR0130

Short (1000ms)

DLY2RR1000

130

Medium (2000ms)

DLY2RR2000

130

Long (3000ms)

DLY2RR3000

130

Extra Long (4000ms)

DLY2RR4000

130

*Off

HSTCEN0130On

HSTCEN1

130

Activation Character (Range 0255) *12 [DC2]

HSTACH###131

Do Not End Character Activation
After Good Read

HSTCGD0

131

End Character Activation After
Good Read

HSTCGD1

131

Character Activation Timeout(Range 1 - 300,000) *30,000 ms

HSTCDT######

132

*Off

HSTDEN0132

On

HSTDEN1

132

Deactivation Character (Range 0255) *14 [DC4]

HSTDCH###132*Lights On

SCNLED1

133

Lights Off

SCNLED0133

200 milliseconds

SCNDLY200

133

400 milliseconds

SCNDLY400

133*Off (no delay)SCNDLY0

133

User-Specified Aimer Delay

Range 0 - 4,000 ms

SCNDLY####

134

Active Aimer (only supported byGranit 1920i)

Active Aimer On

SCNAIM4

134

Aimer Mode (not supported byGranit 1980i and 1981i)

Off

SCNAIM0134*Interlaced

SCNAIM2

134

Single Code Centering

DECWIN1;DECTOP49;DECBOT
51;DECRGT51;DECLFT49

135

Character Activation Mode

Character Deactivation Mode

Illumination Lights

Aimer Delay

Single Code Centering

286

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Centering Window

Centering On

DECWIN1

136*Centering Off

DECWIN0136

Left of Centering Window (*40%)

DECLFT###

137

Right of Centering Window (*60%)

DECRGT###137

Top of Centering Window (*40%)

DECTOP###

137

Bottom of Centering Window(*60%)

DECBOT###

137

On

PRFENA1

138*OffPRFENA0138

High Priority Symbology

PRFCOD##138

Low Priority Symbology

PRFBLK##

138

Preferred Symbology Timeout(*500) Range 100-3000

PRFPTO####

139

Preferred Symbology Default

PRFDFT

139

Enter Sequence

SEQBLK

141

Default Sequence

SEQDFT

142

Transmit Partial Sequence

SEQTTS1

142*Discard Partial Sequence

SEQTTS0142

Required

SEQ_EN2

142

On/Not Required

SEQ_EN1

142*Off

SEQ_EN0142

On

SHOTGN1

143*OffSHOTGN0143

On

SHWNRD1143*OffSHWNRD0

143

Video Reverse Only

VIDREV1

144

Video Reverse and Standard Bar
Codes

VIDREV2

144*Video Reverse Off

VIDREV0

144*Upright

ROTATN0

145

Vertical, Bottom to Top (Rotate
CCW 90°)ROTATN1

145

Upside Down

ROTATN2

145

Vertical, Top to Bottom (Rotate CW
90°)

ROTATN3

145

Silent Mode with Flashing LED Cordless Scanner and Basebeplfn5;beplfr50;beppar0;basp
wr0;beppwr0;baslvl0;beplvl0;bepbip0;bepFQ12700;beplot0.

147

Preferred Symbology

Output Sequence Editor

Partial Sequence

Require Output Sequence

Multiple Symbols

No ReadVideo Reverse

Working Orientation

Healthcare Selections
Quiet Operations - Combination
Codes

Xenon/Granit User Guide

287

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Silent Mode with Flashing LED Corded Scanner

beplfn5;beplfr50;beppwr0;beplv
l0;bepbip0;bepFQ12700;beplot
0.

147

Silent Mode with Long LED Cordless Scanner and Basebeplfn0;beplfr10;beppar0;basp
wr0;beppwr0;baslvl0;beplvl0;bepbip0;bepFQ12700;beplot1.

148

Silent Mode with Long LED Corded Scanner

beplfn0;beplfr10;beppwr0;beplv
l0;bepbip0;bepFQ12700;beplot
1.

148

Very Low Beeper (NighttimeMode) - Cordless Scanner andBasebeplfn0;beplfr10;beppar0;basp
wr0;beppwr1;baslvl1;beplvl1;be
pbip1;bepFQ14200;beplot0.

148

Very Low Beeper (NighttimeMode) - Corded Scanner

beplfn0;beplfr10;beppwr1;beplv
l1;bepbip1;bepFQ14200;beplot
0.

148

Low Beeper (Daytime Mode) Cordless Scanner and Basebeplfn0;beplfr10;beppar1;basp
wr1;beppwr1;baslvl1;beplvl1;bepbip0;bepFQ12700;beplot0.

149

Low Beeper (Daytime Mode) Corded Scanner

beplfn0;beplfr10;beppwr1;beplv
l1;bepbip0;bepFQ12700;beplot0.

149*Green LED Flashes/Sound

BEPPAR1

149

Red LED Flashes/Silent

BEPPAR0149*1 LED FlashBEPLFN0150

5 LED Flashes

BEPLFN5150

10 LED Flashes

BEPLFN10150

25 LED Flashes

BEPLFN25

150*Fast FlashBEPLFR50

150

Medium FlashBEPLFR250

150

Slow FlashBEPLFR500

150*LED Solid Off (Resume Flash)

BEPLOT0

151

LED Solid 1 Second

BEPLOT1

151

LED Solid 3 Seconds

BEPLOT3

151

LED Solid 5 Seconds

BEPLOT5

151

Page Volume Off

BEPPGV0

151*Page Volume Low

BEPPGV1

151

Page Volume Medium

BEPPGV2

152

Page Volume HighBEPPGV3

152

Base Alarm Volume Off

BASORV0152

Scanner Alarm Volume Off

BT_ORV0

152

Quiet Operations - LED and Volume Settings
Linking LED Colors andSound

Number of LED Flashes

LED Flash Rate

LED Solid (No Flash)Page Volume Control

Out-of-Range Alarm Volume288

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Out-of-Range Delay

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

*Base Alarm Volume Low

BASORV1

152*Scanner Alarm Volume Low

BT_ORV1

152

Base Alarm Volume Medium

BASORV2

152

Scanner Alarm Volume Medium

BT_ORV2

153

Base Alarm Volume HighBASORV3

153

Scanner Alarm Volume HighBT_ORV3

153

Out-of-Range Delay(*0 No Delay) Range 0-3000

BT_ORY####

153

Low Contrast Codes

SDRMTC15{2+50+400+16000+
4+180+35+1+}11000+15{2+50+400+16000+4+180+97+1+}11000+15{2+50+400+16000+4+1
80+90+1+}00100+15{2+50+40
0+16000+4+180+97+1+}00100+

155

Cycle Illumination

SDRMTC30{2+50+400+9000+4+180+97+1+}11000+30{2+50+
400+9000+4+180+97+1+}0010
0+156

Direct Illumination - Top andBottomSDRMTC1{2+50+400+9000+4+
180+97+1+}11000+

156

Direct Illumination - Bottom

SDRMTC1{2+50+400+9000+4+
180+97+1+}10000+

156

Indirect Illumination

SDRMTC1{2+50+400+9000+4+
180+97+1+}00100+

156* Low Contrast Data Matrix
Enhancements On

DEPMENA1

156

Low Contrast Data Matrix
Enhancements Off

DPMENA0157

VSUFCR161

Add Prefix

PREBK2##

161

Clear One Prefix

PRECL2

161

Clear All Prefixes

PRECA2161

Add Suffix

SUFBK2##

161

Clear One Suffix

SUFCL2

161

Clear All Suffixes

SUFCA2

161*EnableRMVFNC0162

DisableRMVFNC1

162

Range 0 - 1000 (5ms increments)

DLYCHR##162

DPM Settings
DPM Illumination Settings

Low Contrast Data Matrix
Enhancements

Prefix/Suffix Selections
Add CR Suffix to All Symbologies
PrefixSuffixFunction Code Transmit

Intercharacter Delay

Xenon/Granit User Guide

289

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Delay Length0 - 1000 (5ms increments)

DLYCRX##

163

Character to Trigger Delay

DLY_XX##

163

Interfunction Delay

Range 0 - 1000 (5ms increments)

DLYFNC##

163

Intermessage Delay

Range 0 - 1000 (5ms increments)

DLYMSG##

164*Default Data Format (None)DFMDF3

166

Enter Data Format

DFMBK3##

167

Clear One Data Format

DFMCL3

167

Clear All Data Formats

DFMCA3

167

Data Formatter Off

DFM_EN0181*Data Formatter On,
Not Required,
Keep Prefix/Suffix

DFM_EN1

182

Data Format Required,
Keep Prefix/Suffix

DFM_EN2

182

Data Formatter On,
Not Required,
Drop Prefix/Suffix

DFM_EN3

182

Data Format Required,
Drop Prefix/Suffix

DFM_EN4

182*Data Format Non-Match Error
Tone OnDFMDEC0182

Data Format Non-Match Error
Tone OffDFMDEC1

182

Primary Data Format

ALTFNM0183

Data Format 1

ALTFNM1

183

Data Format 2

ALTFNM2

183

Data Format 3

ALTFNM3

183

Single Scan-Primary
Data Format

VSAF_0183

Single Scan-Data Format 1

VSAF_1

183

Single Scan-Data Format 2

VSAF_2183

Single Scan-Data Format 3

VSAF_3184

All Symbologies Off

ALLENA0186

All Symbologies On

ALLENA1

186

Default All Codabar
Settings

CBRDFT

187

Off

CBRENA0187*On

CBRENA1

187

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

User Specified
Intercharacter Delay

Data Formatter Selections
Data Format Editor

Data Formatter

Data Format Non-Match Error Tone

Primary/Alternate Data Formats

Single Scan Data Format Change

Symbologies
All Symbologies

Codabar

290

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Codabar Start/Stop Char.

*Don’t Transmit

CBRSSX0

187

Transmit

CBRSSX1

187*No Check Char.

CBRCK20

187

Validate, But Don’t Transmit

CBRCK21

187

Validate, and Transmit

CBRCK22187*Off

CBRCCT0

188

On

CBRCCT1

188

Require

CBRCCT2

188

Minimum (2 - 60) *4

CBRMIN##189

Maximum (2 - 60) *60

CBRMAX##

189

Default All Code 39
Settings

C39DFT

189

Off

C39ENA0

189*On

C39ENA1

189*Don’t Transmit

C39SSX0

189

Transmit

C39SSX1

189*No Check Char.

C39CK20

190

Validate, But Don’t
Transmit

C39CK21

190

Validate,and Transmit

C39CK22

190

Minimum (0 - 48) *0

C39MIN##190

Maximum (0 - 48) *48

C39MAX##

190

*Off

C39APP0191

On

C39APP1

191*OffC39B320

191

On

C39B321

191*Off

C39ASC0191

On

C39ASC1

191

Code 39 Code Page

C39DCP

191

Default All Interleaved
2 of 5 Settings

I25DFT

193

Off

I25ENA0

193*On

I25ENA1

193*No Check Char.

I25CK20

193

Validate, But Don’t
Transmit

I25CK21

193

Validate, and Transmit

I25CK22

193

Codabar Check Char.

Codabar Concatenation

Codabar Message Length

Code 39

Code 39 Start/Stop Char.

Code 39 Check Char.

Code 39 Message Length

Code 39 Append

Code 32 Pharmaceutical (PARAF)

Code 39 Full ASCIIInterleaved 2 of 5

Interleaved 2 of 5 Check Digit

Xenon/Granit User Guide

291

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Interleaved 2 of 5 Message Length

Minimum (2 - 80) *4

I25MIN##

194

Maximum (2 - 80) *80

I25MAX##

194

Default All NEC
2 of 5 Settings

N25DFT

194

Off

N25ENA0194*On

N25ENA1

194*No Check Char.

N25CK20

194

Validate, But Don’t
Transmit

N25CK21

194

Validate, and Transmit

N25CK22

194

Minimum (2 - 80) *4

N25MIN##

195

Maximum (2 - 80) *80

N25MAX##

195

Default All Code 93
Settings

C93DFT

195

Off

C93ENA0

195*On

C93ENA1

195

Minimum (0 - 80) *0

C93MIN##196

Maximum (0 - 80) *80

C93MAX##

196

On

C93APP1

196*OffC93APP0

196

Code 93 Code Page

Code 93 Code Page

C93DCP

196

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial

Default All Straight 2 of 5
Industrial Settings

R25DFT

197*Off

R25ENA0

197

On

R25ENA1

197

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial Message
LengthMinimum (1 - 48) *4

R25MIN##197

Maximum (1 - 48) *48

R25MAX##

197

Straight 2 of 5 IATA

Default All Straight 2 of 5 IATA
Settings

A25DFT

198

Straight 2 of 5 IATA

*Off

A25ENA0

198

On

A25ENA1

198

Straight 2 of 5 IATA Redundancy

Range (0 - 10) *0

A25VOT##

198

Straight 2 of 5 IATA Message
LengthMinimum (1 - 48) *4

A25MIN##198

Maximum (1 - 48) *48

A25MAX##

198

Matrix 2 of 5

Default All Matrix 2 of 5
Settings

X25DFT

199*Off

X25ENA0

199

On

X25ENA1

199

NEC 2 of 5

NEC 2 of 5 Check Digit

NEC 2 of 5 Message Length

Code 93

Code 93 Message Length

Code 93 Append

292

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Matrix 2 of 5 Message Length

Minimum (1 - 80) *4

X25MIN##199

Maximum (1 - 80) *80

X25MAX##

199

Default All Code 11
Settings

C11DFT

200*Off

C11ENA0200

On

C11ENA1200

1 Check Digit

C11CK20200*2 Check Digits

C11CK21200

Minimum (1 - 80) *4

C11MIN##200

Maximum (1 - 80) *80

C11MAX##

200

Default All Code 128
Settings

128DFT

201

Off

128ENA0201*On

128ENA1

201*Off

ISBENA0201

On

ISBENA1

201

Code 128 Redundancy

Range (0 - 10) *0

128VOT##

201

Code 128 Message Length

Minimum (0 - 80) *0

128MIN##202

Maximum (0 - 80) *80

128MAX##

202*On

128APP1

202

Off128APP0

202

Code 128 Code Page

Code 128 Code Page (*2)

128DCP##

202

GS1-128

Default All GS1-128 Settings

GS1DFT

203*On

GS1ENA1

203

Off

GS1ENA0

203

Minimum (1 - 80) *1

GS1MIN##203

Maximum (0 - 80) *80

GS1MAX##

203

Default All Telepen
Settings

TELDFT

204*Off

TELENA0204

On

TELENA1

204*AIM Telepen Output

TELOLD0

204

Original Telepen Output

TELOLD1

204

Minimum (1 - 60) *1

TELMIN##204

Maximum (1 - 60) *60

TELMAX##

204

Default All
UPC-A Settings

UPADFT

205

Off

UPBENA0205*On

UPBENA1

205

Code 11

Code 11 Check Digits Required

Code 11 Message Length

Code 128

ISBT Concatenation

Code 128 Append

GS1-128 Message Length

Telepen

Telepen Output

Telepen Message Length

UPC-A

Xenon/Granit User Guide

293

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

UPC-A Check Digit

Off

UPACKX0205*On

UPACKX1

205

Off

UPANSX0

206*On

UPANSX1

206*Off

UPAAD20206

On

UPAAD21

206*Off

UPAAD50206On

UPAAD51

206*Not Required

UPAARQ0

206

Required

UPAARQ1

206

Addenda Timeout

Range (0 - 120) *500

DLYADD#####

207

UPC-A Addenda
Separator

Off

UPAADS0207*On

UPAADS1207

UPC-A/EAN-13 with Extended
Coupon Code*Off

CPNENA0207

Allow Concatenation

CPNENA1

207

Require Concatenation

CPNENA2

207

Addenda Timeout

Range (0 - 120) *500

DLYADD#####

208

Coupon GS1 DataBar Output

GS1 Output Off

CPNGS10208

GS1 Output On

CPNGS11

208

Default All UPC-E
Settings

UPEDFT

209

Off

UPEEN00

209*On

UPEEN01

209*Off

UPEEXP0209

On

UPEEXP1

209

Required

UPEARQ1

209*Not Required

UPEARQ0

209

Addenda Timeout

Range (0 - 120) *500

DLYADD#####

210

UPC-E0 Addenda Separator*On

UPEADS1

210

Off

UPEADS0210OffUPECKX0210*On

UPECKX1210

OffUPENSX0211*On

UPENSX1

211

2 Digit Addenda On

UPEAD21211*2 Digit Addenda Off

UPEAD20211

5 Digit Addenda On

UPEAD51

211*5 Digit Addenda Off

UPEAD50

211

UPC-A Number System

UPC-A 2 Digit Addenda

UPC-A 5 Digit Addenda

UPC-A Addenda Required

UPC-E0UPC-E0 Expand

UPC-E0 Addenda Required

UPC-E0 Check Digit

UPC-E0 Leading Zero

UPC-E0 Addenda

294

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

UPC-E1*OffUPEEN10211On

UPEEN11

211

Default All EAN/
JAN Settings

E13DFT

212

Off

E13ENA0212*On

E13ENA1212

UPC-A Converted to EAN-13

UPAENA0212

Do not Convert UPC-A

UPAENA1

212

Off

E13CKX0213*On

E13CKX1213

2 Digit Addenda On

E13AD21213*2 Digit Addenda Off

E13AD20213

5 Digit Addenda On

E13AD51213*5 Digit Addenda Off

E13AD50

213*Not Required

E13ARQ0213

Required

E13ARQ1

213

Addenda Timeout

Range (0 - 120) *500

DLYADD#####

214

EAN/JAN-13 Addenda
Separator

Off

E13ADS0214*On

E13ADS1

214*Off

E13ISB0214

On

E13ISB1

214

Default All EAN/
JAN 8 Settings

EA8DFT

215

Off

EA8ENA0215*On

EA8ENA1215

Off

EA8CKX0215*On

EA8CKX1215*2 Digit Addenda Off

EA8AD20215

2 Digit Addenda On

EA8AD21215*5 Digit Addenda Off

EA8AD50215

5 Digit Addenda On

EA8AD51

215*Not Required

EA8ARQ0216

Required

EA8ARQ1

216

Addenda Timeout

Range (0 - 120) *500

DLYADD#####

216

EAN/JAN-8 Addenda
SeparatorOff

EA8ADS0216*On

EA8ADS1

216

EAN/JAN-13

Convert UPC-A to EAN-13

EAN/JAN-13 Check Digit

EAN/JAN-13 2 Digit Addenda

EAN/JAN-13 Addenda RequiredISBN Translate

EAN/JAN-8

EAN/JAN-8 Check Digit

EAN/JAN-8 Addenda

EAN/JAN-8 Addenda Required

Xenon/Granit User Guide

295

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

MSI

Default All MSI Settings

MSIDFT

217*Off

MSIENA0217

On

MSIENA1

217*Validate Type 10, but Don’t
Transmit

MSICHK0217

Validate Type 10 andTransmit

MSICHK1

217

Validate 2 Type 10 Chars, but
Don’t Transmit

MSICHK2

218

Validate 2 Type 10 Chars andTransmit

MSICHK3

218

Validate Type 11 then Type 10
Char, but Don’t Transmit

MSICHK4

218

Validate Type 11 then Type 10
Char and Transmit

MSICHK5

218

Disable MSI Check Characters

MSICHK6

218

Minimum (4 - 48) *4

MSIMIN##218

Maximum (4 - 48) *48

MSIMAX##

218

Default All
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional
Settings

RSSDFT

219

Off

RSSENA0219*On

RSSENA1

219

Default All GS1 DataBar Limited
Settings

RSLDFT

219

Off

RSLENA0219*On

RSLENA1

219

Default All GS1 DataBar
Expanded Settings

RSEDFT220

Off

RSEENA0220*On

RSEENA1220

GS1 DataBar Expanded Msg.
LengthMinimum (4 - 74) *4

RSEMIN##220

Maximum (4 - 74) *74

RSEMAX##

220

Trioptic Code*Off

TRIENA0220

On

TRIENA1

220

Default All Codablock A Settings

CBADFT

221*Off

CBAENA0221

On

CBAENA1

221

Minimum (1 - 600) *1

CBAMIN###221

Maximum (1 - 600) *600

CBAMAX###221

MSI Check Character

MSI Message Length

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

GS1 DataBar Expanded

Codablock A

Codablock A Msg. Length296

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Codablock F

Default All Codablock F Settings

CBFDFT

222*Off

CBFENA0222

On

CBFENA1

222

Minimum (1 - 2048) *1

CBFMIN####222

Maximum (1 - 2048) *2048

CBFMAX####

222

On

LBLENA1

222

* Off

LBLENA0

222

Default All PDF417 Settings

PDFDFT

223*On

PDFENA1

223

OffPDFENA0223

Minimum (1-2750) *1

PDFMIN####223

Maximum (1-2750) *2750

PDFMAX####

223

*On

PDFMAC1

224

OffPDFMAC0224

Default All Micro PDF417 Settings

MPDDFT224

On

MPDENA1224*OffMPDENA0224

Minimum (1-366) *1

MPDMIN###224

Maximum (1-366) *366

MPDMAX###

224

On

COMENA1

225*OffCOMENA0

225

On

COMUPC1

225*Off

COMUPC0225

Minimum (1-2435) *1

COMMIN####

225

Maximum (1-2435) *2435

COMMAX####

225

GS1-128 Emulation

EANEMU1226

GS1 DataBar Emulation

EANEMU2225

GS1 Code Expansion Off

EANEMU3226

EAN8 to EAN13 Conversion

EANEMU4

226*GS1 Emulation Off

EANEMU0226

On

T39ENA1

227*Off

T39ENA0

227

Default All QR Code Settings

QRCDFT

227*On

QRCENA1227

OffQRCENA0227

Minimum (1-7089) *1

QRCMIN####227

Maximum (1-7089) *7089

QRCMAX####

227

Codablock F Msg. Length

Label CodePDF417

PDF417 Msg. Length

MacroPDF417

MicroPDF417

MicroPDF417 Msg. Length

GS1 Composite Codes

UPC/EAN Version

GS1 Composite Codes Msg. Length

GS1 Emulation

TCIF Linked Code 39

QR CodeQR Code Msg. Length

Xenon/Granit User Guide

297

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

QR Code Append*On

QRCAPP1

228

OffQRCAPP0228

QR Code Page

QR Code Page (*3)

QRCDCP##

228

Data Matrix

Default All Data Matrix Settings

IDMDFT

229*On

IDMENA1

229

OffIDMENA0229

Minimum (1-3116) *1

IDMMIN####229

Maximum (1-3116) *3116

IDMMAX####

229

Data Matrix Code Page

Data Matrix Code Page (*51)

IDMDCP##

229

MaxiCode

Default All MaxiCode Settings

MAXDFT

230

On

MAXENA1

230*OffMAXENA0230

Minimum (1-150) *1

MAXMIN###230

Maximum (1-150) *150

MAXMAX###

230

Default All Aztec Code Settings

AZTDFT

231*On

AZTENA1

231

OffAZTENA0231

Minimum (1-3832) *1

AZTMIN####

231

Maximum (1-3832) *3832

AZTMAX####

231

*On

AZTAPP1231

OffAZTAPP0

231

Aztec Code Page

Aztec Code Page (*51)

AZTDCP##

232

Chinese Sensible (Han Xin) CodeDefault All Han Xin Code Settings

HX_DFT

232

On

HX_ENA1

232*Off

HX_ENA0232

Minimum (1-7833) *1

HX_MIN####233

Maximum (1-7833) *7833

HX_MAX####

233

*Off

POSTAL0233

Data Matrix Msg. Length

MaxiCode Msg. Length

Aztec Code

Aztec Code Msg. Length

Aztec Append

Chinese Sensible (Han Xin) CodeMsg. Length

Postal Codes - 2D
2D Postal Codes

298

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Single 2D Postal Codes

Australian Post On

POSTAL1

233

British Post On

POSTAL7233

Canadian Post On

POSTAL30

233

Intelligent Mail Bar Code On

POSTAL10233

Japanese Post On

POSTAL3234

KIX Post On

POSTAL4

234

Planet Code On

POSTAL5

234

Postal-4i On

POSTAL9

234

Postnet On

POSTAL6

234

Postnet with B and B’ Fields On

POSTAL11

234

InfoMail On

POSTAL2

234

InfoMail and British Post On

POSTAL8234Intelligent Mail Bar Code andPostnet with B and B’ Fields On

POSTAL20

234

Postnet and Postal-4i On

POSTAL14

235

Postnet and Intelligent Mail Bar
Code OnPOSTAL16

235

Postal-4i and Intelligent Mail Bar
Code OnPOSTAL17

235

Postal-4i and Postnet with B and
B’ Fields On

POSTAL19

235

Planet and Postnet On

POSTAL12235

Planet and Postnet with B and B’Fields On

POSTAL18

235

Planet and Postal-4i On

POSTAL13

235

Planet and Intelligent Mail Bar
Code OnPOSTAL15

235

Planet, Postnet, and Postal-4i On

POSTAL21

235

Planet, Postnet, and Intelligent
Mail Bar Code On

POSTAL22

235

Planet, Postal-4i, and Intelligent
Mail Bar Code On

POSTAL23

236

Postnet, Postal-4i, and Intelligent
Mail Bar Code On

POSTAL24

236

Planet, Postal-4i, and Postnet with
B and B’ Fields On

POSTAL25

236

Planet, Intelligent Mail Bar Code,and Postnet with B and B’ Fields
On

POSTAL26

236

Postal-4i, Intelligent Mail Bar
Code, and Postnet with B and B’Fields On

POSTAL27

236

Combination 2D Postal Codes

Xenon/Granit User Guide

299

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Planet, Postal-4i, Intelligent Mail
Bar Code, and Postnet On

POSTAL28

236

Planet, Postal-4i, Intelligent Mail
Bar Code, and Postnet with B and
B’ Fields On

POSTAL29

236

Transmit

PLNCKX1

236*Don’t Transmit

PLNCKX0

237

Transmit

NETCKX1

237*Don’t Transmit

NETCKX0237

Bar Output

AUSINT0

237

Numeric N Table

AUSINT1

237

Alphanumeric C Table

AUSINT2

237

Combination N and C Tables

AUSINT3

238

Default All China Post (Hong Kong
2 of 5) Settings

CPCDFT

238*Off

CPCENA0238

On

CPCENA1

238

China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5)
Msg. Length

Minimum (2 - 80) *4

CPCMIN##238

Maximum (2 - 80) *80

CPCMAX##

238

Korea Post

Default All Korea Post Settings

KPCDFT

239*Off

KPCENA0239

On

KPCENA1

239

Minimum (2 - 80) *4

KPCMIN##

239

Maximum (2 - 80) *48

KPCMAX##

239

Transmit Check Digit

KPCCHK1

239*Don’t Transmit Check Digit

KPCCHK0

239

Default all Imaging Commands

IMGDFT

241

Imaging Style - Decoding

SNPSTY0

242*Imaging Style - Photo

SNPSTY1

242

Imaging Style - Manual

SNPSTY2

242

Beeper On

SNPBEP1

242*Beeper Off

SNPBEP0

242*Wait for Trigger Off

SNPTRG0243

Wait for Trigger On

SNPTRG1

243*LED State - Off

SNPLED0243

LED State - On

SNPLED1

243

Exposure (1-7874 microseconds)

SNPEXP

243

Selection

Planet Code Check Digit

Postnet Check Digit

Australian Post Interpretation

Setting* Indicates default

Postal Codes - Linear
China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5)

Korea Post Msg. Length

Korea Post Check Digit

Imaging Default Commands
Image Snap

300

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Image Ship

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

*Gain - None

SNPGAN1

244

Gain - Medium

SNPGAN2

244

Gain - Heavy

SNPGAN4244

Gain - Maximum

SNPGAN8244

Target White Value (0-255) *125

SNPWHT###

244

Delta for Acceptance (0-255) *25

SNPDEL###244

Update Tries (0-10) *6

SNPTRY##

245

Target Set Point Percentage (199) *50

SNPPCT##

245*Infinity Filter - Off

IMGINF0246

Infinity Filter - On

IMGINF1

246*Compensation Off

IMGCOR0

246

Compensation On

IMGCOR1

246*Pixel Depth - 8 bits/pixel(grayscale)

IMGBPP8

246

Pixel Depth - 1 bit/pixel (B&W)

IMGBPP1

246*Don’t Sharpen Edges

IMGEDG0

247

Sharpen Edges (0-23)

IMGEDG##

247*File Format - JPEGIMGFMT6

248

File Format - KIM

IMGFMT0

248

File Format - TIFF binary

IMGFMT1

248

File Format - TIFF binary group 4,
compressed

IMGFMT2

248

File Format - TIFF grayscale

IMGFMT3

248

File Format - UncompressedbinaryIMGFMT4

248

File Format - Uncompressedgrayscale

IMGFMT5

248

File Format - BMP

IMGFMT8

248*Histogram Stretch Off

IMGHIS0

248

Histogram Stretch On

IMGHIS1

248*Noise Reduction Off

IMGFSP0249

Noise Reduction On

IMGFSP1

249

Invert Image around X axis

IMGNVX1

249

Invert Image around Y axis

IMGNVY1

249

Rotate Image none

IMGROT0

250

Rotate Image 90° right

IMGROT1

250

Rotate Image 180° right

IMGROT2

250

Rotate Image 90° left

IMGROT3

250

301

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

JPEG Image Quality (0-100) *50

IMGJQF###250*Gamma Correction Off

IMGGAM0251

Gamma Correction On (0-1000)IMGGAM###

251

Image Crop - Left (0-843) *0

IMGWNL###

251

Image Crop - Right (0-843) *843

IMGWNR###

251

Image Crop - Top (0-639) *0

IMGWNT###

251

Image Crop - Bottom (0-639)*639

IMGWNB###

252

Image Crop - Margin (1-238) *0

IMGMAR###

252

Protocol - None (raw)

IMGXFR0

252

Protocol - None (default USB)IMGXFR2

252

Protocol - Hmodem Compressed

IMGXFR3

252

Protocol - Hmodem

IMGXFR4

252

Ship Every Pixel

IMGSUB1

253

Ship Every 2nd Pixel

IMGSUB2

253

Ship Every 3rd Pixel

IMGSUB3

253*Document Image Filter Off

IMGUSH0253

Document Image Filter On (0255)

IMGUSH###

253*Don’t Ship Histogram

IMGHST0

254

Ship Histogram

IMGHST1

254

Force VGA Resolution

IMGVGA1

254*Native Resolution

IMGVGA0

255

Optimize On

DECBND1

255*Optimize Off

DECBND0255

Add Code I.D. Prefix to All Symbologies (Temporary)

PRECA2,BK2995C80!

261Show Decoder Revision

REV_DR

261

Show Scan Driver Revision

REV_SD

261

Show Software Revision

REVINF

262

Show Data Format

DFMBK3?

262

On

TSTMNU1

262*Off

TSTMNU0262*Decoding Apps On

PLGDCE1

263

Decoding Apps Off

PLGDCE0

263*Formatting Apps On

PLGFOE1

263

Formatting Apps Off

PLGFOE0

263

List Apps

PLGINF

263

Selection

Image Size Compatibility

Intelligent Signature Capture

Utilities

Test Menu

Application Plug-Ins (Apps)

302

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Selection

Setting* Indicates default

Serial Command# Indicates a numeric
entry

Page

Reset the Factory Defaults

Remove Custom Defaults

DEFOVR

265

Activate Defaults

DEFALT

265

Xenon/Granit User Guide

303

304

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

14

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Xenon 1900/1900h Corded Scanner ProductSpecifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height6.3 inches (160mm)

Length4.1 inches (104.1mm)

Width

2.8 inches (71.1mm)

Weight5.2 ounces (147.42g)

Electrical
Voltage Requirements

4 - 5.5 VDC at input connector

Current Draw @5VDC
B&W
Color

ScanningStandby
470mA, 2.35W90mA, .45W
490mA, 2.45W90mA, .45W

Power Supply Noise Rejection

Maximum 100mV peak to peak, 10 to 100 kHz

Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”
442nm, 552nm (white LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength LED

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
520nm + 18nm (green LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Optical Power Laser<1mW

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating+32°F to +122°F (0°C to 50°C)

Storage-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Xenon/Granit User Guide305

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Humidity

0 to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6 feet
(1.83m) to concrete at 23°C

Vibration

Withstands 5G peak from 22 to 300 Hz

ESD Tolerance

Up to 15kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Image
Image Size

838 x 640 pixels

Scan Performance
Skew Angle+65°

Pitch Angle+45°

Motion Tolerance:
Streaming Presentation Trigger

up to 240 inches per second for 13 mil UPC

Symbol Contrast

Grade 1.0 (20% or greater)

Xenon 1902/1902h/1912 Cordless Scanner ProductSpecifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height6.3 inches (160mm)

Length4.1 inches (104.1mm)

Width

2.8 inches (71.1mm)

Weight7.5 ounces (212.62g)

Electrical
Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”
442nm, 552nm (white LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm
IEC 60825-1: “Class 2”

Peak Wavelength LED

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
520nm + 18nm (green LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Optical Power Laser<1mW

Battery
Lithium Ion
Number of Scans

306

2400 mAHr minimum
Up to 50,000 per charge

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Expected Hours of Operation

14

Expected Charge Time

4.5 hours

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.2.1

Range

33 ft. (10 m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 1 MBps

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating

32° F to +122° F (0° C to 50° C)

Storage with battery*-4°F to +95°F (-20°C to 35°C) for storage up to 90
days-4°F to +68°F (-20°C to 20°C) for storage up to 365
days

Storage without battery-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6 feet
(1.8 m) to concrete

Vibration

Withstands 5G peak from 22 to 300 Hz

ESD Sensitivity

Up to 15kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Sealant Rating

IP41

Image
Image Size

838 x 640 pixels

Scan Performance
Skew Angle+65°

Pitch Angle+45°

Motion Tolerance:
Streaming Presentation Trigger

up to 240 inches per second for 13 mil UPC

Symbol Contrast

Grade 1.0 (20% or greater)*Storage outside of this temperature range could be detrimental to battery life.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

307

Xenon 1902g-BF Scanner Product Specifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height6.3 inches (160mm)

Length4.1 inches (104.1mm)

Width

2.8 inches (71.1mm)

Weight6.9 ounces (195g)

Electrical
Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”
442nm, 552nm (white LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm
IEC 60825-1: “Class 2”

Peak Wavelength LED

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
520nm + 18nm (green LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Optical Power Laser

<1mW

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.2.1

Range

33 ft. (10 m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 1 MBps

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating

32° F to +122° F (0° C to 50° C)

Storage-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 3.3 feet
(1 m) to concrete

Vibration

Withstands 5G peak from 22 to 300 Hz

ESD Sensitivity

Up to 15kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Sealant Rating

IP41

Image
Image Size

838 x 640 pixels

Scan Performance

308

Skew Angle+65°

Pitch Angle+45°

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Motion Tolerance:

Up to 240 inches per second for 13 mil UPC

Symbol Contrast

Grade 1.0 (20% or greater)

Granit 1910i Industrial Corded Scanner ProductSpecifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height7.7 in. (195.6mm)

Length5.2 in. (132.1mm)

Width

2.9 in. (73.7mm)

Weight10.6 oz. (300g)

Electrical
Voltage Requirements

4 - 5.5 VDC at input connector

Current Draw @5VDC

ScanningStandby
470mA, 2.35W100mA, 5W

Power Supply Noise Rejection

Maximum 100mV peak to peak, 10 to 100 kHz

Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm
IEC 60825-1: “Class 2”

Optical Power Laser<1mW

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating-22°F to +122°F (-30°C to 50°C)

Storage-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

0 to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6.5 feet
(1.98m) to concrete at 23°, -30°, and 50°C

Vibration

Complies with MIL-STD-810G, Method 514.6, Annex
C

ESD Tolerance

Up to 20kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Sealant Rating

IP65

Image
Image Size

838 x 640 pixels

Scan Performance

Xenon/Granit User Guide

309

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Skew Angle+65°

Pitch Angle+45°

Motion Tolerance:
Streaming Presentation Trigger:
13 mil UPC

240 inches per second at 6.5 in. (16.5cm)
150 inches per second at 10 in. (25.4cm)

Symbol Contrast

Grade 1.0 (20% or greater)

Granit 1911i Industrial Cordless Scanner ProductSpecifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height7.7 in. (195.6mm)

Length5.2 in. (132.1mm)

Width

2.9 in. (73.7mm)

Weight13.8 oz. (390g)

Electrical
Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

624nm + 18nm (red LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm
IEC 60825-1: “Class 2”

Optical Power Laser<1mW

Battery
Lithium Ion
Number of Scans

2400 mAHr minimum
Up to 50,000 per charge

Expected Hours of Operation

14

Expected Charge Time

4.5 hours

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.2.1

Range

330 ft. (100m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 1 MBps

Environmental

310

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Temperature Ranges:
Operating while not charging-4°F to + 122°F (-20°C to 50°C)

Operating while charging

41°F to + 104°F (5°C to 40°C)

Storage with battery*-4°F to +95°F (-20°C to 35°C) for storage up to 90
days-4°F to +68°F (-20°C to 20°C) for storage up to 365
days

Storage without battery-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6.5 feet
(1.98m) to concrete at 23°, -30°, and 50°C

Vibration

Complies with MIL-STD-810G, Method 514.6, AnnexC

ESD Sensitivity

Up to 20kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Sealant Rating

IP65

Image
Image Size

838 x 640 pixels

Scan Performance
Skew Angle+65°

Pitch Angle+45°

Motion Tolerance:
Streaming Presentation Trigger:
13 mil UPC

240 inches per second at 6.5 in. (16.5cm)
150 inches per second at 10 in. (25.4cm)

Symbol Contrast

Grade 1.0 (20% or greater)*Storage outside of this temperature range could be detrimental to battery life.

Granit 1980i Industrial Full Range Corded Scanner
Product Specifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height7.7 in. (195.6mm)

Length5.2 in. (132.1mm)

Width

2.9 in. (73.7mm)

Weight11.8 oz. (335g)

Electrical
Voltage Requirements

Xenon/Granit User Guide4 - 5.5 VDC at input connector

311

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Current Draw @5VDC

ScanningStandby
470mA, 2.35W100mA, 0.5W

Power Supply Noise Rejection

Maximum 100mV peak to peak, 10 to 100 kHz

Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

617nm + 18nm (amber LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm
IEC 60825-1: “Class 2”

Optical Power Laser<1mW

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating-22°F to +122°F (-30°C to 50°C)

Storage-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

0 to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6.5 feet
(1.98m) to concrete at 23°, -30°, and 50°C

Vibration

Complies with MIL-STD-810G, Method 514.6, Annex
C

ESD Tolerance

Up to 20kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Sealant Rating

IP65

Image
Image Size

1280 x 800 pixels

Scan Performance
Skew Angle+80° typical, 200 lux, EAN/UPC

Pitch Angle+70°typical, 200 lux, EAN/UPC

Motion Tolerance:

30 inches per second typical on 13 mil UPC/EAN bar
code 8 in. from scanner nose

Symbol Contrast

1D codes 30% or greater (typical, 200 lux, 13 mil)2D codes 40% or greater (typical, 200 lux, 20 mil)Granit 1981i Industrial Full Range Cordless Scanner
Product Specifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical

312

Height7.7 in. (195.6mm)

Length5.2 in. (132.1mm)

Width

2.9 in. (73.7mm)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Weight14.8 oz. (420g)

Electrical
Illumination LED:
Peak Wavelength

617nm + 18nm (amber LED)
IEC 62471: “Exempt Risk Group”

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm
IEC 60825-1: “Class 2”

Optical Power Laser<1mW

Battery
Battery:
Lithium Ion
Number of Scans

2400 mAHr minimumat least 7200 scans (1 scan every 4 seconds for 8hours)

Expected Hours of Operation

8

Expected Charge Time

4.5 hours

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.2.1

Range

330 ft. (100m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 1 MBps

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating while not charging-4°F to + 122°F (-20°C to 50°C)

Operating while charging

41°F to + 104°F (5°C to 40°C)

Storage with battery*-4°F to +95°F (-20°C to 35°C) for storage up to 90
days-4°F to +68°F (-20°C to 20°C) for storage up to 365
days

Storage without battery-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6.5 feet
(1.98m) to concrete at 23°, -30°, and 50°C

Vibration

Complies with MIL-STD-810G, Method 514.6,
Annex CESD Sensitivity

Up to 20kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Sealant Rating

IP65

Image
Image Size

1280 x 800 pixels

Scan Performance
Skew Angle

Xenon/Granit User Guide+80° typical, 200 lux, EAN/UPC

313

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Pitch Angle+70° typical, 200 lux, EAN/UPC

Motion Tolerance:

30 inches per second typical on 13 mil UPC/EAN bar
code 8 in. from scanner nose

Symbol Contrast

1D codes 30% or greater (typical, 200 lux, 13 mil)2D codes 40% or greater (typical, 200 lux, 20 mil)*Storage outside of this temperature range could be detrimental to battery life.

Granit 1920i Industrial DPM Scanner ProductSpecifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height7.6 in. (193mm)

Length5.3 in. (134mm)

Width

2.9 in. (74.5mm)

Weight11 oz. (312g)

Electrical
Voltage Requirements

4 - 5.5 VDC at input connector

Current Draw @5VDC:
Scanning
Standby

470mA, 2.35W
90mA, 0.45W

Power Supply Noise Rejection

Maximum 100mV peak to peak, 10 to 100 kHz

Illumination LED

630 nm (red)470 nm (blue)

Aiming:Peak Wavelength Laser

650nm; maximum output 0.5mW

Optical Power Laser

Maximum output 0.5mW

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:

314

Operating-22°F to +122°F (-30°C to 50°C)

Storage-40°F to +158°F (-40°C to 70°C)

Humidity

0 to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 6.5 feet
(1.98m) to concrete at 23°, -30°, and 50°C

Vibration

Complies with MIL-STD-810G, Method 514.6, Annex
C

ESD Tolerance

Up to 20kV direct air
Up to 8 kV contact discharge

Sealant Rating

IP65

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

Image
Image Size

844 x 640 pixels

Scan Performance
1D Skew Angle+65°

2D Skew Angle+45°

Pitch Angle+45°

Motion Tolerance:
Enhanced Streaming Presentation
Trigger for 13 mil UPC

138 in. per second at 2.8 in.
(3500 mm per second at 70mm)

Symbol Contrast

25%

CCB01-010BT Charge Base Product Specifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height3.2 inches (81.3mm)

Length5.19 inches (131.8mm)

Width

3.98 inches (101.1mm)

Weight6.3 oz (179g)

Electrical
Voltage:

4.5 to 5.5 volts

Current Draw:
Host Terminal Port

500mA

Aux Power Port

1A

Charge Time

5 hours

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.2.1

Range

33 ft. (10 m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 1 MBps

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating

32° F to +122° F (0° C to +50° C)

Storage-40° F to +158° F (-40° C to +70° C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 3.28 feet
(1 m) to concrete

Vibration

5G Peak from 22Hz to 300Hz

Xenon/Granit User Guide

315

Parameter (Continued)

Specification

ESD Sensitivity

Up to 15kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

CCB01-010BT-BF Charge Base Product Specifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height3.2 inches (81.3mm)

Length5.19 inches (131.8mm)

Width

3.98 inches (101.1mm)

Weight6.3 oz (179g)

Electrical
Voltage:

4.5 to 5.5 volts

Current Draw:
Host Terminal Port

500mA

Aux Power Port

1A

Charge Time

From shut down to fully charged:
3 minutes via standard USB only
1 minute via powered USB with external power

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.4.2

Range

33 ft. (10 m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 130 kbps

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:

316

Operating

32° F to +122° F (0° C to +50° C)

Battery Charge

32° F to +122° F (0° C to +50° C)

Storage without battery-40° F to +158° F (-40° C to +70° C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 3.28 feet
(1 m) to concrete

Vibration

5G Peak from 22Hz to 300Hz

ESD Sensitivity

Up to 15kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Industrial
Charge Base Product Specifications
Parameter

Specification

Mechanical
Height2.6 in. (66mm)

Length9.8 in. (248.9mm)

Width

4.05 in. (102.9cm)

Weight10.05 oz. (285g)

Electrical
Voltage:

4.5 to 5.5 volts

Current Draw:
Host Terminal Port

500mA

Aux Power Port

1A

Charge Time

5 hours

Radio
Frequency

2.4 to 2.5 GHz (ISM Band) Frequency Hopping
Bluetooth v.2.1

Range

330 ft. (100m) typical

Data Rate

Up to 1 MBps

Environmental
Temperature Ranges:
Operating-4° F to +122° F (-20° C to +50° C)

Battery Charge

41° F to +104° F (5° C to +40° C)

Storage without battery-40° F to +158° F (-40° C to +70° C)

Humidity

Up to 95% non-condensing

Mechanical Drop

Operational after 50 drops from 3.94 feet
(1.2m) to concrete

Vibration

Complies with MIL-STD-810G, Method 514.6,
Annex CESD Sensitivity

Up to 20kV direct air
Up to 8 kV indirect coupling plane

Xenon/Granit User Guide

317

Depth of Field Charts
Xenon B&W Scanner Typical Performance
Focus

High Density (HD)Standard Range (SR)Extended Range (ER)

Symbology

Near
Distance

Far
Distance

Near
Distance

Far
Distance

Near
Distance

Far
Distance

in.

.2

3.8

1.6

5.3

3.7

8

mm

5.1

96.5

40.6

134.6

94

203.2

in.

.5

6.5

.3

16.7

1

20.7

mm

12.7

165.1

7.6

424.2

25.4

525.8

in.

.6

8.6

.4

24.6

1

23.5

mm

15.2

218.4

10.2

624.8

25.4

596.9

in.

.4

4

.7

6

2.8

9.2

mm

10.2

101.6

17.8

152.4

71.1

233.7

in.

.3

4.2

.8

7

2.5

11.3

mm

7.6

106.7

20.3

177.8

63.5

287

in.

.7

7

.5

14.8

.7

19

mm

17.8

177.8

12.7

375.9

17.8

482.6

5 mil Code 39

13 mil UPC

20 mil Code 39

6.7 mil PDF417

10 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeResolution (1D Code 39)

3 mil (.076mm)

5 mil (.127mm)

5 mil (.127mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

5 mil (.127mm)

6.7 mil (.170mm)

7.5 mil (.191mm)

318

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Xenon B&W Scanner Guaranteed Performance
Focus

High Density (HD)Standard Range (SR)Extended Range (ER)

Symbology

Near
Distance

Far
Distance

Near
Distance

Far
Distance

Near
Distance

Far
Distance

in.

.3

3.3

2.1

5.1

4.2

7.8

mm

7.62

83.8

53.3

129.5

106.7

198.1

in.

.7

6.1

.4

15.6

1.1

19.7

mm

17.8

154.9

10.2

396.2

27.9

500.4

in.

.7

7.8

.5

20.2

1.5

25

mm

17.8

198.1

12.7

513.1

38.1

635

in.

.5

3.8

.9

5.8

3.3

8.7

mm

12.7

96.5

22.9

147.3

83.8

221

in.

.4

3.8

.9

6.6

3.4

10.3

mm

10.2

96.5

22.9

167.6

86.4

261.6

in.

1.2

6.4

.7

13

.9

18

mm

30.5

162.6

17.8

330.2

22.9

457.2

5 mil Code 39

13 mil UPC

20 mil Code 39

6.7 mil PDF417

10 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeResolution (1D Code 39)

3 mil (.076mm)

5 mil (.127mm)

5 mil (.127mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

5 mil (.127mm)

6.7 mil (.170mm)

7.5 mil (.191mm)

Xenon Color Scanner (Model COL) Typical Performance
Focus

High Density (HD)Standard Range (SR)

Symbology

Near
Distance

Far Distance

Near DistanceFar Distance

in.

0

3.6

1.1

5.2

mm

0

91.4

27.9

132.1

in.

.4

5.9

.4

16.2

mm

10.2

149.9

10.2

411.5

in.

.4

8.4

.5

22

mm

10.2

213.4

12.7

558.8

in.

0

3.8

.4

6

mm

0

96.5

10.2

152.4

in.

0

4.2

.5

7

mm

0

106.7

12.7

177.8

in.

.4

6.8

.6

13.4

mm

10.2

172.7

15.2

340.4

5 mil Code 39

13 mil UPC

20 mil Code 39

6.7 mil PDF417

10 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeResolution (1D Code 39)

3 mil (.076mm)

5 mil (.127mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

5 mil (.127mm)

6.7 mil (.170mm)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

319

Xenon Color Scanner (Model COL) Guaranteed Performance
Focus

High Density (HD)Standard Range (SR)

Symbology

Near
Distance

Far Distance

Near
Distance

Far Distance

in.

0

3.3

1.7

4.9

mm

0

83.8

43.2

124.5

in.

.6

5.2

.4

14.5

mm

15.2

132.1

10.2

368.3

in.

.5

7.4

.5

17.5

mm

12.7

188

12.7

444.5

in.

0

3.4

.5

5.7

mm

0

86.4

12.7

144.8

in.

0

4

.8

6.4

mm

0

101.6

20.3

162.6

in.

.7

6.2

.7

12.3

mm

17.8

157.5

17.8

312.4

5 mil Code 39

13 mil UPC

20 mil Code 39

6.7 mil PDF417

10 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeResolution (1D Code 39)

3 mil (.076mm)

5 mil (.127mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

5 mil (.127mm)

6.7 mil (.170mm)

Granit 1910i/1911i Scanner Typical Performance
Focus

Extended Range (ER)

Symbology

Near DistanceFar Distance

in.

3.6

7.4

mm

91.4

188

in.

.6

29.5

mm

15.2

749.3

in.

.6

21.4

mm

15.2

543.6

in.

2.7

8.9

mm

68.6

226.1

in.

2.8

10.3

mm

71.1

261.6

in.

.8

19.5

mm

20.3

495.3

5 mil Code 39

20 mil Code 39

100% UPC

6.7 mil PDF417

10 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeResolution (1D Code 39)

5 mil (.127mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

7.5 mil (.191mm)

320

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Granit 1910i/1911i Scanner Guaranteed Performance
Focus

Extended Range (ER)

Symbology

Near DistanceFar Distance

in.

3.8

7.2

mm

96.5

182.9

in.

1

28.7

mm

25.4

729

in.

.6

21.7

mm

15.2

551.2

in.

3

8.5

mm

76.2

215.9

in.

3.1

9.7

mm

78.7

246.4

in.

.9

19.8

mm

22.9

502.9

5 mil Code 39

20 mil Code 39

100% UPC

6.7 mil PDF417

10 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeResolution (1D Code 39)

5 mil (.127mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

7.5 mil (.191mm)

Granit 1980i/1981i Scanner Typical Performance (200 lux)
Focus

Full Range (FR)

Symbology

Near DistanceFar Distance

in.

3.9

64.9

cm

10.0

164.9

in.

3.9

85.0

cm

10.0

216.0

in.

6.0

171.1

cm

15.2

434.5

in.

14.3

389.4

cm

36.4

989.1

in.

20.6

521.0

cm

52.2

1322.4in.

40.7

more than 629.9

cm

103.4

more than 1600.0

in.

4.8

90.5

cm

12.2

229.8

in.

3.9

29.9

cm

10.0

75.9

7.5 mil Code 39

10 mil Code 39

20 mil Code 39

40 mil Code 39

55 mil Code 39

100 mil Code 39

100% UPC

7.5 mil Data Matrix

Xenon/Granit User Guide

321

Focus (Continued)

Full Range (FR)

Symbology (Continued)

Near DistanceFar Distance

in.

3.9

40.3

cm

10.0

102.3

in.

16.9

232.8

cm

42.8

591.3

in.

31.8

406.5

cm

80.7

1032.510 mil Data Matrix

55 mil Data Matrix

100 mil Data Matrix

Resolution (1D Code 39)

2 mil (.051mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

2 mil (.051mm)

Granit 1980i/1981i Scanner Guaranteed Performance (200 lux)
Focus

Full Range (FR)

Symbology

Near DistanceFar Distance

in.

3.9

62.4

cm

10.0

158.6

in.

3.9

82.1

cm

10.0

208.6

in.

6.2

165.8

cm

15.8

421.2

in.

15

371.7

cm

38.1

944.1

in.

22.2

461.2

cm

56.5

1171.4in.

47.5

more than 629.9

cm

120.7

more than 1600.0

in.

5.0

85.3

cm

12.7

216.7

in.

3.9

26.9

cm

10.0

68.3

in.

3.9

35.8

cm

10.0

90.8

in.

19.2

213.1

cm

48.7

541.2

in.

35.7

357.2

cm

90.6

907.3

7.5 mil Code 39

10 mil Code 39

20 mil Code 39

40 mil Code 39

55 mil Code 39

100 mil Code 39

100% UPC

7.5 mil Data Matrix

10 mil Data Matrix

55 mil Data Matrix

100 mil Data Matrix

Resolution (1D Code 39)

2 mil (.051mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

2 mil (.051mm)

322

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Granit 1920i Typical Performance
Focus
Symbology
3 mil Code 39

5 mil Code 39

100% UPC

5 mil PDF417

5 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeNear DistanceFar Distance

in.

0

2.5

mm

0

64

in.

0

3.5

mm

0

89

in.

0

5.8

mm

0

147

in.

0

2.6

mm

0

66

in.

0

1.5

mm

0

39

in.

0

6.4

mm

0

162

Resolution (1D Code 39)

2.5 mil (0.063mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

4 mil (0.102mm)

Granit 1920i Guaranteed Performance
Focus
Symbology
3 mil Code 39

5 mil Code 39

100% UPC

5 mil PDF417

5 mil Data Matrix

20 mil QR CodeNear DistanceFar Distance

in.

0.2

2.2

mm

5

55

in.

0

3.1

mm

0

80

in.

0.39

5.2

mm

10

133

in.

0

2.2

mm

0

55

in.

0.2

1.3

mm

5

33

in.

0.39

5.5

mm

10

141

Resolution (1D Code 39)

2.5 mil (0.063mm)

Resolution (2D Data Matrix)

4 mil (0.102mm)

Xenon/Granit User Guide

323

Standard Connector Pinouts
Note: The following pin assignments are not compatible with Honeywell legacy products.
Use of a cable with improper pin assignments may lead to damage to the unit. Use of
any cables not provided by the manufacturer may result in damage not covered byyour warranty.

Keyboard Wedge
10 Pin RJ41 Modular Plug - connects to the base1

Cable shield2

Cable select3

Supply ground4

Terminal data

5

Terminal clock6

Keyboard clock

7+5V power

8

Keyboard data

9
10

Serial Output
10 Pin RJ41 Modular Plug - connects to the base1

Cable shield2

Cable select3

Supply ground4

Transmit data

5

Receive data - serial data to scanner

6

CTS

7

+5V power

8

RTS

9
10

324

Xenon/Granit User Guide

RS485 Output
10 Pin RJ41 Modular Plug - connects to the baseNote: RS485 signal conversion is performed in the cable.
1

Cable shield2

Cable select3

Supply ground4

Transmit data

5

Receive data - serial data to scanner

6
7+5V power

8

Transmit Enable

9
10

USB
10 Pin Modular Plug - connects to the base1

Cable shield2

Cable select3

Supply ground

4
5
6
7

+5V power

89Data +

10 Data -Xenon/Granit User Guide

325

Required Safety Labels
Xenon 1900/1902 Scanner
LASER LIGHT- DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT.

᧨᧨䷘侩 曂⺓䞱❐ RAYONNEMENT LASER NE PAS曂⺓⏘᧨嵚▎䦃尥曂⺓⏘㧮REGARDER DANS LE FAISCEAU. APPAREIL À LASER DE CLASSE 2. MAX. 1mW:
630-680 nm IEC 60825-1:2007. Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11
except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007.

Illumination output

Part
Number,Serial Number
and Revision
Information
location

326

ComplianceLabel location

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CCB01-010BT/CCB01-010BT-BF BasePart Number,
SerialNumber andRevision
Information
location

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Compliance Labellocations

327

Granit 1910i/1911i/1920i/1980i/1981i Scanner
LASER LIGHT- DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT.

᧨᧨䷘侩 曂⺓䞱❐ RAYONNEMENT LASER NE PAS曂⺓⏘᧨嵚▎䦃尥曂⺓⏘㧮REGARDER DANS LE FAISCEAU. APPAREIL À LASER DE CLASSE 2. MAX. 1mW:
630-680 nm IEC 60825-1:2007. Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11
except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007.

Illumination
outputLaser Labellocation

Part Number, Serial
Number andRevision
Information location

328

Compliancelabel location

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT BaseComplianceLabel locations

Xenon/Granit User Guide

329

330

Xenon/Granit User Guide

CHAPTER

15

MAINTENANCE AND
TROUBLESHOOTING

Repairs
Repairs and/or upgrades are not to be performed on this product. These services
are to be performed only by an authorized service center (see Customer Support on
page xvii).

MaintenanceYour device provides reliable and efficient operation with a minimum of care.
Although specific maintenance is not required, the following periodic checks
ensure dependable operation:

Cleaning the Scanner
The scanner or base’s housing may be cleaned with a soft cloth or tissue dampened with water (or a mild detergent-water solution.) If a detergent solution isused, rinse with a clean tissue dampened with water only.
Caution: Do not submerge the scanner in water. The scanner’s housing is
not watertight. Do not use abrasive wipes or tissues on thescanner’s window. Abrasive wipes may scratch the window.
Never use solvents (e.g., acetone) on the housing or window.
Solvents may damage the finish or the window.

Cleaning the Window
Reading performance may degrade if the scanner’s window is not clean. If the window is visibly dirty, or if the scanner isn’t operating well, clean the window with oneof the cleaning solutions listed for Health Care Housing, below.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

331

Health Care Housing
Some configurations of Xenon scanners are available with an external plastic
housing that is designed to resist the effects of harsh chemicals in a health careenvironment. The plastic is crystalline in nature, which helps prevent chemicals
from seeping through the housing.
Important! The following cleaning solutions have been tested to assure safe cleaning of your scanner’s disinfectant-ready housing. They are the only solutions
approved for use with these scanners. Damage caused by the use of cleaners otherthan those listed below may not be covered by the warranty.

•®
Sani-Cloth® Plus wipes
Super Sani-Cloth® wipes•

Isopropyl Alcohol wipes (70%)•

CaviWipes

•

•

® 256
409® Glass and Surface Cleaner
Windex ® Blue
Clorox ® Bleach – 10%•

Gentle dish soap and water

•
•

•
•

Sani-Cloth HB wipes

™

Virex

Inspecting Cords and Connectors
Inspect the interface cable and connector for wear or other signs of damage. A
badly worn cable or damaged connector may interfere with scanner operation.
Contact your distributor for information about cable replacement. Cable replacement instructions are on page 332.

Replacing Cables in Corded Scanners
The standard interface cable is attached to the scanner with an 10-pin modular
connector. When properly seated, the connector is held in the scanner’s handle bya flexible retention tab. The interface cable is designed to be field replaceable.

332•

Order replacement cables from Honeywell or from an authorized distributor.

•

When ordering a replacement cable, specify the cable part number of theoriginal interface cable.

Xenon/Granit User GuideReplacing a Xenon Interface Cable
1. Turn the power to the host system OFF.
2. Disconnect the scanner’s cable from the terminal
or computer.
3. Locate the small hole on the back of the scanner’s
handle. This is the cable release.
4. Straighten one end of a paper clip.
5. Insert the end of the paper clip into the small holeand press in. This depresses the retention tab,releasing the connector. Pull the connector out
while maintaining pressure on the paper clip, thenremove the paper clip.

Cable
Release

6. Replace with the new cable.
Insert the connector into the opening and press firmly. The connector is keyed
to go in only one way, and will click into place.

Replacing a Granit Interface Cable
1. Turn the power to the host system OFF.
2. Disconnect the scanner’s cable from the terminal orcomputer.
3. Unscrew the locking plate on the bottom of thescanner.
4. Slide the locking plate away from the connector andpull the cable out of the scanner.
5. Replace with the new cable.
Insert the connector into the opening and press firmly.
6. Slide the locking plate over the base of the connector
to secure the cable, and screw the plate into place.

Replacing Cables and Batteries in Cordless Systems
Replacing an Interface Cable in a Base
1. Turn the power to the host system OFF.
2. Disconnect the base’s cable from the terminal or computer.

Xenon/Granit User Guide333

3. Turn the base upside down.
4. Pull the connector out while maintaining pressure on the connector release
clip.
CCB01-010BT Base:

CCB02-100BT/CCB05-100BT Base:

5. Replace with the new cable.
Insert the connector into the opening and press firmly. The connector is keyed
to go in only one way, and will click into place.

Changing a Xenon Scanner Battery

End Cap

1. Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove the screw from the end cap.
2. Remove the end cap and remove the battery from the handle.
3. Insert replacement battery.
4. Replace end cap and screw.

334

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Changing a Granit Scanner Battery

1. Twist the tab in the bottom of the end cap and open the hinged battery door.
(When new, the battery door may stick. Use pliers to twist the tab and open thedoor until it loosens up.)
2. Remove the battery from the handle.
3. Insert replacement battery.
4. Close the battery door and twist the tab to lock it.
Note: The battery door is designed to pop off the hinge if the scanner is dropped whilechanging a battery. If this occurs, simply snap it back on.

Troubleshooting a Corded Scanner
The scanner automatically performs self-tests whenever you turn it on. If yourscanner is not functioning properly, review the following Troubleshooting Guide totry to isolate the problem.
Is the power on? Is the aimer on?
If the aimer isn’t illuminated, check that:•

The cable is connected properly.

•

The host system power is on (if external power isn’t used).

•

The trigger works.

Is the scanner having trouble reading your symbols?
If the scanner isn’t reading symbols well, check that the symbols:•

Aren’t smeared, rough, scratched, or exhibiting voids.

•

Aren’t coated with frost or water droplets on the surface.

•

Are enabled in the scanner or in the decoder to which the scanner connects.

Is the bar code displayed but not entered?

Xenon/Granit User Guide

335

The bar code is displayed on the host device correctly, but you still have to press a
key to enter it (the Enter/Return key or the Tab key, for example).
•

You need to program a suffix. Programming a suffix enables the scanner to
output the bar code data plus the key you need (such as “CR”) to enter the data
into your application. Refer to Prefix/Suffix Overview on page 159 for further
information.

The scanner won’t read your bar code at all.
1. Scan the sample bar codes in the back of this manual. If the scanner reads the
sample bar codes, check that your bar code is readable.
Verify that your bar code symbology is enabled (see Chapter 10).
2. If the scanner still can’t read the sample bar codes, scan All Symbologies
On, page 186.
If you aren’t sure what programming options have been set in the scanner, or if you
want the factory default settings restored, refer to Reset the Factory Defaults on
page 265.

Troubleshooting a Cordless System
Troubleshooting a Base
Note: Visit the Services and Support section of our website (www.honeywellaidc.com) tocheck for the latest software for both the scanner and the base.
If your base is not functioning properly, review the following troubleshooting
guidelines to try to isolate the problem.
Is the red LED on?
If the red LED isn’t illuminated, check that:•

The power cable is connected properly and there is power at the power source.

•

The host system power is on (if external power isn’t used).

Is the green LED on?
If the green LED isn’t illuminated, check that:336•

The scanner is correctly placed in the base.

•

There is external power or 12 volt host power.

•

Charge mode is turned on. (See "Beeper and LED Sequences and Meaning" onpage 49)•

The battery is not bad or deeply discharged. In some cases, the scanner’s battery
may trickle charge to bring it into an acceptable level and then transition to anormal charge cycle.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Troubleshooting a Cordless Scanner
Note: Make sure that your scanner’s battery is charged.
Visit the Services and Support section of our website (www.honeywellaidc.com) tocheck for the latest software for both the scanner and the base or Access Point.
Is the scanner having trouble reading your symbols?
If the scanner isn’t reading symbols well, check that the symbols:•

Aren’t smeared, rough, scratched, or exhibiting voids.

•

Aren’t coated with frost or water droplets on the surface.

•

Are enabled in the base or Access Point to which the scanner connects.

Is the bar code displayed but not entered into the application?
The bar code is displayed on the host device correctly, but you still have to press a
key to enter it (the Enter/Return key or the Tab key, for example).
•

You need to program a suffix. Programming a suffix enables the scanner to
output the bar code data plus the key you need (such as “CR”) to enter the data
into your application. Refer to Prefix/Suffix Overview on page 159 for further
information.

The scanner won’t read your bar code at all.
•Scan the sample bar codes in the back of this manual. If the scanner reads the
sample bar codes, check that your bar code is readable.

•

Verify that your bar code symbology is enabled (see Chapter 10).

•

If the scanner still can’t read the sample bar codes, scan All Symbologies on
page 186.

Xenon/Granit User Guide

337

338

Xenon/Granit User GuideAPPENDIXAREFERENCE CHARTS

Symbology Charts
Note: “m” represents the AIM modifier character. Refer to International Technical
Specification, Symbology Identifiers, for AIM modifier character details.
Prefix /Suffix entries for specific symbologies override the universal (All Symbologies,99) entry.
Refer to Data Edit beginning on page 159 and Data Format beginning on page 165
for information about using Code ID and AIM ID.

Linear Symbologies
AIM
Symbology

ID

HoneywellPossible modifiers(m)

ID

All Symbologies

Hex
99

Codabar]Fm

Code 11]H3

Code 128]Cm

Code 32 Pharmaceutical (PARAF)]X0

Code 39 (supports Full ASCII mode)]Am

TCIF Linked Code 39 (TLC39)

]L2

0-1

0, 1, 2, 4

0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7

a

61

h

68

j

6A

<

3C

b

62

T

54

Code 93 and 93i]Gm0-9, A-Z,
a-m

i

69

EAN

]Em

0, 1, 3, 4d64

EAN-13 (including Bookland EAN)

]E0

d

64

EAN-13 with Add-On

]E3

d

64

EAN-13 with Extended Coupon Code

]E3

d

64

EAN-8

]E4

D

44

Xenon/Granit User Guide

339

AIM
Symbology
EAN-8 with Add-On

ID

HoneywellPossible modifiers
(m)

]E3

ID

Hex

D

44

y

79

GS1
GS1 DataBar]em

GS1 DataBar Limited

]em

{

7B

GS1 DataBar Expanded

]em

}

7D

GS1-128

]C1

I

49

China Post (Hong Kong 2 of 5)

]X0

Q

51

Interleaved 2 of 5

]Im

e

65

Matrix 2 of 5

]X0

m

6D

NEC 2 of 5

]X0

Y

59

Straight 2 of 5 IATA

]Rm

f

66

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial

]S0

f

66

g

67

t

74

0

2 of 5MSI]Mm

Telepen]Bm

UPC

0, 1, 30, 1, 30, 1

0, 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, A, B, C

UPC-A

]E0

c

63

UPC-A with Add-On

]E3

c

63

UPC-A with Extended Coupon Code

]E3

c

63

UPC-E

]E0

E

45

UPC-E with Add-On

]E3

E

45

UPC-E1]X0

E

45

Add Honeywell Code ID

5C80

Add AIM Code ID

5C81

Add Backslash

5C5C

Batch mode quantity

535

2D Symbologies
AIM
Symbology

ID

HoneywellPossible modifiers(m)

ID

All Symbologies
Aztec Code

340

Hex
99

]zm

0-9, A-Cz

7A

Xenon/Granit User Guide

AIM
Symbology

ID

Chinese Sensible Code (Han Xin Code)]X0

Codablock A]O6

Codablock F

HoneywellPossible modifiers
(m)

ID

Hex

H

48

0, 1, 4, 5, 6

V

56

]Om

0, 1, 4, 5, 6

q71

Code 49]Tm

0, 1, 2, 4l

6C

Data Matrix

]dm

0-6

w

77

GS1

]em

0-3

y

79

GS1 Composite

]em

0-3

y

79

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

]em

0-3

y

79

MaxiCode

]Um

0-3

x

78

PDF417

]Lm

0-2

r

72

]Lm

0-5

R

52

]Qm

0-6

s

73

]Qm

s

73

AIM

Honeywell

MicroPDF417
QR CodeMicro QR Code

Postal Symbologies
Symbology

ID

Possible modifiers(m)

ID

All Symbologies

Hex
99

Australian Post

]X0

A

41

British Post

]X0

B

42

Canadian Post

]X0

C

43

China Post

]X0

Q

51

InfoMail

]X0

,

2c

Intelligent Mail Bar Code

]X0

M

4D

Japanese Post

]X0

J

4A

KIX (Netherlands) Post

]X0

K

4B

Korea Post

]X0

?

3F

Planet Code

]X0

L

4C

Postal-4i

]X0

N

4E

Postnet

]X0

P

50

Xenon/Granit User Guide

341

ASCII Conversion Chart (Code Page 1252)
In keyboard applications, ASCII Control Characters can be represented in 3 different ways, as shown below. The CTRL+X function is OS and application dependent.
The following table lists some commonly used Microsoft functionality. This tableapplies to U.S. style keyboards. Certain characters may differ depending on yourCountry Code/PC regional settings.
Non-printable
ASCII
control characters

342

Keyboard Control + ASCII (CTRL+X) ModeControl + X Mode Off(KBDCAS0)

Windows Mode Control + X
Mode On (KBDCAS2)
CTRL + X
CTRL + X
function

DEC

HEX

Char

0

00

NUL

Reserved

CTRL+ @

1

01

SOH

NP Enter

CTRL+ A

2

02

STX

Caps Lock

CTRL+ B

Bold

3

03

ETX

ALT Make

CTRL+ C

Copy

4

04

EOT

ALT Break

CTRL+ D

Bookmark

5

05

ENQ

CTRL Make

CTRL+ E

Center

606

ACK

CTRL BreakCTRL+ F

Find

7

07

BEL

Enter / Ret

CTRL+ G

808

BS

(Apple Make)

CTRL+ H

9

09

HT

Tab

CTRL+ I

Italic

100A

LF(Apple Break)

CTRL+ J

Justify

11

0B

VT

Tab

CTRL+ K

hyperlink
list,
left alignSelect all

History

12

0C

FF

DeleteCTRL+ L

13

0D

CR

Enter / Ret

CTRL+ M

14

0E

SO

InsertCTRL+ N

New

15

0F

SI

ESC

CTRL+ O

Open

16

10

DLE

F11

CTRL+ P

Print

17

11

DC1

Home

CTRL+ Q

Quit

18

12

DC2

PrtScnCTRL+ R

19

13

DC3

Backspace

CTRL+ S

20

14

DC4

Back TabCTRL+ T

21

15

NAK

F12

CTRL+ U

22

16

SYN

F1

CTRL+ V

23

17

ETB

F2

CTRL+ W

24

18

CAN

F3

CTRL+ X

25

19

EM

F4

CTRL+ Y

26

1A

SUB

F5

CTRL+ Z

27

1B

ESC

F6

CTRL+ [

28

1C

FS

F7

CTRL+ \

29

1D

GS

F8

CTRL+ ]

30

1E

RS

F9

CTRL+ ^

31

1F

US

F10

CTRL+ -

127

7F

⌂

NP Enter

Save

Paste

?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Lower ASCII Reference Table
Note: Windows Code page 1252 and lower ASCII use the same characters.
Printable Characters
DEC
HEX
Character

DEC

HEX

Character DEC

HEX

Character

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F

@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F

`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
~
⌂

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F

<SPACE>
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

Extended ASCII Characters
DEC
HEX
CP 1252 ASCII

Alternate Extended

PS2 Scan Code

128

80

Ç

up arrow ↑

0x48

129

81

ü

down arrow ↓

0x50

130

82

‚

é

right arrow →

0x4B

131

83

ƒ

â

left arrow ←

0x4D

132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139

84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B

„
…
†
‡
ˆ
‰
Š
‹

ä
à
å
ç
ê
ë
è
ï

InsertDeleteHome
End
Page Up
Page Down
Right ALT
Right CTRL

0x52
0x53
0x47
0x4F
0x49
0x51
0x38
0x1D

Xenon/Granit User Guide€

343

Extended ASCII Characters (Continued)
DEC
HEX
CP 1252 ASCII
Alternate Extended
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193

344

8C
8D
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
9F
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
C0
C1

Œ
Ž

‘
’
“
”
•
–
—
˜
™
š
›
œ
ž
Ÿ
¡
¢
£
¤
¥
¦
§
¨
©
ª
«
¬
®
¯
°
±
²
³
´
µ
¶
·
¸
¹
º
»
¼
½
¾
¿
À
Á

î
ì
Ä
Å
É
æ
Æ
ô
ö
ò
û
ù
ÿ
Ö
Ü
¢
£
¥
₧
ƒ
á
í
ó
ú
ñ
Ñ
ª
º
¿
⌐
¬
½
¼
¡
«
»
░
▒
▓
│
┤
╡
╢
╖
╕
╣
║
╗
╝
╜
╛
┐
└
┴

Reserved
Reserved
Numeric Keypad Enter
Numeric Keypad /
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
Numeric Keypad +Numeric Keypad Numeric Keypad *Caps Lock
Num Lock
Left Alt
Left Ctrl
Left Shift
Right Shift
Print Screen
Tab
Shift TabEnter
Esc
Alt Make
Alt BreakControl Make
Control BreakAlt Sequence with 1 Character
Ctrl Sequence with 1 Character

PS2 Scan Code
n/a
n/a
0x1C
0x35
0x3B
0x3C
0x3D
0x3E
0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
0x44
0x57
0x58
0x4E
0x4A
0x37
0x3A
0x45
0x38
0x1D
0x2A
0x36
n/a
0x0F
0x8F
0x1C
0x01
0x36
0xB6
0x1D
0x9D
0x36
0x1D

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Extended ASCII Characters (Continued)
DEC
HEX
CP 1252 ASCII
Alternate Extended
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247

C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
DA
DB
DC
DD
DE
DF
E0
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
EA
EB
EC
ED
EE
EF
F0
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Â
Ã
Ä
Å
Æ
Ç
È
É
Ê
Ë
Ì
Í
Î
Ï
Ð
Ñ
Ò
Ó
Ô
Õ
Ö
×
Ø
Ù
Ú
Û
Ü
Ý
Þ
ß
à
á
â
ã
ä
å
æ
ç
è
é
ê
ë
ì
í
î
ï
ð
ñ
ò
ó
ô
õ
ö
÷

PS2 Scan Code

┬
├
─
í
╞
╟
╚
╔
╩
╦
╠
═
╬
╧
╨
╤
╥
╙
╘
╒
╓
╫
╪
┘
┌
█
▄
▌
▐
▀
α
ß
Γ
π
Σ
σ
µ
τ
Φ
Θ
Ω
δ
∞
φ
ε
∩
≡
±
≥
≤
⌠
⌡
÷
≈

345

Extended ASCII Characters (Continued)
DEC
HEX
CP 1252 ASCII
Alternate Extended
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF

ø
ù
ú
û
ü
ý
þ
ÿ

PS2 Scan Code

°
·
·
√
ⁿ
²
■

ISO 2022/ISO 646 Character Replacements
Code pages define the mapping of character codes to characters. If the data
received does not display with the proper characters, it may be because the bar
code being scanned was created using a code page that is different from the one
the host program is expecting. If this is the case, select the code page with which
the bar codes were created. The data characters should then appear properly.

Standard

Keyboard
Country

Honeywell
Code
Page
OptionUnited States(standard ASCII)

ISO/IEC 646-IRVn/a1

Automatic National Character
Replacement

ISO/IEC 2022

n/a

2 (default)

Binary Code page

n/a

n/a

3

Code Page Selection Method/
Country

Default “Automatic National Character replacement” will select the below Honeywell Code
Page options for Code128, Code 39 and Code 93.

346

United States

ISO/IEC 646-06

01

CanadaISO /IEC 646-121

54

95

CanadaISO /IEC 646-122

18

96

Japan

ISO/IEC 646-14

28

98

China

ISO/IEC 646-57

92

99

Great Britain (UK)ISO /IEC 646-04

7

87

FranceISO /IEC 646-69

3

83

Germany

ISO/IEC646-21

4

84

Switzerland

ISO /IEC 646-CH

6

86

Sweden / Finland (extended Annex C)

ISO/IEC 646-11

2

82

Ireland

ISO /IEC 646-207

73

97

Denmark

ISO/IEC 646-08

8

88

NorwayISO/IEC 646-60

9

94

Italy

ISO/IEC 646-15

585Portugal

ISO/IEC 646-16

13

92

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Standard

Keyboard
Country

Honeywell
Code
Page
OptionSpain

ISO/IEC 646-17

10

90

Spain

ISO/IEC 646-85

51

91

Code Page Selection Method/
Country

Xenon/Granit User Guide

347

64

91

92

93

94

96

123

124

125

126

Hex

23

24

40

5B

5C

5D

5E

60

7B

7C

7D

7E

US

0

1

#

$

@

[

\

]

^

`

{

|

}

~

CA

54

95

#

$

à

â

ç

ê

î

ô

é

ù

è

û

CA

18

96

#

$

à

â

ç

ê

É

ô

é

ù

è

û

JP

28

98

#

$

@

[

¥

]

^

`

{

|

}

⎯

CN

92

99

#

¥

@

[

\

]

^

`

{

|

}

⎯

GB

7

87

£

$

@

[

\

]

^

`

{

|

}

˜

FR

3

83

£

$

à

°

ç

§

^

µ

é

ù

è

¨

DE

4

84

#

$

§

Ä

Ö

Ü

^

`

ä

ö

ü

ß

CH

6

86

ù

$

à

é

ç

ê

î

ô

ä

ö

ü

û

SE/FI

2

82

#

¤

É

Ä

Ö

Å

Ü

é

ä

ö

å

ü

DK

8

88

#

$

@

Æ

Ø

Å

^

`

æ

ø

å

˜

NO

9

94

#

$

@

Æ

Ø

Å

^

`

æ

ø

å

¯

IE

73

97

£

$

Ó

É

Í

Ú

Á

ó

é

í

ú

á

IT

5

85

£

$

§

°

ç

é

^

ù

à

ò

è

ì

PT

13

92

#

$

§

Ã

Ç

Õ

^

`

ã

ç

õ

°

ES

10

90

#

$

§

¡

Ñ

¿

^

`

°

ñ

ç

˜

ES

51

91

#

$

·

¡

Ñ

Ç

¿

`

´

ñ

ç

¨

Honeywell
CodePage36

Country
Keyboard

35

COUNTRY

Dec

348

ISO / IEC 646 National Character Replacements

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Keyboard Key References
6E

70 71 72 73

74 75 76 77

78 79 7A 7B

7C 7D 7E

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0F
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D
1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2B

4B 50 55
4C 51 56

2C 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
39
3D
3A 3B 3C
3E 3F 38 40

53
4F 54 59

5A 5F 64 69
5B 60 65
6A
5C 61 66
5D 62 67
6C
63 68

104 Key U.S. Style Keyboard

6E

70 71 72 73

74 75 76 77

78 79 7A 7B

7C 7D 7E

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0F
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 2B
1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A

4B 50 55
4C 51 56

2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
39
3D
3A 3B 3C
3E 3F 38 40

53
4F 54 59

5A 5F 64 69
5B 60 65
6A
5C 61 66
5D 62 67
6C
63 68

105 Key European Style Keyboard

Xenon/Granit User Guide

349

350

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Sample Symbols
UPC-A

Interleaved 2 of 5

0 123456 7890

01234567890

EAN-139 780330 290951

Code 128

Code 39

Code 128

BC321

CodabarA13579B

Code 93

Straight 2 of 5 Industrial

123456-9$

123456

Matrix 2 of 56543210

RSS-14

PDF417(01) 00123456789012

Car Registration

Code 49

1234567890

Xenon/Granit User Guide

351

Sample Symbols (Continued)
PostnetData Matrix

Zip Code
Test Symbol

QR CodeNumbers

MaxiCode

Micro PDF417

Test Message

Test Message

352

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Programming Chart
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Xenon/Granit User Guide

353

Programming Chart (Continued)
A

B

C

D

E

F

Save

DiscardReset

Note: If you make an error while scanning the letters or digits (before scanning Save), scan
Discard, scan the correct letters or digits, and Save again.

354

Xenon/Granit User Guide

Honeywell9680 Old Bailes Road
Fort Mill, SC 29707

www.honeywellaidc.com™

Xenon-UG Rev T
7/17